S.No.	Title & Authors	Page	Downloads
1.	Provider Aware Anonymization Algorithm for Preserving M - Privacy Provider Aware Anonymization Algorithm for Preserving M - Privacy Abstract: In this paper, we consider the collaborative data publishing problem for anonymizing horizontally partitioned data at multiple data providers. We consider a new type of "insider attack" by colluding data providers who may use their own data records (a subset of the overall data) in addition to the external background knowledge to infer the data records contributed by other data providers. The paper addresses this new threat and makes several contributions. First, we introduce the notion of m-privacy, which guarantees that the anonymized data satisfies a given privacy constraint against any group of up to m colluding data providers. Second, we present heuristic algorithms exploiting the equivalence group monotonicity of privacy constraints and adaptive ordering techniques for efficiently checking m-privacy given a set of records. Finally, we present a data provider-aware anonymization algorithm with adaptive m- privacy checking strategies to ensure high utility and m-privacy of anonymized data with efficiency. Experiments on real-life datasets suggest that our approach achieves better or comparable utility and efficiency than existing and baseline algorithms while providing m-privacy guarantee. Reference [1] C. Dwork, "Differential privacy: a survey of results," in Proc. of the 5th Intl. Conf. on Theory and Applications of Models of Computation, 2008, pp. 1–19. [2] B. C. M. Fung, K. Wang, R. Chen, and P. S. Yu, "Privacy-preserving data publishing: A survey of recent developments," ACM Comput. Surv., vol. 42, pp. 14:1–14:53, June 2010. [3] C. Dwork, "A firm foundation for private data analysis," Commun. ACM, vol. 54, pp. 86–95, January 2011. [4] N. Mohammed, B. C. M. Fung, P. C. K. Hung, and C. Lee, "Centralized and distributed anonymization for high-dimensional healthcare data," ACM Transactions on Knowledge Discovery from Data (TKDD), vol. 4, no. 4, pp. 18:1–18:33, October 2010. [5] W. Jiang and C. Clifton, "Privacy-preserving distributed k-anonymity," in Data and Applications Security XIX, ser. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 2005, vol. 3654, pp. 924–924. A. Usha Rani, Mrs. M. K. Nageswari	01-12
2.	Railway Ticket Counter Problem With STM Railway Ticket Counter Problem With STM Abstract: The past few years have marked the start of a historic transition from sequential to parallel computation. The necessity to write parallel programs is increasing as systems are getting more complex while processor speed increases are slowing down. Current parallel programming uses low-level programming constructs like threads and explicit synchronization using locks to coordinate thread execution. Parallel programs written with these constructs are difficult to design, program and debug. Also locks have many drawbacks which make them a suboptimal solution. One such drawback is that locks should be only used to enclose the critical section of the parallel-processing code. If locks are used to enclose the entire code then the performance of the code drastically decreases.. Key words: Parallel Programming; Multiprocessing; Locks; Transactions; Software Transactional Memory . Reference [1] Simon Peyton Jones, "Beautiful concurrency". [2] Elan Dubrofsky, "A Survey Paper on Transactional Memory". [3] Pascal Felber, Christof Fetzer, Torvald Riegel, "Dynamic Performance Tuning of Word-Based Software Transactional Memory". [4] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transactional_memory [5] James Larus and Christos Kozyrakis. "Transactional Memory" Mohit Kumar Modi, Utpal Kumar Ray, Ryan Saptarshi Ray, Parama Bhaumik	13-17
3.	Market Based Criteria for Congestion Management and Transmission Pricing Market Based Criteria for Congestion Management and Transmission Pricing Abstract: Congestion Management is one of the major tasks performed by system operator to ensure the operation of transmission system within operating limits. In the emerging electric power market, the congestion management becomes extremely important and it can impose a barrier to the electricity trading. In the present paper, a concept of transmission congestion penalty factors is developed and implemented to control power overflows in transmission lines for congestion management. Here we presents a Re-dispatch methodology for cost of transmission network to its user. The transmission price computation considers the physical impact caused by the market agents in the transmission network. The paper includes case study for IEEE 5 bus power system. Key words: Optimal power flow, Congestion Management. Reference [1] Ashish Saini and A.K. Saxena, " Optimal Power Flow based Congestion Management Methods for Competative Electricity Markets" International journal of computer and electrical engineering February 2010. [2] Surachai Chaitusaney and Bundhit Eua-Arporn, " Generation Dispatch with Pool and Bilateral Coordination" IEEE Transaction on power system,2002. [3] Thailo Kruase, "Evaluation of Transmission Pricing Methods for Liberalized Markets" July 2003. [4] Kai Xie,Yong-Hua Song,John Stonham,Erkeng Yu and Guangyi Liu, "Decomposition Model and Interior Point Methods for Optimal Spot Pricing of Electricity in Deregulation Environments" IEEE Transaction on power system, Vol. 15,pp. no.39-50,2000. [5] G.B.Shrestha, and P.A. J. Fonseka, "Congestion-Driven Transmission Expansion in Competitive Power Markets", IEEE Transaction on power system, Vol .19 No.3,pp. no.1658-1665,2004. Miss. Archana Jaisisngpure, Dr. V. K. Chandrakar, Dr. R. M. Mohril	18-23
4.	Thermodynamic Analysis of a Cascade Refrigeration System Based On Carbon Dioxide and Ammonia Thermodynamic Analysis of a Cascade Refrigeration System Based On Carbon Dioxide and Ammonia Abstract: Thermodynamic analysis of a cascade refrigeration system that uses carbon dioxide-ammonia (R744-R717) as refrigerant is presented in this paper to determine the optimum condensing temperature of the cascade condenser at given design parameters, to maximize the COP of the system. The design and operating parameters considered in this study include (1) condensing, sub cooling, evaporating and super heating temperatures in the ammonia (R717) high-temperature circuit, (2) temperature difference in the cascade heat exchanger, and (3) evaporating, superheating, condensing and sub cooling in the carbon dioxide (R744) low-temperature circuit. A multilinear regression analysis was employed in order to develop two useful correlations for maximum COP, and optimum condensing temperature. Key words: Cascade refrigeration system, Optimization, Coefficient of performance, Operating parameters, Correlation, Reference [1] G. Lorentz, and J. Petterson, "A new efficient and environmentally benign system for car air conditioning", International Journal of Refrigeration, 16 (1), pp. 4-12, 1993. [2] P.Neksa. H. Rekstad, R. Zakeri, and P. Schiefloe, "CO2 –heat pump water heater :characteristics, system design and experimental results" , International Journal of Refrigeration, 21 (3) pp. 172-179, 1998. [3] Y. Hwang, R. Radermacher, "Experimental investigation of the carbon dioxide refrigeration cycle", ASHRAE Trans 105 (1), pp. 1219-1227, (1999). [4] P.Hrnjak, M. Richeter, S. Song , M. Kim, and C. Bullard, "Transcritical co2 heat pump for residential application", Fourth IIR-Gustav Lorentzen conference on natural working fluids at purdue pp. 9-16, 2006. [5] S. Bhattacharya, S. Mukhopadhyay, A. Kumar, R. Khurana, and J. Sarkar, "Optimization of a CO2-C3H8 cascade system for refrigeration and heating" , International Journal of Refrigeration 28 pp. 1284-1292, 2005. Satyananda Tripathy, Jibanananda Jena, Dillip K. Padhiary, Manmatha K. Roul	24-29
5.	Design & Performance Analysis of DG-MOSFET for Reduction of Short Channel Effect over Bulk MOSFET at 20nm Design & Performance Analysis of DG-MOSFET for Reduction of Short Channel Effect over Bulk MOSFET at 20nm Abstract: An aggressive scaling of conventional MOSFETs channel length reduces below 100nm and gate oxide thickness below 3nm to improved performance and packaging density. Due to this scaling short channel effect (SCEs) like threshold voltage, Subthreshold slope, ON current and OFF current plays a major role in determining the performance of scaled devices. The double gate (DG) MOSFETS are electro-statically superior to a single gate (SG) MOSFET and allows for additional gate length scaling. Simulation work on both devices has been carried out and presented in paper. The comparative study had been carried out for threshold voltage (VT), Subthreshold slope (Sub VT), ION and IOFF Current. It is observed that DG MOSFET provide good control on leakage current over conventional Bulk (Single Gate) MOSFET. The VT (Threshold Voltage) is 2.7 times greater than & ION of DG MOSFET is 2.2 times smaller than the conventional Bulk (Single Gate) MOSFET. Key words: DG MOSFET (Double Gate Metal oxide Field Effect Transistor), Short Channel Effect (SCE), Bulk (Single Gate) MOSFET. Reference [1] Mr. Sanjay Chopade & M. Shashank Mane " Design of DG-CNFET For Reduction of Short Channel Effect Over DG MOSFET at 20nm " IEEE Trans., December 2013 [2] Santosh Kumar Gupta et al "Simulation and Analysis of Gate Engineered Triple Metal Double Gate (TM-DG) MOSFET for Diminished Short Channel Effects" IJAST, Vol. 38, January, 2012 [3] A. S. I. Association, "Itrs - international technology roadmap for semiconductor," 2003. [4] "1965 – "Moore's Law" Predicts the Future of Integrated Circuits". Computer History Museum. [5] Kaushik Roy, Kiat Seng Yeo (2004). Low Voltage, Low Power VLSI Subsystems. McGraw-Hill Professional.,p. 4 & 44. ISBN 0-07-143786-X. Ankita Wagadre, Shashank Mane	30-34
6.	Experimental Study, Simulation and Model Predictions of Recycled PET Strip-Reinforced Concrete Flexion Members Experimental Study, Simulation and Model Predictions of Recycled PET Strip-Reinforced Concrete Flexion Members Abstract: This study presents results from a theoretical-experimental program of beams partially pre-stressed made with continuous recycled PET strip-reinforced concrete (plain concrete strength of 20 MPa). These studies mainly attempted to determine the stripinfluence in altering the flexural strength at first and final crack. Also the load-deflection, ductility, energy absorption capacity of the beams are observed and the studies can be used in predicting the flexural behavior of longitudinally reinforced concrete. The model theory assumes that concrete has a tensile load capacity different from zero, characterized by a uniaxial tensile stress-strain diagram. The need for non-linear geometric and the material models imply the use of numerical methods such as the finite element method; so that, a finite element analysis of reinforced concrete beam with strips-reinforced plastic is performed. The obtained results were compared with computer analysis and experimental data to corroborate the validity of the suggested method, showing that the theory also predicts correctly the post-cracking creep deformation. Key words: Reinforced concrete, Finite element method, Mechanical properties, Prediction model, Recycled PET strips Reference [1] S Kim, N Yi, H Kim, J Kim andY Song, Material and structural performance evaluation of recycled PET fiber reinforced concrete,Cement and Concrete Composite, (32), 2010, 232-240. [2] C Juarez, B Guevara, P Valdez and ADurn- Herrera, Mechanical properties of natural fibers reinforced sustainable masonry, Construction Building Materials, (24), 2010, 1536-1541. [3] R Siddique, J Khatib andI Kaur, Use of recycled plastic in concrete: A review,Waste Management, (28), 2008, 1835-1852. [4] Y Choi, D Moon, Y Kim andM Lachemi, Characteristics of mortar and concrete containing fine aggregate manufactured from recycled waste polyethylene terephthalate bottles. Construction Building Materials, (23), 2009, 2829-2835. [5] F Mahdi, H Abbas and A Khan, Strength characteristics of polymer mortar and concrete using different compositions of resins derived from post-consumer PET bottles.Construction Building Materials, (24), 2010, 25-36. F.J. Baldenebro-Lopez, J.H. Castorena-Gonzalez, J.I. Velazquez-Dimas, J.E. Ledezma-Sillas, J.M. Herrera-Ramirez	35-40
7.	Analysis of the Flexure Behavior and Compressive Strength of Fly Ash Core Sandwiched Composite Material Analysis of the Flexure Behavior and Compressive Strength of Fly Ash Core Sandwiched Composite Material Abstract: In this paper, commercially available Fly Ash and Epoxy is used for the core material, woven glass fabric as reinforcing skin material, epoxy as matrix/adhesive materials used in this study for the construction of sandwich composite. Analysis is carried out on different proportions of epoxy and fly ash sandwiched composite material for determining the flexural strength and compressive strength, three different proportions of epoxy and fly ash used for the study. Those are 65%-35% (65% by weight fly ash and 35% by weight epoxy resin) composite material, 60%-40% and 55%-45% composite material. 60%-40% composite material specimen shows better results in the entire test carried out i.e. Flexure and Compression. The complete experimental results are discussed and presented in this paper. Key words: Fly ash, Epoxy resin, compressive strength, flexural strength. Reference [1] Ahmad and Mahanwar, "The effect of fly ash as filler on the mechanical properties of HDPE", Int J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 41 2010 [2] Kurt Feichtinger, "The properties of identical laminate builds comprising two piles of 1808 E-glass fabric", Journal of Mechanical Engineering 2006. [3] K.N. Shivakumar, "Fabrication of two composite laminated panels and one composite sandwich using Vacuum Assisted Resin Transfer Molding (VARTM)", Int J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 22, 2000. [4] Enrico Papa, "Experimental investigation into the mechanical behavior of a composite sandwich", Journal of Mechanical Engineering 2001. [5] Kunigal Shivakumar, "The mechanical and fire resistant properties of a commercial material", Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 137, 2007 Vijaykumar H.K, Maruthiprashanth, Naveed Ahmad Bilagi, Khan Maaz Shehzad	41-48
8.	Impact of APFC Panel at LT Side of Transformer Impact of APFC Panel at LT Side of Transformer Abstract: The Development of automatic sensing technologies have significantly advanced in recent years in electrical systems.One of them is Automatic Power Factor Correction(APFC)Panels.It is very difficult to maintain consistent power factor by using fixed capacitors because they need to be operated manually which may result in over voltages,saturation of transformers etc. that may lead to the interruption in the power supply of the distribution system.APFC Panels automatically varies according to the load requirements on the L.T side i.e. distribution side which compensates the load requirements.Impact of automatic power factor correction panels (APFC) at L.T side of a transformer are discussed which are inductive in nature. Key words: APFC Panels, Power Factor, Inductive, Fixed capacitors, Power factor correction. Reference [1] "Performance of insulation systems for low voltage APFC panels during temperature rise test at elevated ambient temperatures" V.Vaidhyanathan,T.BhavaniShankar,G.Govinda Rao,H.N.Nagamani,2012 IEEE 10TH [2] International Standard IEC 60831-1, Shunt power capacitors of the self healing type for ac systems having rated voltage up to and including 1000 V. [3] International Standard IEC 60831-2, Shunt power capacitors of the self-healing type for ac systems having a rated voltage up to and including 1000 V Part:2 Ageing test, Self-healing test and destruction test. [4] H. N. Nagamani et.al, "Experience of CPRI in performance evaluation of power capacitors of unit rating up to 1000 kvar", 7lhInternational Seminar on Capacitors(CAPACIT 2010), pp. IV 1-13, Jan 2010, Mumbai, India. Bhogadi. Havya, K.Ravi Kumar	49-54
9.	CFD Studies of Split Injection on the Combustion and Emission Characteristics in DI Diesel Engine CFD Studies of Split Injection on the Combustion and Emission Characteristics in DI Diesel Engine Abstract: In this study, the effect of split injection on the combustion and emissions in DI diesel engine is investigated using CFD tool .One of the important problems in reducing pollutant emission from diesel engines is trade-off between soot and NOx. Split injection is one of the most powerful tools that decrease soot and NOx emissions simultaneously. Split injection is defined as splitting the main single injection profile in two or more injection pulses with definite delay dwell between the injections. A four-stroke, single cylinder, diesel engine was taken into consideration at constant speed conditions . A model was developed for comprehensive predictions and assessments for variations in combustion phenomenon for DI diesel engines . By using the finite volume method the design and analysis of combustion chamber,emission characteristics were studied. The results of the split injection were compared with single injection and the optimum case of split injection was observed. Key words: SplitInjection,CFDtool,DIdieselengine,Emission,Optimumsplitinjection Reference [1] Lakshminarayanan, P. A. et. al, Modellingdiesel combustion (Springer, 2009) [2] Abdullah N, Tsolakis A, Rounce P, Wyszinsky M, Xu H, Mamat R et al.,. "Effect of injection pressure with split injection in a V6 diesel engine," SAE Paper NO. 2009-24-0049; 2009. [3] Bianchi GM, Peloni P, Corcione FE, Lupino F et al., "analysis of passenger car HSDI diesel engines with the 2nd generation of common rail injection systems: The effect of multiple injections on emissions",SAE Paper NO. 2001-01-1068; 2001 [4] Chryssakis CA, Assanis DN, Kook S, Bae C et al.,. " Effect of multiple injections on fuel-air mixing and soot formation in diesel combustion using direct flame visualization and CFD techniques", Spring Technical Conference, ASME NO. ICES2005-1016; 2005 [5] Ehleskog R et al.,. " Experimental and numerical investigation of split injections at low load in an HDDI diesel engine equipped with a piezo injector", SAE Paper NO. 2006-01-3433; 2006. S Gavudhama karunanidhi, Manu Narayanan P M, G Subba Rao	55-58
10.	Investigation of THD for Cascaded Multi-Level Inverter Using Multicarrier Modulation Techniques Investigation of THD for Cascaded Multi-Level Inverter Using Multicarrier Modulation Techniques Abstract: A novelty kind of Multilevel converters are used in high voltage and high power application of industry field, can able to produce near sinusoidal voltage/currents with only operating at fundamental frequency switching. This paper presents a initial level of 5-level up to its giant level 13-level cascaded multilevel converter. In now a days multilevel inverters has become very popular for motor drive applications of industry. Multicarrier pulse width modulation techniques is an effective solution for increases the number of levels of the output wave form and thereby dramatically reduced the harmonics and total harmonic distortion(THD). The output waveform has 5,7,9,11 and 13 levels. In this paper three multicarrier pulse width modulation techniques such as phase shifted, level shifted and the wave level shifted Multi-carrier modulation PWM techniques are discussed. These methods are modeled for all level CMC by using the MATLAB/SIMULINK and the THD of the these methods are compared. Index Terms: Cascade inverter, Multilevel, Modulation, PSHM, LSHM and WLSM. Reference [1]. Nanajee, Ram prasad "A Multi Carrier Based PWM for 11-Level Multilevel Converter Fed Three Phase Induction Motor," International Journal of electrical, electronics and telecommunication engineering, ISSN:2051-3240, October 2012 [2]. Jih-Sheng Lai, Fang Zhen g Peng, "Multilevel converters a new breed of power converters," Industry Application Conference, Thirtieth IAS Annual Meeting, Conference Record of the IEEE, pp.2348-2356, August 2002 [3]. Muhammad. H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications, Third Edition, Person Prentice Hall, pp.40-6430, 2004. [4]. Husam. K. Al. H, "Investigation of a cascade multilevel inverter as advanced static compensator," Department of electrical engineering and computer engineering, University of Manitoba, Canada, August 2002. [5]. Bin, Wu, High Power Converters and AC Drives, Jon Willy & Sons. Inc, Hoboken, New Jersey, pp.119-142, 2006. Nanajee Karri, Satyanarayana Garapati	59-63
11.	Comparative Study of CMOS Op-Amp In 45nm And 180 Nm Technology Comparative Study of CMOS Op-Amp In 45nm And 180 Nm Technology Abstract: In this paper we have provided a method for designing a Two Stage CMOS Operational Amplifier which operates at 1.8V power supply using Cadence Virtuoso 45nm CMOS technology. Further, designing the two stage op-amp for the same power supply using Cadence Virtuoso 180nm CMOS Technology, keeping the slew rate of the op-amp same as that 45nm technology. The trade-off curves are computed between various characteristics such as Gain, Phase Margin,GBW,3db Gain etc. and the results obtained for 45n CMOS Technology is compared with those obtained for 180nm CMOS Technology It has been demonstrated that on lowering the technology and keeping the slew rate constant, the Power dissipation decreases.. Key words: Op-Amp (Operational Amplifier), CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor), Slew Rate, Two-Stage, Cadence, 45nm, 180nm, Power Dissipation Reference [1] Amana Yadav, Design of Two-Stage CMOS Op-Amp and Analyze the Effect of Scaling, International Journal of Engineering Research and Applications (IJERA), Vol. 2, Issue 5, September- October 2012, pp.647-654 [2] Ron Mancini, OPAmps for Everyone, Texas Instruments, August 2002, 11.1-11.22. [3] Prabhat kumar, Alpana Pandey , Low Power Operational Amplifier, International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Computational and Applied Sciences, June-August, 2013 pp170- 174. [4] B. Razavi, Design of analog cmos integrated circuits (New York: Mc-Graw-Hill, 2001). [5] Kang Sung-Mo, Leblebici Yusuf, Cmos digital integrated circuits, analysis and design (Tata McGraw-Hill Edition 2003, Third Edition). Siddharth, Mehul Garg, Aditya Gahlaut	64-67
12.	CFD Studies of Combustion in Direct Injection Single Cylinder Diesel Engine Using Non-Premixed Combustion Model CFD Studies of Combustion in Direct Injection Single Cylinder Diesel Engine Using Non-Premixed Combustion Model Abstract: In this study the simulation process of non-premixed combustion in a direct injection single cylinder diesel engine has been described. Direct injection diesel engines are used both in heavy duty vehicles and light duty vehicles. The fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber. The fuel mixes with the high pressure air in the combustion chamber and combustion occurs. Due to the non-premixed nature of the combustion occurring in such engines, non-premixed combustion model of ANSYS FLUENT 14.5 can be used to simulate the combustion process. A 4-stroke diesel engine corresponds to one fuel injector hole without considering valves was modeled and combustion simulation process was studied. Here two types of combustion chambers were compared. Combustion studies of both chambers:- shallow depth and hemispherical combustion chambers were carried out. Emission characteristics of both combustion chambers had also been carried out. The obtained results are compared. It has been found that hemispherical combustion chamber is more efficient as it produces higher pressure and temperature compared to that of shallow depth combustion chamber. As the temperature increases the formation of NOx emissions and soot formation also get increased. Key words: CFD, Combustion modeling, Diesel combustion, k-ε model, NOx emissions Reference [1] Apparao K, Srinivasa Rao P and Rajagopal K, "Study of multiple injections in (Homogeneous charge compression ignition) HCCI engine using computational fluid dynamics", Journal of Mechanical Engineering Research Vol. 3(4), pp. 103-113, April 2011. [2] A. R. Binesh, and S. Hossainpour, "Three Dimensional Modeling of Mixture Formation and Combustion in a Direct Injection Heavy-Duty Diesel Engine" , International Journal of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering 2:4 2008. [3] Heywood, John B , "Internal combustion engines fundamentals", 1988, pp:668-671. [4] Joon Kyu Lee, Yong-Mo Kim, Jae-Hyun Ahn, "Numerical Modeling of Combustio Processes and Pollutants Formations in Direct-Injection Diesel Engines", KSME International Journal, VoL 16No. 7, pp. 1009--1018, 2002. [5] Mohamed Bencherif, Mohand Tazerout, Abdelkrim Liazid, "Turbulence-Combustion Interaction in Direct Injection Diesel Engine" S Gavudhama Karunanidhi, Nithin Balakrishnan, G Subba Rao	68-73
13.	Cfd Studies of Two Stroke Petrol Engine Scavenging Cfd Studies of Two Stroke Petrol Engine Scavenging Abstract: This project deals with the numerical analysis of 2 stroke engine scavenging in two cases. One with an existing condition (Flat headed pistons) and another with a new design (Dome headed piston) .The numerical analysis is done with help of CFD software ANSYS FLUENT 14.5. Here, the modeling of engine piston with flat headed type and with dome headed types was done in workbench. In ANSYS FLUENT after the geometrical design, for the dynamic motion meshing is used and set up species transport model also. At first the scavenging effect of flat headed piston is analyzed. Later the simulation of piston with dome headed type was also checked. Analyzing the variations from each and selected the best method for scavenging. Finally the scavenging efficiency is calculated for both type arrangements. Key words: CFD, Air-Mass fraction, CO2-Mass fraction, Scavenging, k-ε model, FVM, FEM, FDM Reference [1] A computational study of free-piston diesel engine combustion R. Mikalsen, A.P. Roskilly [2] Analysis of Combustion and Emissions in a Large Two-Stroke Marine Diesel Engine, Using CFD and T-φ Mapping [3] CFD Modeling and Experimental Validation of Combustion in Direct Ignition Engine Fueled with Diesel. ISSN 09764259. [4] CFD-based optimization of fuel injection strategies in a diesel engine using an adaptive gradient method Franz X. Tanner, Seshasai Srinivasan. [5] CFD modeling of heat transfer and fluid flow inside a pent-roof type combustion chamber using dynamic model. S Gavudhama Karunanidhi, NithinV S, G Subba Rao	74-79
14.	General Solution of Equations of Motion of Axisymmetric Problem of Micro-Isotropic, Micro-Elastic Solid General Solution of Equations of Motion of Axisymmetric Problem of Micro-Isotropic, Micro-Elastic Solid Abstract: In this paper, we obtain the general solution of equations of motion of axisymmetric problem of micro-isotropic, micro-elastic solid in static case. The equations of motion of axisymmetric problem are converted into vector matrix differential equations using the Hankel transform. Applying the technique of solving the eigen value problem, the general solution of the said problem is obtained. The results of the corresponding problem in linear micropolar elasticity are obtained as a particular case of this paper. Key words: Micro-isotropic, micro-elastic solid, Eigen value, Hankel transform. Reference [1] Eringen, A.C.: Theory of micropolar elasticity in fracture-II, Academic Press, New York, pp.621-729 (1968). [2] Eringen, A.C.: Mechanics of micromorphic materials, In "Proceedings of the 11th International Congress of Applied Mechanics, Munich", Berlin, pp.131-138 (1964b). [3] Koh, S.L.: A special theory of microelasticity, International Journal of Engineering Science, 8, pp.583- 593 (1970). [4] Nowacki, W.: The axisymmetric Lamb's problem in a semi-infinite micropolar elastic solid, Proc. Vibr. Probl. Warsaw, 10 (2), p.97 (1969). [5] Das, N.C., Das, S.N. and Das, B.: Eigen value approach to thermoelasticity, Journal of Thermal Stresses, 6 (1), pp.35-43 (1983). R. Srinivas, M. N. Rajashekar and K. Sambaiah	80-90
15.	Fresh Water Augmentation and Salinity Management in Kuttanad Fresh Water Augmentation and Salinity Management in Kuttanad Abstract: The Thanneermukkam bund was constructed to resolve the salinity problems faced by the farmers of Kuttanad; though it could reduce the problems to a large extend it had many ill effects such as water pollution, spread of aquatic weeds and other flora and fauna related problems. The main objective is to reduce the salinity level in Vembanad Lake during summer season that is during the closure period of Thanneermukkam Bund (TMB). The problem is solved efficiently by adapting following methods (1) water is taken from Muvattupuzha River, and conveyed through a regulator to Kuttanad region during summer season to dilute the water and keep the salinity below 2ppt and (2) water is collected in the pazhnilam before the closure of TMB and pumped out into Lake surrounding at times of acute shortage. The design of the regulator, its location and working is also discussed along with the various management techniques to be adopted in Kuttanad for effective implementation of the project. A proposal for management of water quantity and salinity for the natural water system of Kuttanad is developed. Key words: Augmentation, Kuttanad, Salinity Management. Reference [1]. "Measures to Mitigate Agraian Distress in Allapuzha and Kuttanad Wet land Ecosystem", M S Swaminathan Research Foundation, 2002 [2]. Kuttanad Development Project, 1972 [3]. "Kuttanad Water Balance Study", Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Kingdom of Netherlands, 1989 [4]. M.S. Swaminathan Research Foundation Report. [5]. http://www.kuttanadpackage.in Geeja K George, Charles P Joseph, Karthik C, Nebu Thomas, Vipin Jose	91-95
16.	Microcontroller–Based Modified SEPIC Converter for Driving Lamp with Power Factor Correction Microcontroller–Based Modified SEPIC Converter for Driving Lamp with Power Factor Correction Abstract: A methodological study of electronic ballast for electrode less lamps including design and development issues is presented in this paper. The ballast is intended to feed a 300 W ultra violet lamp at 100 kHz with dimming feature. The proposed topology is composed of a Single-Ended Primary Inductance Converter (SEPIC), used as power factor correction (PFC) stage, integrated with a resonant half-bridge inverter, used as lamp power control (PC) stage. The integration of both stages is proposed in this paper, in order to reduce the number of active switches, as well as to simplify the required driving and control circuitry for this application. The implemented topology attained very high power factor (0.9982), and low line current total harmonic distortion (THD) (1.86%), without using electromagnetic interference (EMI) filter, while the measured efficiency was 90% at nominal lamp power. Index Terms: Ultra violet Lamps, Integration Technique, High Power Factor, High Switching Frequency. Reference [1] M. F. da Silva, J. Fraytag, M. E. Schlittler, T. B. Marchesan. "Analysis and Design of a Single-Stage High-Power-Factor Dimmable Electronic Ballast for Electrodeless Fluorescent Lamp", vol. 51, no. 6, July 2012. [2] Verderber, R.R.; Morse, O.C.; Rubinstein, F.M.; "Performance of electronic ballast and controls with 34 and 40 Watt F40 fluorescent lamps" IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol.25, no.6,Pp.1049- 1059, Nov. 1989. [3] National Resources Canada. "Commercial and Institutional Retrofits -Technical Information - Fluorescent Lamp And Ballast Options", Out.2002. [4] Do Prado, R.N.; Bonaldo, S.A.; Moreira, M.C.; Vidor, D.L.R.;"Electronic ballast with a high power factor for fluorescent lamps",Power Electronics Specialists Conference, PESC '96 Record, 27th Annual IEEE, vol.2, pp.1215-1220, Jun. 1996. [5] Osram Sylvania. "Quicktronic® Powersense™ T5 Dimming". Digital Catalog: Electronic T5 Fluorescent Controllable Lighting Systems, pp.4.04. Jan. 2011. S.Yamuna, M. Chitra, C.Gokul	96-100
17.	Development And Implementation Of OFDM Transceiver For WLAN Applications Development And Implementation Of OFDM Transceiver For WLAN Applications Abstract: Multi-Carrier modulation is a technique for data transmission by multiplexing a low bit-rate data streams to modulated carriers into signal Wideband Carrier. Multi-Carrier transmission has a lot of useful properties such as delay-spread tolerance and spectrum efficiency that encourage their use in untethered broadband communication. OFDM is becoming the chosen modulation technique for wireless communications. OFDM is a multi-carrier modulation scheme with densely spaced sub-carriers that has gained a lot of popularity among the broadband community in the last few years. OFDM can provide large data rate with sufficient robustness to radio channel impairments. OFDM works on the principle of Orthogonality. The orthogonality between subcarriers which is at the core of OFDM modulation requires a perfect synchronization. OFDM has properties like high spectral efficiency, Resiliency to RF interference and Lower multi-path distortion. This work is concentrated in implementing both transmitter and receiver using Matlab software and also to verify whether the transmitted data is obtained at the receiver side. As we are using the OFDM technique we will be having bandwidth efficiency when compared to the normal FDM technique. Key words: Digital Baseband modulation, IQ modulation, Orthogonality, OFDM, PAPR. Reference [1] Google. (2014), Digital Modulation in Communication Systems. Retrieved Jan 30,2014,cp.literature.agilent.com/litweb/pdf/5965-7160E.pdf. [2] OFDM SIMULATION USING MATLAB Neha Pathak International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) ISSN: 2278-0181 Vol. 1 Issue 6, August – 2012 [3] Chi-Tsong Chen "System and Signal Analysis" Thomson, 1988 [4] R. V. Nee and R. Prasad, OFDM Wireless Multimedia Communications, Norwood, MA: Artech House, 2000. [5] Heiskala, Juha and Terry, John. OFDM Wireless LANs: A Theoretical and Practical Guide SAMS 2001. Ch. Girish Kumar, K. Sripath Roy	101-106
18.	Privacy Preservation and Restoration of Data Using Unrealized Data Sets Privacy Preservation and Restoration of Data Using Unrealized Data Sets Abstract: In today's world, there is an improved advance in hardware technology which increases the capability to store and record personal data about consumers and individuals. Data mining extracts knowledge to support a variety of areas as marketing, medical diagnosis, weather forecasting, national security etc successfully. Still there is a challenge to extract certain kinds of data without violating the data owners' privacy. As data mining becomes more enveloping, such privacy concerns are increasing. This gives birth to a new category of data mining method called privacy preserving data mining algorithm (PPDM). The aim of this algorithm is to protect the easily affected information in data from the large amount of data set. The privacy preservation of data set can be expressed in the form of decision tree. This paper proposes a privacy preservation based on data set complement algorithms which store the information of the real dataset. So that the private data can be safe from the unauthorized party, if some portion of the data can be lost, then we can recreate the original data set from the unrealized dataset and the perturbed data set. Index Terms: Data mining, Privacy Preserving Data Mining (PPDM), Decision Tree, Decision Tree Learning, ID3 algorithm, C4.5 algorithm, Unrealized Dataset, Data Perturbation, Dataset Complementation. Reference [1] Pui K. Fong And Jens H. Weber-Jahnke, "Privacy Preserving Decision Tree Learning Using Unrealized Data Sets" Proc. IEEE Transactions On Knowledge And Data Engineering, Vol. 24, No. 2, February 2012. [2] J. Dowd, S. Xu, and W. Zhang, "Privacy-Preserving Decision Tree Mining Based on Random Substitions," Proc. Int'l Conf Emerging Trends in Information and Comm. Security (ETRICS '06), pp. 145-159, 2006. [3] C. Aggarwal and P. Yu, Privacy-Preserving Data Mining:, Models and Algorithms. Springer, 2008. [4] L. Liu, M. Kantarcioglu, and B. Thuraisingham, "Privacy Preserving Decision Tree Mining from Perturbed Data," Proc. 42nd Hawaii Int'l Conf. System Sciences (HICSS '09), 2009. [5] Y. Lindell and B. Pinkas "Privacy preserving data mining" In Advances in Cryptology, volume 1880 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 36–53. Springer-Verlag, 2000. Sharmila A. Harale, Prof. A. K. Bongale	107-111
19.	A Study on Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borewell Water In Sugar Town, Mandya City, Karnataka State, India A Study on Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borewell Water In Sugar Town, Mandya City, Karnataka State, India Abstract: Groundwater is a natural resource for drinking water .In addition to the population growth, urbanization and industrialization also extend the demand of water. Providing safe drinking water supply to the ever growing urban and sub-urban population is going to be a challenge to the civil authorities, city planners, policy makers and environmentalists. Groundwater is a major source of drinking water in both urban and rural areas of Mandya. Mandya city is rapidly raising population, changing lifestyle and intense competition among users- agriculture, industry and domestic sectors is driving the groundwater table lower. Besides, discharge of untreated wastewater through bores and leachate from unscientific disposal of solid wastes also contaminate groundwater, thereby reducing quality of fresh water resources. The present work is aimed at assessing the water quality index for the ground water samples of Sugar town, Mandya city. The groundwater samples of about 40 samples were collected and subjected for a comprehensive physicochemical analysis. The purposes of this investigation are to provide an overview of present ground water quality for the following 12 parameters such as pH, total hardness, calcium, magnesium, chloride, nitrate, sulphate, total dissolved solids, iron, fluoride, alkalinity are to be considered for calculating the WQI. The results are analyzed by WQI method for predicting water quality. Water Quality Index (WQI) is a very useful and effective way for assessing the quality of water. WQI is a very useful tool for communicating the information on overall quality of water. Key words: Groundwater, Water quality standards, Water quality characteristics, Water quality index. Reference [1] Mangukiya R., Bhattacharya T., and Chakraborty S (2012),"Quality Characterization of Groundwater using Water Quality Index in Surat city, Gujarat, India", International Research Journal of Environment Sciences, 1(4): 14-23 [2] Nagarajappa D P., Rajappa B., Manjappa s., and Puttaiah E T., (2011), "Physico chemical analysis of underground water of Harihara taluk of Davanagere district, Karnataka, India", Advances in applied science research, 2(5): 143-150 [3] Shivasharanappa., Srinivas P., and Mallikarjun Huggi S (2011), "Assessment of ground water quality characteristics and Water Quality Index (WQI) of Bidar city and its industrial area, Karnataka State, India", International journal of environmental sciences, 2(2): 965-976 [4] APHA, American Public Health Association (2003), standard method for examination of water & wastewater specifications, Washington DC, 6, 19th Edition. [5] Bureau of Indian Standards, 1993, (IS 10500:1991), Edition 2.1 Shivaprasad H, Nagarajappa D P, Sham Sundar K M	112-123
20.	Adaptive Variable Structure Controller Application to Induction Motor Drive Adaptive Variable Structure Controller Application to Induction Motor Drive Abstract: Variable structure control is an adaptive control that gives robust performance of a drive with parameter variation and load torque disturbance. Variable control structure is a robust control scheme based on the concept of changing the structure of the controller in response to the changing state of the system in order to obtain a desired response. The control is nonlinear and can be applied to the linear or nonlinear plant. A high speed switching control action is used to switch between different structures of the controller and the trajectory of the system is forced to move along a chosen switching manifold in the state space. The controller detects the deviation of the actual trajectory from the reference trajectory and corresponding changes the switching strategy to restore the tracking. Prominent characteristics such as invariance, robustness, order reduction, and control chattering are discussed in detail. Methods for coping with chattering are presented. Both linear and nonlinear systems are considered. By using Variable structure controller to control the step change in reference speed and drive system under load torque variations. Key words: scalar control, vector control Reference [1] Bose B.K.,"Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2004 [2] R.M. Cuzner, R.D. Lorenz, D.W. Novotny, "Application of non-linear observers for rotor position detection on an induction motor using machine voltages and currents," IEEEIAS Annual Meeting Conference Record, October 1990, pp. 416– 421. [3] Atkinson D. J., P. P. Acarnley and J. W. Finch, "Application of estimation technique in vector controlled inductin motor drives," IEE Conference Proceeding, London, July 1990, pp. 358-363. [4] A. Ferrah, K.G. Bradely, G.M. Asher, "Sensorless speed detection of inverter fed induction motors using rotor slot harmonics and fast Fourier transform," IEEE-PESC Conference Record, October 1992, pp. 279– 286. [5] Chan, C. C., and H. Q. Wang, "New scheme of sliding mode control for high performance induction motor drives," IEE Proc. on Electric Power Applications, vol. 143, no. 3, May 1996, pp 177- 185. Prasad. Ch, Mouliswararao. R, Bhaskararao. K	124-131
21.	Zigbee Based Indoor Campus Inventory Tracking Using Rfid Module Zigbee Based Indoor Campus Inventory Tracking Using Rfid Module Abstract: This is a very useful application of RFID (Radio-frequency identification) and is very commonly used in institutes, offices, homes and so on. An RFID system consists of a reader device and a transponder. A transponder or tag has a unique serial number which is identified by the reader. Here RFID has been interfaced with ARM Processor to provide secured access. The relevant messages are also displayed on a 16x2 LCD.RFID automated access for door controls to buildings, departments, rooms, secured closets (wiring, PBX, etc.) and cabinets is very cost effective and secure to use. Many people do not realize how easy it is to implement card access systems such as card access door or doors using RFID readers and RFID Cards or Key fobs for Secured Access Control Management. You can even use smart readers for computer rooms and securing individual computers. RFID tags are categorized as either active or passive. Active tags are powered by an internal battery and are typically read/write,i.e tag data can be rewritten or modified. Passive tags operate without a separate external power source and obtain operating power generated from the reader. Key words: Zigbee, RFID Reference [1] Victor S, Jonathan M, Reece J, and Lemire J(2003),"Student Wolfpack Club Tracking System", North Carolina State University. USA. [2] Longe O.O.(2009),"Implementation of Student Attendance System using RFID Technology", B. Tech Project Report, Ladoke Akintola University of Technology,Ogbomoso, Nigeria. [3] Liu C.M and Chen L.S (2009), "Applications of RFID technology for improving production efficiency in an Integrated-circuit packaging house," International Journal of Production Research, vol 47, no. 8, pp. 2203-2216,. [4] RFIDSensNet Lab (2005), A white paper on Automatic Attendance System. Texas A & M University, Texas,USA. [5] Bardaki,C., Kourouthanassis, P. and Pramatari, K., (2012),Deploying RFID-Enabled Services in the Retail Supply Chain: Lessons Learned toward the Internet of Things, Information Systems Management, Vol. 29: no.3, pp. 233-245.. M. Gireesh Kumar, K. Sripath Roy	132-136
22.	Synthesis and Structural Characterization of Cu Substituted Ni-Zn Nano-Ferrites Prepared By Citrate-Gel Auto Combustion Technique Synthesis and Structural Characterization of Cu Substituted Ni-Zn Nano-Ferrites Prepared By Citrate-Gel Auto Combustion Technique Abstract: The ferrite nano particles having chemical formula Ni0.2CuxZn0.8-xFe2O4 (where x=0.0 to 0.8 with step of 0.2) were synthesized by Citrate-Gel Auto Combustion method at low temperature. The synthesized powders were sintered at 500oC for 4 hours in air and characterised by XRD, SEM with EDS. XRD analysis of prepared samples were confirmed the single phase cubic spinel Structure. The crystallite size (D) of prepared ferrites were in the range of 24-73nm. The values of lattice parameter (a) decreased and X-ray density (dx) were increased with the increasing of Cu substitution. The surface morphology of the prepared samples was investigated by Scanning Electron Microscope(SEM). An elemental composition of the samples was studied by Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy(EDS). The observed results can be explained on the basis of composition and crystal size. Key words: Ferrites, Citrate-Gel Auto Combustion method, XRD, SEM, EDS. Reference [1] M.Pardavi-Horvath, J Magn Magn Mater 215/216, 171 (2000) [2] T. Abbas, Y.Khan, M.Ahmed, S.Anwer, solid state communi 82 (1992)701 [3] P.K.Roy and J.Bera, J Magn Magn mater 298,38,(2006) [4] P.D.Thang, G.Riginders and D.H.Blank, J Magn Magn mater296,251(2005) [5] M.F.F.lelis , A.O.Porto, C.M.goncalvers, and J.D.Fabris, J J Magn Magn mater278,263 (2004) N. Hari Kumar, G. Aravind, D. Ravinder, T.Somaiah, B. Ravinder Reddy	137-141
23.	Experimental Study of the Flexural Behaviour of Damaged RC Beams Strengthened in Bending Moment Region with Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer (BFRP) Sheets Experimental Study of the Flexural Behaviour of Damaged RC Beams Strengthened in Bending Moment Region with Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer (BFRP) Sheets Abstract: This paper presents the flexural behaviour of basalt fiber reinforced polymer (BFRP) strengthened reinforced concrete (RC) beams. For flexural strengthening of reinforced concrete beams, total twenty-two beams were cast and tested over an effective span of 900 mm up to failure of the beam under two-point loading. The beams were designed as under-reinforced beams. The beams were bonded with BFRP sheets in single layer and double layers in the bending moment region at the bottom face of the beam. Out of the twenty-two beams two beams were control beams and remaining beams were strengthened after being damaged for various degrees of damage (0 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90% and 100 %). The experimental results show that the beams strengthened show high load carrying capacity. Key words: Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer (BFRP), Bending moment region, Control beam, Reinforced Concrete, Strengthened beam, Ultimate Load carrying capacity. Reference [1] Lankinen C. W. and Soudki K. A. (2008). "Behaviour of rectangular reinforced concrete members confined with GFRP sheets", Fourth International Conference on FRP Composites in Civil Engineering (CICE2008) 22-24 July 2008, Zurich, Switzerland. [2] Singaravadivelan R., Sakthieswaren N. and Dr. Muthuramu K. L. (2012). "Experimental Investigation on the Behaviour of Flexural Strengthening of Beam Using Basalt Fiber", International Conference on Automotive, Mechanical and Materials Engineering (ICAMME' 2012) Penang (Malaysia) May 19-20. [3] David E., Ragneau E. and Buyle-Bodin F. (2003). "Experimental analysis of flexural behavior of externally bonded CFRP reinforced concrete structures", Materials and Structures, Vol. 36, pp.238-241. [4] Esfahani M.R., Kianoush M.R., Tajari A.R. (2007). "Flexural behaviour of reinforced concrete beams strengthened by CFRP sheets", Engineering Structures, Vol. 29, pp. 2428–2444. [5] Jadhav H. S. and Shiyekar M. R. (2011). "Performance of reinforced concrete beams strengthened with GFRP laminate configuration", International Journal of 3R's, Vol. 1, No. 4, 2010, pp. 192-195. Akshay P. Gholkar, H. S. Jadhav	142-145
24.	Effect of Cooking on the Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid and Antioxidant Properties of Small Indigenous Fish Species of the Eastern Himalayas Effect of Cooking on the Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid and Antioxidant Properties of Small Indigenous Fish Species of the Eastern Himalayas Abstract: The effect of cooking method on the polyunsaturated fatty acid and antioxidant properties of small indigenous freshwater fish species, Amblypharyngodon mola and Puntius sophore of the Eastern Himalayas were determined. In the raw and fried samples, docosahexaenoic acid was significantly higher (2.907 and 1.167mg/100g) in Amblypharyngodon mola and lowest (0.749 and 0.291mg/100g) were recorded in Puntius sophore. The eicosapentaenoic acid of raw, fried and curried samples of Amblypharyngodon mola were recorded higher. In DPPH (1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl) free radical scavenging assay of IC50 value of the raw fish extract were 2.9μg/ml and 1.66μg/ml respectively. The highest antioxidant activity was found in fish curry of Amblypharyngodon mola (0.11μg/ml). It shows that the Maillard reaction product forms the melanoidin during cooking, increases the antioxidant property of the fish curry and also improved the taste. Key words: Small indigenous fishes, polyunsaturated fatty acids, antioxidant activity, cooking methods, Eastern Himalayas Reference [1] PK Talwar & AG Jhingran: Inland Fishes of India and adjacent countries. Oxford and IBH Publishing Cooperative Private Limited New Delhi, Bombay and Calcutta, Vol-1 and Vol-2 ,1991, 1-1063 [2] UK Sarkar & WS Lakra: Small indigenous freshwater fish species of India: Significance, Conservation and utilization, Aquaculture Asia Magazine15, 2010, 34-35 [3] B Ames, MK Shigenega and TM Hagen, Oxidants antioxidants, and the degenerative diseases of ageing. Proc. Natl Acad Sci, USA 90, 1993, 7915-7955 [4] TO Idowu, EO Iwalewa, BA Aderogba, Akinpelu, and AO Ogundaini, Antinoceptive, inflammatory and antioxidant of eleagnine. An alkanoid isolated from Chrysophyllum albidum seed cotyledons. J. Bio. Sci, 6, 2006, 1029-1034 [5] LA Luzia, GR Sampaio, CMN Castellucci, EAFS Torre, The influence of season on the lipid profile of five commercially important species of Braxilian fish. Food chemistry 83, 2003, 93-97 Wahengbam Sarjubala Devi, Ch. Sarojnalini	146-151
25.	Interfacing Of PIC 18F252 Microcontroller with Real Time Clock via I2C Protocol Interfacing Of PIC 18F252 Microcontroller with Real Time Clock via I2C Protocol Abstract: This paper describes a microcontroller based digital clock which can be used in real time systems. The system is constructed using PIC18F252 (microcontroller), DS1307 (real time clock IC) and its software program is written with C programming language. A 3v battery backup is provided to real time clock IC. Communication between PIC microcontroller and DS1307 takes place through I²C Bus protocol Key words: I2C, LCD, PIC, RTC, DS1307 Reference [1] Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay, Danny Causey, "PIC Microcontroller and Embedded System," Pearson Education, INC., Pearson Prentice Hall. [2] Vicent Himpe, "Mastering the I2C Bus: LabWorX 1". [3] Martin P. Bates, "Programming 8-bit PIC Microcontrollers in C", second edition [4] Basics of I2C from "www.embedded.com" [5] "Real Time Clock on the MSP430"-Taxas Instrument, published on Jan 2001. Arnab G. Samanta	152-156
26.	Channel Estimation Techniques in MIMO-OFDM LTE Systems Channel Estimation Techniques in MIMO-OFDM LTE Systems Abstract: There is an increasing demand for high data transmission rates with the evolution of the very large scale integration (VLSI) technology. The multiple input multiple output-orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (MIMO-OFDM) systems are used to fulfill these requirements because of their unique properties such as high spectral efficiency, high data rate and resistance towards multipath propagation. MIMO-OFDM systems are finding their applications in the modern wireless communication systems like IEEE 802.11n, 4G and LTE. They also offer reliable communication with the increased coverage area. The bottleneck to the MIMO-OFDM systems is the estimation of the channel state information (CSI). This can be estimated with the help of any one of the Training Based, Semiblind and Blind Channel estimation algorithms. This paper presents various channel estimation algorithms, optimization techniques and their effective utilization in MIMO-OFDM for modern wireless LTE systems. Key words: Spectral Efficiency, OFDM, MIMO-OFDM systems, Channel Estimation, Channel State information, Pilot Carriers, subspace approach, LTE. Reference [1] W Hardjawana, R Li, B Vucetic and Y Li, "A New Iterative Channel Estimation for High Mobility MIMO-OFDM Systems," IEEE Trans. Vehicular Technology Conference, pp. 1-5, 2010. [2] N Aboutorab,W Hardjawana,B Vucetic, "A New Iterative Doppler-Assisted Channel Estimation Joint With Parallel ICI Cancellation for High-Mobility MIMO-OFDM Systems," IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, VOL. 61, pp. 1577 - 1589, 2012. [3] MM Rana, MK Hosain, "Adaptive Channel Estimation Techniques for MIMO-OFDM Systems," International Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Applications, Vol. 1, No.6, pp. 134-138, 2010. [4] A Khlifi and R Bouallegue, "Performance Analysis of LS and LMMSE Channel Estimation Techniques for LTE Downlink Systems," International Journal of Wireless & Mobile Networks, Vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 141-149, 2011. [5] J Ketonen, M Juntti, J Ylioinas and J R. Cavallaro, "Decision-Directed Channel Estimation Implementation for Spectral Efficiency Improvement in Mobile MIMO-OFDM," Springer Science, DOI 10.1007/s11265-013-0833-4, 2013. P. Venkateswarlu, R. Nagendra	157-161
28.	Delay Efficient Method for Delivering IPTV Services Delay Efficient Method for Delivering IPTV Services Abstract: Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) is a system through which Internet television services are delivered using the architecture and networking methods of the Internet Protocol Suite over a packet-switched network infrastructure, e.g., the Internet and broadband Internet access networks, instead of being delivered through traditional radio frequency broadcast, satellite signal, and cable television (CATV) formats. IPTV provides mainly three services: live TV, catch up TV, and video on demand (VoD).This paper focuses on delivering the live TV services by exploiting the virtualised cloud architecture of the IPTV and statistical multiplexing. The VoD tasks are prescheduled so that there will be less Instant Channel Change (ICC) delay. We select a proper scheduling algorithm for rescheduling the VoD tasks. We then implement the scheduling algorithm for preshifting the VoD tasks. Key words: IPTV, Statistical multiplexing, Virtualization, Vo D, Live TV, Scheduling, ICC Delay Reference [1] Vaneet Aggarwal, Vijay Gopalakrishnan, Rittwik Jana, K. K. Ramakrishnan, and Vinay A. Vaishampayan," Optimizing Cloud Resources for Delivering IPTV Services through Virtualization", In Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Communication Systems and Networks (COMSNETS), Jan. 2012. [2] V.Aggarwal, V.Gopalakrishnan, R.Jana, K. K. Ramakrishnan, and V. Vaishampayan, "Exploiting Virtualization for Delivering Cloud-based IPTV Services," in Proc. of IEEE INFOCOM (mini-conference), Shanghai, April 2011. [3] D. Banodkar, K. K. Ramakrishnan, S. Kalyanaraman, A. Gerber, and O. Spatscheck, "Multicast instant channel change in IPTV system," in Proceedings of IEEE COMSWARE, January 2008. [4] H. A. Lagar-Cavilla, J. A. Whitney, A. Scannell, R. B. P. Patchin, S. M.Rumble, E. de Lara, M. Brudno, and M. Satyanarayanan, "SnowFlock:Virtual Machine Cloning as a First Class Cloud Primitive," ACM Transactions on Computer Systems (TOCS), 2011. [5] A. Dan, D. Sitaram, and P. Shahabuddin, "Scheduling Policies for an On-Demand Video Server with Batching," in Proc. of ACM Multimedia, San Francisco, CA, October 1994, pp. 15–23. Sangamesh, Shilpa. K. Gowda	167-170
29.	Comparative Analysis of HVAC System Based on Life Cycle Cost Analysis Comparative Analysis of HVAC System Based on Life Cycle Cost Analysis Abstract: A heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) system is designed to satisfy the environmental requirements of comfort or a process, in a specific building or portion of a building and in a particular geographic locale. Efficient design of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems is a primary concern in building projects. The objectives of the HVAC system design are to provide a thermal comfort, good indoor quality and energy conservation. For the typical commercial building projects, it is not difficult to acquire the reference settings for efficient operation. However, for some special projects, due to the specific design and control of the HVAC system, conventional settings may not be necessarily energy-efficient in daily operation. The HVAC system design and equipment selection for a commercial building (376 TR) is included as a case study in this paper. The outcomes of this paper are efficient design of HVAC system with minimum energy consumption and equipment selection based on operating and life cycle cost analysis. Key words: HVAC system, Life cycle cost analysis Reference [1] MaQuay chiller product catalogue [2] www.stcpl.com [3] ASHRAE Hanbook 2012 [4] ISHRAE Handbook - HVAC applications Jignesh M. Barot	171-174
30.	Reversible Encrypytion and Information Concealment Reversible Encrypytion and Information Concealment Abstract: Recently, a lot of attention is paid to reversible data hiding (RDH) in encrypted pictures, since it maintains the wonderful property that the initial image cover will be losslessly recovered when embedded data is extracted, whereas protects the image content that is need to be kept confidential. Other techniques used antecedently are to embed data by reversibly vacating area from the pictures, that area unit been encryted, may cause some errors on information extraction or image restoration. In this paper, we propose a unique methodology by reserving room before secret writing (i.e reserving room before encryption) with a conventional RDH algorithmic rule, and thus it becomes straightforward for hider to reversibly embed data in the encrypted image. The projected methodology is able to implement real reversibility, that is, information extraction and image recovery area unit free of any error. This methodology embedds larger payloads for constant image quality than the antecedently used techniques, like for PSNR= 40db. Key words: Reversible data hiding, privacy protection, bar chart shift, image secret writing. Reference [1] Kede Ma,Weiming Zhang,Xeianfeng Zhao,"Reversible data hiding in encrypted images by reserving room before encryption" IEEE Trans. On information forensic and security,VOL.8NO.3 March 2013. [2] W. Zhang, B. Chen, and N. Yu, "Improving various reversible data hiding schemes via optimal codes for binary covers," IEEE Trans.Image Process., vol. 21, no. 6, pp. 2991–3003,Jun. 2012. [3] W.Zhang, B. Chen, and N. Yu, "Capacity-approaching codes for reversible data hiding," in Proc 13th Information Hiding (IH'2011) LNCS 6958, 2011, pp. 255–269, SpringerVerlag. [4] T. Kalker and F.M.Willems, "Capacity bounds and code constructions for reversible data hiding," in Proc. 14th Int. Conf. Digital Signal Processing (DSP2002), 2002, pp. 71–76. [5] X. L. Li, B. Yang, and T. Y. Zeng, "Efficient reversible watermarking based on adaptive prediction-error expansion and pixel selection, IEEE Trans. Image Process., vol. 20, no. 12, pp. 3524–3533, Dec. 2011. Meenal V. Jagdale, Dr. Shubhalaxmi P. Hingway, Sheeja S. Suresh	175-180
31.	Machinability Study on Al-7si Alloy Subjected To Grain Refinement Machinability Study on Al-7si Alloy Subjected To Grain Refinement Abstract: The present investigation deals with refining the grain structure of Al-7Si (LM25) alloy by adding a suitable amount of grain refiner namely Al-5T-1B and the same was subjected to mechanical vibration. The process involves melting of Al-7Si alloy in an electrical furnace and the molten alloy was degassed using hexachloro ethane degassing tablets. Then the grain refiner was added and later transferred to a pre coated and pre heated metallic die. The alloy was then subjected to mechanical vibration for the process of grain refinement. The Machinability of aluminium alloy during continuous turning of composite rods using carbide tool inserts. The main focus of investigation is to determine Power consumption & Force. Experiments were conducted in the lathe dynamometer by using carbide insert at various parameters such as cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. The effect of machining parameters, e.g. cutting speed and depth of cut on the Power consumption & Force investigated during experimentation Key words: Al-Si alloys, casting, Machinability test, turning Reference [1] T.M. Chandrashekharaiah, S.A. Kori. Effect of grain refinement and modification on the dry sliding wear behaviour of eutectic Al– Si alloys. Tribology International 42 (2009) ,59– 65 [2] Kori S., Murty B., Chakraborty M.; Development of an efficient grain refiner for Al-7% Si alloy, Mater. Sci. Eng.: A, Volume 280, Issue 1 (2000): 58-61. [3] M. El-Gallab, M. Sklad (1998), "Machining of Al:SiC particulate metal matrix composites Workpiece Surface integrity", Journal of Materials Processing Technology,83, 277–285. [4] Manna, B. Bhattacharayya (2005) "Influence of machining parameters on the Machinability of particulate reinforced Al/SiCMMC, Advance Manufacturing Technology, 850–856. [5] RavinderTonk and Jasbir Singh Ratol "Investigation of the Effects of the Parametric Variations in Turning Process of En31 Alloy" International Journal on Emerging Technologies 3(1): pp.160- 164(2012) Sachin N. K, Mohan Kumar. S, Pavan Kumar. B	181-185
32.	A Low Power down Conversion CMOS Gilbert Mixer for Wireless Communications A Low Power down Conversion CMOS Gilbert Mixer for Wireless Communications Abstract: In this paper a design of low power 2.4GHz (RF) down conversion Gilbert Cell mixer, implemented in 0.18μm CMOS technology with 1.8V supply voltage is presented. The obtained result shows a conversion gain equal to 6.7dB and third order Input intercept point -1db, power consumption of 3.86mW at 1.8V supply voltage. The 50Ω matched impedance condition is applicable. Result shows a good potential of this CMOS mixer and justify its use for low-power wireless communications. Key words: Mixer, Gilbert Cell, RFIC, CMOS Technology, linearity, down conversion Reference [1] T. Chouchane, M. Sawan, "A 5 GHz CMOS RF Mixer in 0.18 μm CMOS Technology," IEEE CCECE 2003, Montreal, May 2003. [2] D. Leenaerts, J. Van der Tang, Cicero S. Voucher, Circuit Design for RF Transceivers, KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS, 2001, pp : 122 – 128. [3] C.F Au-Yeung and K.K.M.Cheng, "CMOS mixer Linearization by the low frequency Signal injection method," IEEE MTT-S International Microwave Symposium Digest, vol 1,pp.95-98, June 2003. [4] Hung-Che Wei, Ro-Min Weng, Chih-Lung Hsiaoand Kun-Yi Lin, " A 1.5V 2.4GHz CMOS \ Mixer with High Linearity", The 2004 IEEE Asia-Pacific Conference Circuit and Systems,Dec 6-9, 2004. [5] S. G. Lee and J. K. Choi, "Current-reuse bleeding mixer", IEEE Electronics Letters, vol. 36, no. 8, pp. 696–697, Apr.2000. [6] Thomas Lee, "The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated circuits", Cambridge University Press, second edition 2004, ISBN 0-521-835389-9, Chapter 13. Manoj Kumar Pandram, R.C Gurjar	186-190
Version 2
1.	Causes and Effects of Change Orders on Construction Projects in Kuwait Causes and Effects of Change Orders on Construction Projects in Kuwait Abstract: This research investigates the change orders in public and private construction projects in Kuwait. The study in this research presents the results of a questionnaire surveying the owners, contractors and consultants on a sample comprising 385 engineers representing the construction industry. The responses to the questionnaire help in identifying the general characteristics of the construction industry in Kuwait as well as ranking the most common causes of changes, their effects on the projects and the control measures to address the changes. The results of the questionnaire indicate that the owner is the most responsible party causing changes. The study identifies that the first cause is change of plans by owner, otherwise increase in cost of the project is the first effect. All changes to design documents are checked and reviewed is the first control. Key words: Causes of change order, change orders, control of change order, and effects of change order. Reference [1] Zawawi, N., Azman, N. and Kamar, M. (2010),'Sustainable Construction Practice: Areview of Change Orders in Construction Projects'. International Conference on Environment, 13-15 Dec., Pulau Pinang. [2] Osman, Z., Omran, A. and Foo, C.K. (2009), 'The potential effects of variation orders in Construction Projects'. Journal of Engineering, 2, 141–152. [3] Rashid, I., Elmikawi, M. and Saleh, A. (2012), 'The Impact of Change Orders on construction projects Sports Facilities Case Study'. Journal of American Science, 8(8), 628-631. [4] Homaid, N., Eldosouky, A. and AlGhmdi, M. (2011), "Change Orders in Saudi Linear Construction Projects'.Emirates Journal for Engineering Research, 16(1), 33-42. [5] Aljeshi, S. and Almarzouq, H. (2008), "Change Orders in Construction Projects in Saudi Arabia'. Term research paper – CEM-520, Construction Engineering and Management Department, King Fahad University of Petroleum and Minerals Saudi Arabia. Alia Alaryan, Emadelbeltagi, Ashraf Elshahat and Mahmoud Dawood	01-08
2.	Experimental and Exergy Analysis of A Double Pipe Heat Exchanger for Parallel Flow Arrangement Experimental and Exergy Analysis of A Double Pipe Heat Exchanger for Parallel Flow Arrangement Abstract: This paper presents For Experimental and Exergy Analysis of a Double Pipe Heat Exchanger for Parallel- flow Arrangement. The Double pipe heat exchanger is one of the Different types of heat exchangers. double-pipe exchanger because one fluid flows inside a pipe and the other fluid flows between that pipe and another pipe that surrounds the first.In a parallel flow, both the hot and cold fluids enter the Heatexchanger at same end andmove in same direction. The present work is taken up to carry experimental work and the exergy analysis based on second law analysis of a Double-Pipe Heat Exchanger. In experimental set up hot water and cold water will be used working fluids. The inlet Hot water will be varied from 40 0C and 50 0C and cold water temperature will be varied from between 15 and 20 0C. It has been planned to find effects of the inlet condition of both working fluid flowing through the heat exchanger on the heat transfer characteristics, entropy generation, and Exergy loss. The Mathematical modelling of heat exchanger will based on the conservation equation of mass, energy and based on second law of thermodynamics to find entropy generation and exergy losses. Reference [1] Khairul M.A; Heat transfer performance and exergy analyses of a corrugated plate heat exchanger using metal oxide nano fluids. International Communications in Heat and Mass Transfer.,2013. [2] Hepbasil. A; Low exergy modelling and performance analysis of greenhouses coupled to closed earth-to-air heat exchangers (EAHEs) ., Energy and Buildings,2013, Volume 64, Pages 224-230. [3] Qureshi .B .A and Zubair. S.M; Second-law-based performance evaluation of cooling towers and evaporative heat exchangers, International Journal of Thermal Sciences, 2007; Pages 188-198. [4] Naphon. P.; Second law analysis on the heat transfer of the horizontal concentric tube heat exchanger. International Communications in Heat and Mass Transfer,2006; Pages 1029-1041. [5] Akpinarn. K. E and Bicer; Investigation of heat transfer and exergy loss in a concentric double pipe exchanger equipped with swirl generators, International Journal of Thermal Sciences,2005, Pages 598-607. Parth P. Parekh, Dr.Neeraj K. Chavda	09-13
3.	Coupled Line Band Pass Filter with Defected Ground Structure for Wide Band Application Coupled Line Band Pass Filter with Defected Ground Structure for Wide Band Application Abstract: In this paper a novel wideband microstrip band pass filter is proposed. The band pass filter is designed with coupling between two L-shaped microstriplines and is terminated with a high impedance line. The three circle shapes are etched out at the ground plane and is called defected ground structure (DGS), which provides better return loss as well as it reduces harmonics. Simulated and measured results both are in true agreement with each other. Results show that the defected microstrip filter has a good performance, including a wide pass band of 3.0 GHz to 5.6 GHz at 3dB cut off frequencies with bandwidth of 2.6 GHz, and a small insertion loss. The return loss is found to be higher than 15 dB. Index Terms: Bandpass filter, DGS Filter, Wide Band filter. Reference [1] J.S. Lim, C.S. Kim, Y.T. Lee, D. Ahn and S. Nam, "Design of Low Pass filters Using Defected Ground Structure and Compensated Microstrip Line," IEE Electronics Letters, Vol. 38, No. 22, 24 October 2002, pp. 1357–1358. [2] Anand K. Verma, Adel B. Abdel-Rahman, Ahmed Boutejdar , & A.S.Omar "Control of Bandstop Response of Hi-Lo Microstrip Low Pass Filter Using slot in Ground Plane"IEEE, Transactions on MTT,Vol.52,No3,March 2004. [3] Kumar, P.; Kishor, J.; Shrivastav, A.K.; "Formulation of size reduction technique in microstrip circuits using DGS and DMS" Recent Advances in Microwave Theory and Applications, 2008.Microwave 2008. International Conference on 21-24. Nov. 2008 Page(s):861 – 864 Digital Object Identifier 1109/AMTA.2008.4763173. [4] C.-L. Hsu, F.-C. Hsu, and J.-T. Kuo, "Microstrip bandpass filters for ultra-wideband (UWB) wireless communications," in Proc. IEEE MTT-S Int. Microw. Symp. Dig., Jun. 2005, pp. 679–682. [5] W. Menzel, M. S. Tito, and L. Zhu, "Low-loss ultra-wideband (UWB) filters using suspended stripline," in Proc. Asia-Pasific Microw. Conf. Dec. 2005, vol. 4, pp. 2148–2151. Abhiruchi Nagpal, Dr. P.K. Singhal	14-18
4.	Pressure Gradient Influence on MHD Flow for Generalized Burgers' Fluid with Slip Condition Pressure Gradient Influence on MHD Flow for Generalized Burgers' Fluid with Slip Condition Abstract: This paper presents a research for magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) flow of an incompressible generalized Burgers' fluid including by an accelerating plate and flowing under the action of pressure gradient. Where the no – slip assumption between the wall and the fluid is no longer valid. The fractional calculus approach is introduced to establish the constitutive relationship of the generalized Burgers' fluid. By using the discrete Laplace transform of the sequential fractional derivatives, a closed form solutions for the velocity and shear stress are obtained in terms of Fox H- function for the following two problems: (i) flow due to a constant pressure gradient, and (ii) flow due to due to a sinusoidal pressure gradient. The solutions for no – slip condition and no magnetic field, can be derived as special cases of our solutions. Furthermore, the effects of various parameters on the velocity distribution characteristics are analyzed and discussed in detail. Comparison between the two cases is also made. Key words: Generalized Burgers' fluid, Constant pressure gradient, Sinusoidal pressure gradient, Fox Hfunction. Reference [1] A. Ebaid; " Effects of Mgnetic Field and Wall Slip Conditions on the Peristaltic Transport of a Newtonian Fluid in an Asymmetric Channel", Phys. Lett. A 372 (2008) 4493- 4499. [2] A.-R. A. Khaleda and K. Vafaib; " The Effect of the Slip Condition on Stokes and Couette Flows due to an Oscillating Wall: Exact Solutions", Int. J. Nonlinear Mech. 39 (2004) 795- 809. [3] B. H. Tan, I. Jackson and J. D. F. Gerald; " High- Temperature Viscoelasiticity of Fine- Grained Polycystalline Olivine", Phys. Chem. Miner. 28 (2001) 641. [4] C. Derek, D. C. Tretheway and C. D. Meinhart; " Apparent Fluid Slip at Hydrophibic Microchannel Walls", Phys. Fluids 14 (2002) 9- 12. [5] C. Fetecau and Corina Fetecau; " Decary of Potential Vovtex in Maxwell fluid", Internet. J. Non- Linear Mech. 38 (2003) 985. Ghada H. Ibraheem, Ahmed M. Abdulhadi	19-33
5.	Remaining Life Analysis of Boiler Tubes on Behalf of Hoop Stresses Produced During Operation of Power Plant Remaining Life Analysis of Boiler Tubes on Behalf of Hoop Stresses Produced During Operation of Power Plant Abstract: Boiler tube material plays an important role in efficient power generation from a fossil fuel power plant. In order to meet out the gap between fluids to increase heat available per unit mass flow of steam. Waste heat utilization phenomenon is a big challenge on fossil fuel power plants as after use of high grade coal in thermal power plants the efficiency of power plants is not at the level of required value. Clean and efficient power generation with economical aspects is the basic need of growing power generation plants to justify the quality of power and clean power generation. Life analysis technique to calculate remaining life of boiler tubes at critical zones of high temperature requires much attention and is an important hypothesis in research field. Generation of repetitive and fluctuating stress during flow of high temperature and pressure fluid require proper attention on the methodology to be used to calculate the efficiency of system and absorption efficiency of tube material. In this paper complete mathematical analysis of boiler tubes is conducted for calculation of remaining life of boiler tubes, Hoop stress values are calculated and used with mathematical tool to calculate the efficiency. Hoop stress based calculation of efficiency is more reliable and may give more accurate and practical aspects based results. Key words: Absorption efficiency, Heat availability, Hoop stress analysis, Life analysis, Clean power, Tube material characteristics. Reference [1] D. Ghosh, H. Roy, T.K. Sahoo and A.K. Shukla, Failure investigation of platen superheater tube in a 210 MW thermal power plant boiler, Transaction of The Indian Institute of Metals, vol. 63,Issues 2-3,April-June 2010,PP. 687-690 [2] Metallurgical Failure in Fossil Fired Boilers by David N. French, 2nd- ed. (A Wiley Interscience publication) [3] BS 2790, Specification for design and manufacture of shell boilers of welded construction. British Standards Institution, London [4] Ameri, M. & Shamshirgaran, S.R., A Case Study: The Effects of the Design Factors on the Thermal Profile of Shahid Rajaiee Boiler, Applied Thermal Engineering, 28: 955-961, 2008 [5] Prakash and V.K. Tewary, "High temperature oxidation of metals and alloys", QI] Short Term Course Proceeding Roorkee, June 23-July 7, 1992. Mohd. Zeeshan Gauri, Kavita Sankhala, Dharmendra kumar jain	34-38
6.	Performance Comparison of CMOS and Finfet Based Circuits At 45nm Technology Using SPICE Performance Comparison of CMOS and Finfet Based Circuits At 45nm Technology Using SPICE Abstract: According to the Moore's Law, the number of transistors in a unit chip area double every two years. But the existing technology of integrated circuit formation is posing limitations to this law. CMOS technology shows certain limitations as the device is reduced more and more in the nanometer regime out of which power dissipation is an important issue. FinFET is evolving to be a promising technology in this regard. This paper aims to analyze and compare the characteristics of CMOS and FinFET circuits at 45nm technology. Inverter circuit is implemented in order to study the basic characteristics such as voltage transfer characteristics, leakage current and power dissipation. Further the efficiency of FinFET to reduce power as compared to CMOS is proved using SRAM circuit. The results show that the average power is reduced by 92.93% in read operation and by 97.8% in write operation. Key words: 6T SRAM cell, CMOS vs FinFET, FinFETs, Low power nanoscale design, Power dissipation Reference [1] B. Swahn and S. Hassoun, "Gate Sizing: FinFETs vs 32nm Bulk MOSFETs", Design Automation Conference, 2006 43rd ACM/IEEE, San Francisco, CA, 2006, 528-531. [2] R. Joshi, K. Kim and R. Kanj, "FinFET SRAM Design", in Nanoelectronic Circuit Design, Springer, 2011, 55-95. [3] Jan M. Rabaey Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective (Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, October 2001). [4] M. Sathe and N. Sarwade, "Power Optimization at Nanoscale using FinFETs and its Comparison with CMOS", International Journal of Computer Engineering and Applications, vol. 6, issue II, May 14, 33-41. [5] M. Rostami and K. Mohanram, "Dual-Vth Independent-Gate FinFETs for Low Power Logic Circuits", IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design Of Integrated Circuits And Systems, vol. 30, no. 3, March 2011, 337-349. Mugdha Sathe, Dr. Nisha Sarwade	39-43
7.	Modeling and Estimation of Stationary and Non-stationary Noises of Rubidium Atomic Clock Modeling and Estimation of Stationary and Non-stationary Noises of Rubidium Atomic Clock Abstract: Noise estimation of atomic clock is one of the important research areas in the field of atomic clock development and application. Most of the atomic clocks are having random-stochastic noises and periodic noises due to temperature variation. Random-stochastic noises have a well identified signature in time domain but periodic noises are difficult to analyze in time domain. However, in this paper, an effort is made to identify and analyze the deterministic trends of both random-stochastic noises and periodic noises due to variation in temperature using an alternate approach of least-squares normalized-error (LSNE) regression algorithm. A MATLAB based application with graphical user interface (GUI) is developed to estimate and analyze random-stochastic noises and periodic noises and re-estimate the stability of rubidium atomic clock after removing these noises from the raw phase data. The estimation of stationary noises are done using Allan variance from time domain data and noise profile is calculated using curve fit method. The estimation of periodic noises due to temperature variation is carried in frequency domain through spurious analysis of the frequency data of atomic clock. Index Terms: LSNE, Rb, GUI, FP, WF, RWF Reference [1] Allan, D. W. (1966),―Statistics of Atomic Frequency Standards‖, Proceedings of IEEE,vol. 54, no. 2, pp. 221-230, Feb, 1966. [2] King, A. D., ―Characterization of Gyro In-Run Drift,‖Symposium Gyro Technology 1984, Oct. 1984, pp. 10.0-10.56. [3] Ng, Lawrence C., and Pines, Darryll J.,―Characterization of Ring Laser Gyro PerformanceUsing the Allan Variance Method,‖, Journal of GuidanceControl, and Dynamics, Vol. 20, No. 1, January-February 1997, pp. 211-214. [4] Park B K, Kim J H and Kim K C 1991 Performance evaluation of an X-band RF switching radiometer IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas.40 483–5. [5] Goodberlet M A and Mead J B 2006 Two-load radiometer precision and accuracy IEEE Trans. Geosci. Remote Sensing 44 58–66. Deepak Mishra, Alak Banik, Vaibhav Vats and T.V.S Ram	44-49
8.	Synthesis and Characterization of Nano Hydroxyapatite with Poly Vinyl Pyrrolidone Nano Composite for Bone Tissue Regeneration Synthesis and Characterization of Nano Hydroxyapatite with Poly Vinyl Pyrrolidone Nano Composite for Bone Tissue Regeneration Abstract: Hydroxyapatite (Ca10 (PO4)6(OH)2 ), the main mineral component of bone and teeth, is native to the human body. Hydroxyapatite (HAp) is a desirable implant material due to its biocompatibility and osteoconductivity properties. In this study, nano hydroxyapatite (nHAp) with poly vinyl pyrrolidone (PVP was synthesized at room temperature condition. The synthetic nano hydroxyapatite (nHAp) prepared by wet chemical precipitation method was investigated. Hydroxyapatite is biocompatible with the human organism and is capable of integrating biologically into bone tissue. The synthesized sample were characterized by Fourier transformed infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), X-ray diffraction (XRD), Transmission electron microscope (TEM), Energy dispersive analysis of x-rays techniques (EDAX) and Micro hardness test. Key words: XRD, FT-IR, TEM, EDAX, MICRO HARDNESS Reference [1] R.V. Silva, J.B. Bertran, N.H. Moreira, International journal of oral and maxillofacial surgery 34(2005) 178-184. [2] A. Stoch, W. Jastrzebski, E. Diugon, W. Lejda, B. Trybalska, G.J.Stoch, A. Adamczyk, Journal of molecular structure 744-747 (2005) 633-640. [3] T.M. Filion, Lix, Mason-Savas A, Kreider JM, Goldstein SA, Ayers DC, et al. tissue Eng pt A 2011: 17:503. [4] W. Chen, Y. Liu, H. Countney, M. Bettenga, C, Agrawal, J. Bungardner and J. Ong, Biomaterials. 2006, 27, 5512-5517. [5] Joschek, S., Nies, B., Krotz, R. & Gopfrerich, A. (2000). Chemical and physicochemical characterization of porous hydroxyapatite ceramics made of natural bone. Biomaterials, 21, 1645. A. Ragu, K. Senthilarasan, P. Sakthivel	50-54
9.	Synthesis and Characterization of Nano Hydroxyapatite with Agar-Agar Bio-Polymer Synthesis and Characterization of Nano Hydroxyapatite with Agar-Agar Bio-Polymer Abstract: Hydroxyapatite used for bone replacement is one of the most active areas of ceramic biomaterials research currently. It is a desirable implant material due to its biocompatibility and osteoconductive properties. Agar agar is a biological polymer frequently used in tissue engineering and pharmaceutical for potential use in bone replacement. Nano hydroxyapatite was successfully synthesized by wet chemical precipitation method . In this work nHAp/agar composite were synthesized and characterization of the compound were done by using characterization Fourier transform infrared(FTIR), X-ray diffract ration (XRD), Transmission electron microscope(TEM) and Energy dispersive analysis of X-ray spectrum(EDAX). Key words: HAp, Agar, FTIR, XRD, TEM, EDAX. Reference [1] H. Aoki, "Science and medical application of hydroxyl apatite", Japanese Association of apatite science, Tokoyo(1991). [2] Hadeel alobeedallah, Jeffrey L.Ellis, Ramin rohanizadeh,Hans coster and Fanba dehghani "Preparation of nanostructured Hydroxyapatite in organic solvents for Clinical applications", Trends biomater. Artif. Organs, 25(1),12-19(2011). [3] Amit kumar nayak "Hydroxyapatite synthesis methodologies: An overview", International jouranal of chemtech research coden (USA): IJCRGG ISSN: 0974-4290 vol.2,No.2,pp 903-907. [4] M.S. Sadjadi, M.Meskinfam, H.Jazdarreh "Hydroxyapatite-Starch nano biocomposites synthesis and characterization", Int.J.Nano.Dim 1(1):57-63,Summer 2010 ISSN:2008-8868. [5] Ramakrishna S., Mayer J.,Winter E., KamM.,LeongW., Biomedical application of polymer-composite materials: a review composite science and technology.67:1189-1224. K. Senthilarasan, A. Ragu and P. Sakthivel	55-59
10.	Power System Harmonic Compensation Using Shunt Active Power Filter. Power System Harmonic Compensation Using Shunt Active Power Filter Abstract: This paper shows the method of improving the power quality using shunt active power filter. The proposedtopic comprises of PI controller, filter hysteresis current control loop, dc link capacitor. The switching signal generation for filter is fromhysteresis current controller techniques. With the all these element shunt active power filter reduce the total harmonic distortion. Thispaper represents the simulation and analysis of the using three phase three wire system active filter to compensate harmonics .Theproposed shunt active filter model uses balanced non-linear load. This paper successfully lowers the THD within IEEE norms and satisfactorily works to compensatecurrent harmonics. Key words: Power system Harmonics, shunt active filters, power quality, non linear loads Reference [1] S. Sivanagaraju, and V.C.Veera Reddy(2011), "Design of Shunt Active Power Filter to eliminate the harmonic currents and to compensate the reactive power under distorted and or imbalanced source voltages in steady state", IJETTVol. 2 Issue 3 [2] Y. P. Obulesh and Y. KusumaLatha(2011), "Control strategy for 3phase shunt active power filter with minimum current measurements", IJECE [3] A. Chandra and B. Singh (1999), "A Review on Active Filters for Power Quality Improvement", IEEE Trans. on IET, 46,5 [4] Kamal Al-Haddad andNassar M (2000),"Modeling and Nonlinear Control of Shunt Active Power Filter in the Synchronous Reference Frame". IEEE Intl [5] Murat K. and EnginOzdhemier(2005), "An adaptive hysteresis band current controller for shunt active power filters", Electric Power Systems Research, 73, pp113–119 Shiuly Mukherjee, Nitin Saxena, A K Sharma	60-63
11.	Fvm Analysis for Thermal and Hydraulic Behaviour of Circular Finned Mpfhs by Using Ag-H20 Nano Fluid Fvm Analysis for Thermal and Hydraulic Behaviour of Circular Finned Mpfhs by Using Ag-H20 Nano Fluid Abstract: In this exploration the influence of using two types of Nano fluids (Ag-water and Al203-water) as a coolant at volumetric concentration is taken (c= 4%) in micro pin fin heat sink with circular fins in addition to the un-finned micro-channel heat sink is deliberated with the help of commercially available computational fluid dynamics software Fluent 14. The evaluation of flow and heat transfer characteristics of MPFHS and cooling fluids has been made under the similar boundary condition; at the range of Reynolds number used is (100-500). The gotten outcomes is exemplified that, Ag-water Nano fluid is gives the minimum pressure drop and slightly maximum heat transfer rate compared to Al203-water Nano fluid. And circular finned heat sink is dissipating more amount of heat compared to un-finned micro-channel heat sink. But it is also gives the maximum pressure drop due to finned area. Key words: Nano fluid, MPFHS, Heat Transfer, Pressure drop, CFD Reference [1] A.A. Alfaryjat , H.A.Mohammed, Nor Mariah Adam, M.K.A. Ariffin , M.I. Najafabadi "'Influence of geometrical parameters of hexagonal, circular, and rhombus micro channel heat sinks on the thermo hydraulic characteristics" , International Communications in Heat and Mass Transfer 52 (2014) 121–131. [2] Mushtaq Ismael Hasan"Investigation of flow and heat transfer characteristics in micro pin fin heat sink with nanofluid" ,Applied Thermal Engineering 63 (2014) 598-607. [3] W.H. Azmi , K.V. Sharma, P.K. Sarma, RizalmanMamat, ShahraniAnuar a,1, V. Dharma Rao; "Experimental determination of turbulent forced convection heat transfer and friction factor with SiO2 nanofluid" Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 51 (2013) 103–111 [4] PaisarnNaphon, LursukdNakharintrFarkade "Heat transfer of nanofluids in the mini-rectangular fin heat sinks" ,International Communications in Heat and Mass Transfer 40 (2013) 25–31 [5] H.A. Mohammed, P. Gunnasegaran, N.H. Shuaib, "The impact of various nanofluid types on triangular microchannel heat sink cooling performance" Int. Commun. Heat Mass Transfer 38 (2011) 767-773 Kuber Dwivedi, Rupesh Kumar Malviya, Roopesh Sinha	64-68
12.	Finite Element Analysis of Fire Truck Chassis for Steel and Carbon Fiber Materials Finite Element Analysis of Fire Truck Chassis for Steel and Carbon Fiber Materials Abstract: Chassis is the foremost component of an automobile that acts as the frame to support the vehicle body. Hence the frame ought to be very rigid and robust enough to resist shocks vibrations and stresses acting on a moving vehicle. Steel in its numerous forms is commonly used material for producing chassis and overtime alumimium has acquired its use. However, in this study traditional materials are replaced with ultra light weight carbon fiber materials. High strength and low weight of carbon fibers makes it ideal for manufacturing automotive chassis. This paper depicts the modal and static structural analysis of TATA 407 fire truck chassis frame for steel as well as carbon fibers. From the analyzed results, stress, strain and total deformation values were compared for both the materials. Since it is easy to analyze structural systems by finite element method, the chassis is modified using PRO-E and the Finite Element Analysis is performed on ANSYS workbench. Key words: ANSYS, FEA, Ladder frame, Modal analysis, Structural analysis Reference [1] Chandra M. R., Sreenivasulu S., Hussain S. A., Modeling and Structural Analysis of Heavy Vehicle Chassis Made of Polymeric Composite Material by Three Different Cross Sections, International Journal of Modern Engineering. Research, Volume 2, Issue.4, July-Aug. 2012, ISSN: 2249-6645. [2] Juvvi Siva Nagaraju, U. Hari Babu, Design And Structural Analysis Of Heavy Vehicle Chasis Frame Made Of Composite Material By Varying Reinforcement Angles Of Layers, International Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and Studies, Volume 1, Issue 2, January March 2012, ISSN: 2249-8974 [3] Tulasiram N., Charyulu T. N., Design and Analysis of Vehicle Chassis Frame, Indian Streams Research Journal, Volume 2, Issue 7, August 2012, ISSN: 2230-7850. [4] Seshu P., Textbook of Finite Element Analysis (PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., May 2009, ISBN: 97881-203-23155). [5] Patel T. M., Dr. Bhatt M. G. and Patel H. K., Analysis and Validation of Eicher 11.10 Chassis Frame using ANSYS, International Journal Of Emerging Trends And Technology in Comp. Science (IJETTCS), Volume 2, Issue 2, March – April 2013, ISSN 2278-6856. Salvi Gauri Sanjay, Kulkarni Abhijeet, Gandhi Pratik Pradeep, Baskar P.	69-74
13.	Virulence Phenotype, Physicochemical Properties and Biofilm Formation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa on Polyethylene Used In Drinking Water Distribution Systems Virulence Phenotype, Physicochemical Properties and Biofilm Formation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa on Polyethylene Used In Drinking Water Distribution Systems Abstract: Potable water piping has been demonstrated to serve as a reservoir for opportunistic pathogens bacteria such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa. In this report, we describe the characterization of P. aeruginosa strains isolated from water intended for human consumption by the presence of virulence factors. These strains expressed their suitability for adhesion and the formation of biofilms on polyethylene (PE). Also In this work, we were able to elucidate the factors intervening in adhesion and biofilm formation by showing the role of the substrate, the environment and bacteria. Strong correlation was observed between physicochemical properties especially the electron donor property and the surface percentage covered by cells. These results indicate that this property plays a crucial role in Pseudomonas aeruginosa adherence on the PE surface. In addition, if no relationship was found between the adhesion results and hydrophobicity, it means that this property was not involved in the adhesion process of Pseudomonas aeruginosa on the PE surface. Key words: Biofilm, Physicochemical properties, Potable water piping, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Virulence phenotype. Reference [1] U. Szewzyk, R. Szewzyk, W. Manz, and K. H. Schleifer, Microbiological safety of drinking water, Ann Rev Microbiol., 54, 2000, 81–127. [2] Who-Library, Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, In: Cataloguing-Publication Data, 3rd edn. Who, 2004, Geneva. [3] B. Kilb, B. Lange, G. Schaule, H. C. Flemming and J. Wingender, Contamination of drinking water by coliforms from biofilms grown on rubber-coated valves, Int J Hyg Environ Health, 206, 2003, 563–573. [4] P. Servais, P. Laurent and G. Randon, Comparison of the bacterial dynamics in various French distribution systems, J. Water SRT –Aqua., 44, 1995, 10-17. [5] J. Wingender and H.C. Flemming, Contamination potential of drinking water distribution network biofilms, Water Sci. Technol., 49(11–12), 2004, vol., pp. 277-286. Ghazlane Zineb, Latrache Hassan, Mabrouki Mostafa, Houari Abdellah, K. Ibnsouda Saad, Timinouni Mohammed, Elmdaghri Naima, Mliji El Mostafa	75-85
14.	Anti-Adhesion and Anti-Biofilm Effectiveness of Disinfectants Used In Hemodialysis against both Staphylococcus Warneri and Staphylococcus Sciuri Biofilms Anti-Adhesion and Anti-Biofilm Effectiveness of Disinfectants Used In Hemodialysis against both Staphylococcus Warneri and Staphylococcus Sciuri Biofilms Abstract: Biofilms are communities of microorganisms attached to a surface and included in an extracellular matrix making it resistant to exogenous deleterious agents. The aim of this study is to evaluate the anti-adhesive and anti-biofilm effect of five commercials disinfectants having different active principles (hydrogen peroxide, sodium hypochlorite, isopropyl alcohol and ethanol) on four Staphylococcus strains isolated from hemodialysis unit surfaces. The disinfectants anti-adhesive effect was estimated to an exceeding rate 70% for the various studied dilutions and 90% towards the pure products. Whereas the anti-biofilm effect showed an elimination rate varying between 10 % and 95 % according to the following parameters: active principle, time of contact, concentration and bacterial strain. Our study demonstrated that all tested products have an interesting anti-adhesive effect and that the peroxide of hydrogen is endowed with important anti-biofilm efficiency, followed by the alcoholic products and the sodium hypochlorite. Key words: anti-adhesive effect, anti-biofilm effect, disinfectants, Staphylococcus warneri, Staphylococcus sciuri Reference [1] J.J. Engeman, J.Y. Friedman, S.D. Reed et al. Clinical outcomes and costs due to Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia among patients receiving long-term hemodialysis, Infection control and Hospital Epidemiology, 26, 2005, 534-539. [2] S. Rouillon, S. Ourdanabia, S. Jamart, C. Hernandez and O. Meunier, Susceptibility of the hospital environmental bacterial strains to a detergent and disinfectant product for surfaces, Pathologie-biologie, 54(6), 2006, 325-30. [3] I. P. Molobela, T. Eugene Cloete and Mervyn Beukes, Protease and amylase enzymes for biofilm removal and degradation of extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) produced by Pseudomonas fluorescens bacteria, African Journal of Microbiology Research, 4(14), 2010, 1515-1524. [4] C. Campanac, L. Pineau, A. Payard, G. Baziard-Mouysset and C. Roques, Interactions between biocide cationic agents and bacterial biofilms, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 46(5), 2002, 1469-1474 [5] NCCLS, National committee for clinical Laboratory Standards. Method for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility test for bacteria that grow aerobically 7 th (Ed.), Approved standard, (Wayne, PA. 2006) M7-A7. Ghazlane Zineb, Mliji El Mostafa,Ghanmi Youssef, Kerouani Abdellatif, Oufrid Salwa, Houari Abdellah, K. Ibnsouda Saad, Elmdaghri Naima, Timinouni Mohammed	86-92
15.	Study of Microstructure Degradation of Boiler Tubes Due To Creep for Remaining Life Analysis Study of Microstructure Degradation of Boiler Tubes Due To Creep for Remaining Life Analysis Abstract: In the current scenario of power shortage in India, the main objective is to ensure availability of power plant and increasing its reliability. During assessment ,testing and inspection a simple question has to be asked again and again‖ How long the particular power plants can be operated safely and cost-effectively with satisfying increased requirements and operational availability with reduced pollutant emissions, even after their designed life. So to answer this important question regarding the operational capability of the existing plant the remaining life analysis (RLA) has to be done. The condition of the plant equipments can be assessed only by way of a RLA methodology. On the basis of RLA proper decision can be made about the plants safety and availability. There are many methods to carry out the RLA of the critical components out of which ―microstructure study‖ is a method. In this paper we have tried to outline the RLA procedures and review the various damage mechanisms based on microstructure study. It is also presents the microstructure changes and properties of 106720 service hour exposed boiler tube in a 120 MW boiler of a thermal power plant. Key words: service exposed boiler tubes, microstructure, remaining life analysis, creep. Reference [1] R Viswanathan and R.B. Dooley, Creep Life Assessment Techniques for Fossil Power Plant Boiler Pressure Parts, International Conference on Creep. JSME, 1. Mech. E., ASME, and ASTM, Tokyo, Apr 14-18, 1986, 349-359. [2] R. Viswanathan, J.R. Foulds, and D.A. Roberts, Methods for Estimating the Temperature of Reheater and Superheater Tubes in Fossil Boilers, in Proceedings of the International Conference on Life Extension and Assessment, The Hague, June 1988. [3] L.H. Toft and R.A. Mardsen, The Structure and Properties of 1% Cr-0.5%Mo Steel After Service in CEGB Power Stations, in Conference on Structural Processes in Creep, JISI/JIM, London, (1963), 275. [4] R. Coade, Temperature Determination Based on Microstructural Changes Occurring in 1% Cr-0.5% Mo Steel, Report No.SO/85/87,State Electricity Commission of Victoria, Australia, Feb 1885. [5] I.M. Rehn and W. Apblett, Corrosion Problems in Coal Fired Fossil Boiler Superheater and Reheater Tubes, Report CS 181 lm Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA, (1981). Kavita Sankhala, Zeeshan Gauri, Pradeep Sharma, Dharmendra Kumar Jain	93-99
16.	Generalized Carleson Operator and Convergence of Walsh Type Wavelet Packet Expansions Generalized Carleson Operator and Convergence of Walsh Type Wavelet Packet Expansions Abstract: In this paper, two new theorems on generalized Carleson Operator for a Walsh type wavelet packet system and for periodic Walsh type wavelet packet expansion of a function feLp 0,1 , 1<𝑝<∞, have been established. Mathematics Subject Classification: 40A30, 42C15 Key words: Walsh function, Walsh- type wavelet Packets, periodic Walsh- type wavelet packets, Ces𝑎 ro's means of order 1 for single infinite series and for double infinite series, generalized Carleson operator for Walsh type and for periodic Walsh type wavelet packets. Reference [1] Billard, P., Sur la convergence Presque partout des series de Fourier-Walshdes fontions de l'espace 𝐿2(0,1), Studia Math, 28:363-388, 1967. [2] Bromwich, T. J .I 'A., An introduction to the theory of infinite Series, The University press, Macmillan and Co; Limited, London, 1908. [3] Carleson, L. , "On convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series" , Acta Mathematica 116(1): 135157, (1966). [4] Golubov , B., Efimov, A. And Skvortson, V., Walsh Series and Transforms, Dordrcct: Kluwer Academic Publishers Group ,Theory and application, Translated Form the 1987 Russian Original by W.R.. Wade, 1991. [5] Hardy, G. H., Divergent Series, Oxford at the Clarendon Press, 1949. Shyam Lal and Susheel Kumar	100-108
17.	Design, Development and Testing of an Areca nut Dehusking Agri-machine Design, Development and Testing of an Areca nut Dehusking Agri-machine Abstract: Areca nut has to be processed in dry condition by peeling the outer shell completely. Peeling of Areca nut is very difficult by hand. However it is being done manually by using a sharp knife with a production rate of 3kg/hr. So it is essential to develop an agri-machine which will increase the production rate and safety to labourers. Presently there are few machines available but these machines are not suitable for variety of sizes of Areca nut which leads into the insufficient removal of outer shell of Areca nut. Therefore there is enough scope to develop a agri-machine suitable for variety of sizes of Areca nut which will overcome these problems. The present reserch work emphasizes on developing an Areca nut Dehusking agri-machine for three different sizes of Areca nut. The concept is to shear-off the husk of the dry Areca nut by shearing force. The features a Dehusking mechanism, and a power drive. The experiments were conducted by changing the blades, and selecting the best method. The first experiment were conducted by mounting set of two cutters separated by spacers for each size of Areca nut, then the set of two cutters were replaced by single cutters and the results of both the experiments were compared and concluded that the single cutters were more efficient than the set of two cutters in Dehusking the Areca nut. Key words: Arecanut, Peeling, Dehusking, Agri-machine, cutters. Reference [1] R Gunaseelan, Sankaralingam Shanthi, Ramesh Sowmya, Manjula Datta, 2007 Areca nut use among rural residents of Sriperambudur Taluk: A qualitative study, Indian Journal of Dental Research, Volume : 18 Issue : 1 Page : 11-14. [2] Development of e-courses for B.Sc (Agriculture) by NAIP. [3] Jaysekhars, June 2013, Arecanut and Cocoa Production and Marketing Aspects. [4] Balasubramanian M; Panwar J S (1986). Mechanical properties of arecanut (Areca catechu linn) as related to dehusking. Journal of Agricultural Engineering (ISAE), 23(1), 82–88. [5] Baboo B (1981). A device for dehusking arecanut. Journal ofAgricultural Engineering (ISAE), 19(1), 63–65. Kiran K, Arun Kumar Govin, Manjunath Bandi, Shivasharanayya	109-115
18.	Removal of Fluoride from Drinking Water Using Sawdust Removal of Fluoride from Drinking Water Using Sawdust Abstract: In this study, the adsorption behaviour of sawdust has been studied in order to consider its application for fluoride removal. The batch adsorption method was employed: Laboratory investigation of the potential of sawdust to remove fluoride from aqueous solution has been studied. The effects of various experimental parameters, such as pH (3-11), adsorbent dosage (0.5-2.5 g/l),particle size(90μm to 300μm), contact time(30-150 min) and initial concentration(5 to 30mg/l) were investigated . The equilibrium data have been analyzed by the Langmuir, Freundlich and Tempkin isotherm models, the experimental data were better fitted to the Langmuir equation. The adsorption kinetics also investigated by the pseudo-first-order , pseudo-second-order, intraparticle diffusion and Elovich model . The deflouridation process followed pseudo second order model. Key words: adsorption, deflouridation, isotherms Reference [1] E.J. Underwood, Trace Elements in Human and Animal Nutrition, Academic Press, New York, 1997, p. 545. [2] Jamode, A.V., 2005, Evaluation of performance and kinetic parameters for defluoridation using Azadiraktha indica (Neem) leaves as lowcost adsorbents. Pollution research, 23 (2), 239- 250. [3] Shivakumar,M., Rama murthy, M.V., 1977, Quality of well water in madhrai. Ind.J.health, 19(3), 199 – 209. [4] Guptha, S.C., Doshi, C.S., and Paliwal, B.L. 1986, Occurance and chemistry of high fluoride ground water in Jalore district of western Rajasthan. Annals Arid Zone. 25(4), 255-265. [5] Shukla nandita, J.K., Moitra and Trivedi, R.C. 1995, Fluoride level in exfoliated human teeth from 2 contrast environmental regions in India. Indian J.Env.Prot., 15(12), 903-905 Suman Mann, Dr Anubha Mandal	116-123
19.	Advanced Design of Composite Steel-Concrete Structural element Advanced Design of Composite Steel-Concrete Structural element Abstract: Composite framing system consisting of steel beams acting interactively with metal deck-concrete slab and concrete encased composite columns, has been as a viable alternative to the conventional steel or reinforced concrete system in the high-rise construction. However, in Indian context, it is comparatively new and no appropriate design codes are available for the same. Complications in the analysis and design of composite structures have led numerous researchers to develop simplified methods so as to eliminate a number of large scale tests needed for the design. In the present work, a simplified method of composite slabs, beams and columns design is used and software is developed with pre- and post- processing facilities in VB.NET. All principal design checks are incorporated in the software. The full and partial shear connection and the requirement for transverse reinforcement are also considered. To facilitate direct selection of steel section, a database is prepared and is available at the back end with the properties of all standard steel sections. Screen shots are included in the paper to illustrate the method employed for selecting the appropriate section and shear connectors and thus to verify the design adequacy. Reference [1.] Eurocode 4 (2004), "General rules for buildings design of composite steel and concrete structure", Committee Members of the European Union. [2.] IS: 456 (2000), "Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete", Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi. [3.] IS: 11384 (1985), "Code of practice for composite construction in structural steel and concrete", Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi. [4.] Johnson R. P. (2004), "Composite Structures of Steel and Concrete", Vol. 1, Blackwell Scientific Publications, U.K. [5.] Narayanan, R. and Kalyanaraman, V. (2001), "Teaching resource of structural steel design", Vol. 2, Institute for Steel Development and Growth (INSDAG), Kolkata. [6.] Nethercot D. A. (2004), "Composite Construction", Spon Press of the Taylor and Francis Group, London. Dr. D. R. Panchal	124-138
20.	Design of PVC Bladed Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine for Low Wind Speed Region Design of PVC Bladed Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine for Low Wind Speed Region Abstract: The Project is aimed at designing a wind turbine that can be able to build by Laypersons, using readily available material which is feasible & affordable to provide much needed electricity. Since most of the high wind power density regions in the zone of high wind speed are already being tapped by large scale wind turbine and so it required creating a large scope for the development of low wind speed turbines. Our study focuses primarily on designing the blade for tapping power in the regions of low wind power density. The aerodynamic profiles of wind turbine blades have major influence on aerodynamic efficiency of wind turbine. This can be achieved by comparing the effectiveness of a crude blade fashioned from a different Size, Material & standard of PVC drainage pipe which are easily available in market. It can be evaluated by performing experimental analysis, data collection & its evaluation on different type & size of PVC Pipe & preparing an analytical tool for best Design. Key words: Wind Turbine, Laypersons, Wind Power Density regions, Low wind Speed Turbines, Aerodynamic profiles, crude blade. Reference [1] D.Y.C. Leung, Y. Deng, M.K.H. Leung,"Design Optimization of a Cost-Effective Micro Wind Turbine" Proceedings of the World Congress on Engineering 2010 Vol II WCE 2010, June 30 - July 2, 2010, London, U.K. [2] Prof. H. S. Patil,"Experimental work on horizontal axis PVC turbine blade of power wind mill" IJME Volume 2 Issue 2 available on http://vixra.org/pdf/1208.0198v1.pdf [3] Dr. S. P. Vendan, S. Aravind Lovelin, M. Manibharathi & C. Rajkum, "Analysis of a Wind Turbine Blade Profile for Tapping Wind Power at the Regions of Low Wind Speed " IJME Volume 2 Issue 2 available on http://www.ijmejournal.com/uploads/displayVolumeIssue/ V-2-I-2-ID-1.pdf [4] http://poisson.me.dal.ca/~dp_07_1/Downloads_files/AprilReport.pdf. [5] http://windempowerment.org/wp-content/uploads/Blade-Element-Momentum-analysis-of-pvc-pipe-VS-wood-blades-on-a-100W-turbine.pdf. Vicky K Rathod, Prof.S.Y.Kamdi	139-143
21.	A Survey of String Matching Algorithms A Survey of String Matching Algorithms Abstract: The concept of string matching algorithms are playing an important role of string algorithms in finding a place where one or several strings (patterns) are found in a large body of text (e.g., data streaming, a sentence, a paragraph, a book, etc.). Its application covers a wide range, including intrusion detection Systems (IDS) in computer networks, applications in bioinformatics, detecting plagiarism, information security, pattern recognition, document matching and text mining. In this paper we present a short survey for well-known and recent updated and hybrid string matching algorithms. These algorithms can be divided into two major categories, known as exact string matching and approximate string matching. The string matching classification criteria was selected to highlight important features of matching strategies, in order to identify challenges and vulnerabilities. Key words: String matching, Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), exact string matching, approximate string matching. Reference [1] Y. Hong, X. Ke, and C.Yong, "An improved Wu-Manber Multiple Patterns Matching Algorithm", in Performance, Computing, and Communications Conference, IPCCC 2006. 25th IEEE International, 6 pp. – 680, 2006. [2] S. Faro, T. Lecroq, "The Exact Online String Matching Problem: a Review of the Most Recent Results", ACM Computing Surveys (CSUR) Surveys Homepage archive, Volume 45 Issue 2, Article No. 13, February 2013. [3] P. Michailidis and K. Margaritis, "On-line String Matching Algorithms: Survey and Experimental Results", International Journal of Computer Mathematics, volume 76, Issue 4, 2001. [4] D. Knuth, J. Morris, and V. Pratt, "Fast pattern matching in strings", SIAM Journal on Computing, volume 6(1), 322–350. (1977). [5] R. Boyer, J. Moore, "A fast string searching algorithm", Communication of the ACM, volume 20(10), 762–772, (1977). Koloud Al-Khamaiseh, Shadi ALShagarin	144-156
22.	Personalized Web Search Using Trust Based Hubs And Authorities Personalized Web Search Using Trust Based Hubs And Authorities Abstract: In this paper method has been proposed to improve the precision of Personalized Web Search (PWS) using Trust based Hubs and Authorities(HA) where Hubs are the high quality resource pages and Authorities are the high quality content pages in the specific topic generated using Hyperlink- Induced Topic Search (HITS). The Trust is used in HITS for increasing the reliability of HITS in identifying the good hubs and authorities for effective web search and overcome the problem of topic drift found in HITS. Experimental Study was conducted on the data set of web query sessions to test the effectiveness of PWS with Trust based HA in domains Academics, Entertainment and Sport. The experimental results were compared on the basis of improvement in average precision using PWS with HA (with/without Trust). The results verified statistically show the significant improvement in precision using PWS with HA (with Trust). Key words: Information Retrieval, Search engine, Web, Information Scent, Clustering, Trust, Hubs, Authorities, HITS, Personalized Web Search. Reference [1] A.Abdul-Rahman, S. Hailes. A distributed trust model, in: Proceedings of the Workshop on New Security Paradigms, ACM New York, U.S.A, 1997, pp. 48–60. [2] A.Abdul-Rahman, S. Hailes. Supporting trust in virtual communities. In Proceedings of the 33th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, IEEE computer Society, Washington, USA, 6, 2000, pp. 6007. [3] A.Jøsang. Probabilistic Logic Under Uncertainty, In Proceedings of thirteen Australasian symposium on Theory of Computing, 65, Australian Computer Society, Australia, 2007, pp. 101-110. [4] A.Kritikopoulos, and M. Sideri. The Compass filter: Search engine result personalization using web communities. Lecture Notes Computer Science, LNAI 3169, 2005, pp. 229-240. [5] A.Micarelli, and F. Sciarrone. Anatomy and Empirical evaluation of an adaptive web-based information filtering system. Journal User Modeling and User-Adapted Interaction, 14(2-3), 2004, pp. 159-200. Dr. Suruchi Chawla	157-170
23.	Using Tunisian Phosphate Rock and Her Converted Hydroxyapatite for Lead Removal from Aqueous Solution Using Tunisian Phosphate Rock and Her Converted Hydroxyapatite for Lead Removal from Aqueous Solution Abstract: Natural and synthesis apatites represent a cost effective soil amendment, which can be used for in situ reduction of lead bioavailability and mobility. In our previous work, we selected Tunisian Phosphate Rock (TPR) and Hydroxyapatite (CaHAp) as promising minerals for the removal of lead from aqueous solutions. X-ray powder diffraction patterns (DRX), Infra Red (IR), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) and Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) were used to characterize TPR and CaHAp. CaHAp was prepared from TPR and employed for the removal of Pb2+ ions at different concentrations from aqueous solution to determine the adsorption properties of CaHAp and compare them with those of a TPR. The kinetic data obtained indicated that the adsorption performances of the adsorbents depended both on their specific surface area and crystallinity. Complexation of lead ion on the adsorbent surface favoured the dissolution of hydroxyapatites characterized by a Ca/Pb molar ratio of 1.69. The maximum adsorption capacity of CaHAp for Pb2+ ions at 25 °C was 1.806 mmol /g relative to 1.035 mmol /g for TPR at the same temperature. The higher capacity of CaHAp was explained in terms of its porosity and crystallinity. The Pb2+ ions sorption results could be modelled by the Langmuir and Freundlich isotherms. The simulations of adsorption isotherms of Pb2+ on CaHAp allow us to conclude that there is a good correlation between the experimental data and the Langmuir model. On TPR, we show a good correlation between the experimental data and the Langmuir and Freundlich model. Index Term: Tunisian Phosphate Rock, Hydroxyapatite, lead, sorption kinetics, Freundlich, Langmuir. Reference [1] A. Aklil, M. Mouflih, S. Sebti, Removal of heavy metal ions from water by using calcined phosphate as a new adsorbent, J. Hazard. Mater, 112, 2004, 183-190. [2] M. Mouflih, A. Aklil, S. Sebti, Removal of lead from aqueous solutions by activated phosphate, J. Hazard. Mater, 119, 2005, 183-188. [3] M. Machida, R. Yamazaki, M. Aikawa, H. Tatsumoto, Role of minerals in carbonaceous adsorbents for removal of Pb(II) ions from aqueous solution, Sep. Purif. Technol, 46, 2005, 88-94. [4] K.S. Hui, C.Y.H. Chao, S.C. Kot, Removal of mixed heavy metal ions in wastewater by zeolite 4A and residual products from recycled coal fly ash, J. Hazard. Mater, 127, 2005, 89-101. [5] Y. Bulut, Z. Baysal, Removal of Pb(II) from wastewater using wheat bran, J. Environ. Manage, 78, 2006, 107-113. Hassen Bachoua, Habib Nasri, Mongi Debbabi, Béchir Badraoui	171-178
24.	Application of Taguchi Method to Study the Effect of Saw Parameters on Nickel Element Transfer Application of Taguchi Method to Study the Effect of Saw Parameters on Nickel Element Transfer Abstract: Submerged arc welding is most widely used in industries and research organizations. In this work the effect of of various parameters on Nickel element transfer was studied. L9 Orthogonal array was used & three factors Welding Current, Arc Voltage, Welding Speed were taken. Test material was AISI SS 304 plates. It is concluded that welding current is the most significant factor for the transfer of Nickel element to the weld metal. It is also concluded that with an increase in the value of arc voltage & welding speed Nickel element shows a decreasing trend Key words: Submerged arc welding, Nickel, taguchi, design of experiment, S/N ratio. Reference [1] Parmar, R.S., "Welding Processes and Technology", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1992. [2] Mohit Sharma, Deepak Gupta and Karun, "Submerged Arc Welding : A Review, International Journal of Current Engg and Technol. Vol. 4, No. 3, 2014. [3] ASM International, Weld Integrity and Performance, S. Lampman Tech. Ed. 1997. [4] L.-E. Svensson: Control of microstructure and properties in steel arc welds,CRC Press, Inc. 1994 [5] Pandey N D, Bharti A and Gupta S R, "Effect of submerged arc welding parameters and fluxes on element transfer behaviour and weld-metal chemistry. J. Materials Processing Technol. 40(1–2): 195–211, 1994 Mohit Sharma, Karun	179-182
25.	Facilitation of Human Resource Information Systems on Performance of Public Sector in Jordan Facilitation of Human Resource Information Systems on Performance of Public Sector in Jordan Abstract: The aim of this study is to provide an introductory presentation of the concept of human recourse information system in theoretical framework and to identify the degree of satisfaction of uses Human resource information systems in Jordan. A questionnaire was justified and developed by the researcher to measure the performance of employees based on previous studies was applied to (95) employees at public sector in Jordan. The study was using SPSS to analyses data. The results indicate that employees at public sector in Jordan there were a statistically significant relationship between the planning, recruitment, training and development, performance appraisal, compensation and incentives, and career planning and performance of employees. However the sample reported a significant in the seven hypotheses and accepted but the hypotheses (Ha1, Ha2 and Hb1) is rejected. The study have recommendations should gives more attention to focus on. Key words: human recourse information system; public sector; performance; satisfaction of uses human recourse information system. Reference [1] Altaany (2013). "Impact of Management Information Systems to Improve Performance in Municipalities in North of Jordan". Interdisciplinary Journal Of Contemporary Research In Business, Institute of Interdisciplinary Business Research. VOL 5, NO 6. ijcrb.webs.com [2] Anil C. Bhavsar (2011), "A Conceptual Paper on Human Resource Information System (HRIS)", Golden Resrach Thoughts, Vol.1 IssueV, pp 1-4. [3] Beadles, N. A., Lowery, C. M., & Johns, K. (2005). The impact of human resource information systems: An exploratory study in the public sector, Communication of the IIMA, 5(4), pp. 39–46. [4] Beckers, A.M. and Bsat, M.Z. (2002), "A DSS classification model for research in human resource information systems", Information Systems Management, Vol. 19 No. 3, pp. 41-50. [5] Haag, S., & Cummings, M. (2008). Management information systems for the information age. New York, USA: McGraw Hill. Fawzi Hasan Altaany	183-190
26.	Analysis Approach to Improve Star Rating Of Water Heater Analysis Approach to Improve Star Rating Of Water Heater Abstract: Electric Water Heaters are widely used all over the world that can be categorized in two types i.e. Instant Water Heaters & Storage type Water Heaters. The energy consumption for 6 liter water heaters is much higher in the storage type of water heater. As energy is an important factor for economic development of country, therefore there is need to save the energy which implies the focus to use Storage type Water Heaters. In 6 Liter water heater, Existing model converting from 4 star rating to 5 star rating by thermal analysis & insulation. After the theoretical calculation of thickness of glass wool is the practical testing of product with BEE norms & got results for 5 Star Calculation. Finally we are doing the thermal analysis for theoretical & practical verification of the product. Key words: Energy Saving, Standing Loss, 5 Star Rating, Thermal Insulations, Thermal Analysis Reference [1] R Donald. Wulfinghoff "Energy Efficiency Manual Energy Institute Press" [2] 1999 ISBN 09657926-7-6 pages 458-460 "Domestic Water Heating Design Manual (2nd Edition), American Society of Plumbing Engineers (ASPE), 2003, ISBN 978-1-891255-18-2 page 13-14" [3] White Paper, "Electrical Energy Storage", dec2011, ICE Published [4] Mtthieu Orphelin, Paul Waide, Herbert Lechner, JérômeAdnot, Cornelia Kawann, Manfred Sakulin, "Improving the Efficiency of Domestic Electric Water Heaters", Panel 2 - ID 46 - p1 [5] A.H.Fanny, B. P. Dougherty, "The Thermal Performance of Residential Electric Water heaters Subjected to Various peak-off", 80/Vol.118, May1996 Sujata Dabhade, Prof B.R. Kharade	191-195
27.	Analysis and Weight Optimization of Split Dish Reactor Using Thermo-Structural Coupled FEA Analysis and Weight Optimization of Split Dish Reactor Using Thermo-Structural Coupled FEA Abstract: A vertical split dish reactor with leg supports is modeled using ansys workbench. Thereafter, external loads, such as self –weight, internal pressure and temperature are applied to the model. Pressure and temperature has been continuously a concern which may lead to structural failure if the resulting stresses are severe and excessive. It is a significant study which requires in-depth investigation to understand the structural characteristics. This paper presents and focuses on some Finite Element (FE) analysis of a split dish reactor will be carried out and maximum stresses in the structure will be determined. Key words: FEA;Modal FEA; Non-Linear, Dish Reactor. Reference [1.] J.Y. Zheng, P. Xu, C. Chen "Investigation on bursting pressure of flat steel ribbon wound pressure vessels" International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping 75 (1998) 581–587. [2.] T. Aseer Brabin, T. Christopher, B. Nageswara Rao,*"Finite element analysis of cylindrical pressure vessels having a misalignment in a circumferential joint" International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping 87 (2010) 197-201. [3.] H. Darijani , M.H. Kargarnovin , R. Naghdabadi "Design of thick-walled cylindrical vessels under internal pressure based on elasto-plastic approach" Materials and Design 30 (2009) 3537–3544. [4.] Jaroslav Mackerle "Finite elements in the analysis of pressure vessels and piping-a bibliography (1976-1996)" Int. J. Press-. Vess. & Piping 69 (1996) 279-339 [5.] Z. Sanal "Nonlinear analysis of pressure vessels: some examples" International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping 77 (2000)705-709. Yogesh V. Kadam,S.C.Shilwant, Vinaay Patil	196-200
28.	Web Page Recommendation Using Web Mining Web Page Recommendation Using Web Mining Abstract: On World Wide Web various kind of content are generated in huge amount, so to give relevant result to user web recommendation become important part of web application. On web different kind of web recommendation are made available to user every day that includes Image, Video, Audio, query suggestion and web page. In this paper we are aiming at providing framework for web page recommendation. 1) First we describe the basics of web mining, types of web mining. 2) Details of each web mining technique.3)We propose the architecture for the personalized web page recommendation. Key words: Web mining, web recommendation, web personalization, and User sequence data. Reference [1] B. Liu, B. Mobasher, and O. Nasraoui, "Web Usage Mining," in Web Data Mining: Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents, and UsageData, B. Liu, Ed.: Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2011, pp.527-603. [2] B. Mobasher, "Data Mining for Web Personalization," in TheAdaptive Web. vol. 4321, P. Brusilovsky, A. Kobsa, and W. Nejdl,Eds.: Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, 2007, pp. 90-135. [3] G. Stumme, A. Hotho, and B. Berendt, "Usage Mining for and on the Semantic Web," AAAI/MIT Press, 2004, pp. 461-480. [4] H. Dai and B. Mobasher, "Integrating Semantic Knowledge with Web Usage Mining for Personalization," in Web Mining:Applications and Techniques, A. Scime, Ed. Hershey, PA, USA: IGI Global, 2005, pp. 276 - 306. [5] S. A. Rios and J. D. Velasquez, "SemanticWeb Usage Mining by a Concept-Based Approach for Off-line Web Site Enhancements," in Web Intelligence and Intelligent Agent Technology, 2008. WI-IAT '08. IEEE/WIC/ACM International Conference on, 2008, pp. 234-241. Modraj Bhavsar, Mrs. P. M. Chavan	201-206
29.	ALU Using Area Optimized Vedic Multiplier ALU Using Area Optimized Vedic Multiplier Abstract: The load on general processor is increasing. For Fast Operations it is an extreme importance in Arithmetic Unit. The performance of Arithmetic Unit depends greatly on it multipliers. So, researchers are continuous searching for new approaches and hardware to implement arithmetic operation in huge efficient way in the terms of speed and area. Vedic Mathematics is the old system of mathematics which has a different technique of calculations based on total 16 Sutras. Proposed work has discussion of the quality of Urdhva Triyakbhyam Vedic approach for multiplication which uses different way than actual process of multiplication itself. It allows parallel generation of elements of products also eliminates undesired multiplication steps with zeros and mapped to higher level of bit using Karatsuba technique with processors, the compatibility to various data types. It is been observed that lot of delay is required by the conventional adders which are needed to have the partial products so in the work it is further optimized the Vedic multiplier type Urdhva Triyakbhyam by replacing the traditional adder with Carry save Adder to have more Delay Optimization. The proposed work shows improvement of speed as compare with the traditional designs. After the proposal discussion of the Vedic multiplier in the paper, It is been used for the implementation of Arithmetic unit using proposed efficient Vedic Multiplier it is not only useful for the improve efficiency the arithmetic module of ALU but also it is useful in the area of digital signal processing. The RTL entry of proposed Arithmetic unit done in VHDL it is synthesized and simulated with Xilinx ISE EDA tool. At the last the proposed Arithmetic Unit is validated on a FPGA device Vertex-IV. Key words: Urdhva Triyakbhyam Sutra, Vedic mathematics, Carry Save Adder, VHDL Reference [1] "Lifting Scheme Discrete Wavelet Transform Using Vertical and Crosswise Multipliers", Anthony O‟Brien and Richard Conway, ISSC, June 18-19, 2008, Galway, [2] "Application of Urdhva Sutra", A.P. Nicholas, K.R Williams, J. Pickles, Spiritual Study Group, Roorkee (India), 1984. [3] "VLSI Based High Speed Karatsuba Multiplier for Cryptographic Applications Using Vedic Mathematics", Mrs. M. Ramalatha, Prof. D. Sridharan, 2007, IJSCI. [4] "High Speed Efficient N x N Bit Parallel Hierarchical Overlay Multiplier Architecture Based on Ancient Indian Vedic Mathematics", Thapliyal H. and Srinivas M.B., 2004, Vol.2, Transactions on Engineering, Computing and Technology,. [5] Vedic Mathematics, Jagadguru Swami Sri Bharati Krsna Tirthatji Maharaja, Motilal Banarsidass Publication, 1992. Anshul Khare, Dr. V N Yadav, Vandana Shikarwar	207-210
Version 3
1.	Phonetic Dictionary for Natural Language Processing: Kannada Phonetic Dictionary for Natural Language Processing: Kannada Abstract: India has 22 officially recognized languages: Assamese, Bengali, English, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Kashmiri, Konkani, Malayalam, Manipuri, Marathi, Nepali, Oriya, Punjabi, Sanskrit, Tamil, Telugu, and Urdu. Clearly, India owns the language diversity problem. In the age of Internet, the multiplicity of languages makes it even more necessary to have sophisticated Systems for Natural Language Process. In this paper we are developing the phonetic dictionary for natural language processing particularly for Kannada. Phonetics is the scientific study of speech sounds. Acoustic phonetics studies the physical properties of sounds and provides a language to distinguish one sound from another in quality and quantity. Kannada language is one of the major Dravidian languages of India. The language uses forty nine phonemic letters, divided into three groups: Swaragalu (thirteen letters); Yogavaahakagalu (two letters); and Vyanjanagalu (thirty-four letters), similar to the vowels and consonants of English, respectively. Key words: Information Retrieval, Natural Language processing (NLP), Phonetics Reference [1] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannada_language [2] "BhashaIndia.com :: Kannada". Archived from the original on 2008-04-14. Retrieved 2014-05-01. [3] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannada_alphabet [4] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonetics [5] Phonetic coding methods for Malay names retrieval, Semantic Technology and Information Retrieval (STAIR),2011,Mutalib, IEEE International Conference on 28-29 June 2011 Page(s):125 - 129 E-ISBN :978-1-61284-353-7 Print ISBN:978-1-61284-354-4 INSPEC Accession Number:12192197 Mallamma V. Reddy, Hanumanthappa M., Jyothi N.M, Rashmi S.	01-04
2.	Design and noise, vibration, harshness analysis of engine bonnet of the car Design and noise, vibration, harshness analysis of engine bonnet of the car Abstract: Unique the car auto body have different sort of Bonnet. Bonnet is a vital segment of the auto which is utilized for some reasons. Bonnet is utilized to design the auto include extravagant look. It blankets the motor, radiator and numerous different parts. Subsequently it planned in such a route, to the point bonnet all the support parts ought to be available and it gives a base effect on the motor. At the point when auto over any mischance from the front divide more often than not hood framework gets harmed. So there is a requirement for dissection of bonnet. This paper concentrates on Analysis and strategies utilized for NVH of bonnet. Key words: NVH, Analysis, car bonnet Reference [1] Estimation of NVH of the sandwich constructed components of the automotive vehicle by Dr. Suresh P. M. [2] J. B. Park International Journal of Automotive Technology, Vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 223−229 (2012) [3] International Journal of Automotive Technology, Vol. 12, No. 4, pp. 555−559 (2011) [4] M. Grujicic: International Centre for Automotive Research. [5] Int. J. Vehicle Noise and Vibration, Vol. 1, Nos. 3/4, 2005. Vinay V Nesaragi, Maruthi B.H, Chandru B T, Dileep Kumar	05-11
3.	Neonatal Monitoring System Neonatal Monitoring System Abstract: Childbirth is generally time of joy for parents and families. As per the medical reports each year 4 million newborns die within 28 days of birth and more suffer from disability, disease, infection and injury. The enabling environment for safe childbirth depends on the care and attention required to newborns by health personnel and the availability of adequate health-care facilities, equipment, and medicines and emergency care when needed. Neonatal monitoring refers to the monitoring of vital physiological parameters of premature infants. Continuous health monitoring of the neonates provides crucial parameters for early detection of adverse events. Health monitoring for the neonates provides crucial parameters for urgent diagnoses and corresponding medical procedures, subsequently increasing the survival rates. In the present paper, we propose a proto type design of a neonatal monitoring system. The system is designed and integrated with different health measurement and display devices. The prototype design is very much useful for monitor the physiological parameters of infants. Key words: Neonatology, Neonatal Intensive Care Unit, Health parameters Reference [1] The EPICure study: Outcome to discharge from hospital for infants born at the threshold of viability. Costeloe, K.; Hennessy, E.; Gibson, A. T.; Marlow, N. & Wilkinson, A. R. Pediatrics, Vol. 106, No. 4, 2000, pp. 659-671. [2] Neurobehavioral deficits in premature graduates of intensive care -Potential medical and environmental risks factors. Perlman, J. M. Pediatrics, Vol. 108, No. 6, 2001,pp. 1339-1348. [3] The genesis of cognitive and behavioural deficits in prematuregraduates of intensive care. Perlman, J. M. Minerva Pediatr., Vol. 55, 2003, pp. 89-101. [4] Fetal and Neonatal Physiology, W. B. Saunders Company, Polin, R. A. & Fox, W. W. (Eds.). 1992 [5] Sensors in neonatal monitoring: Current practice and future trends. Technology and Health Care, Murković, I.; Steinberg, M. D. & Murković, B. Vol. 11, IOS Press, 2003, pp. 399–412. L. Suresh, N. Anju Latha, B. Rama Murthy, K. Tanveer Alam, K. Jyothi Babu	12-15
4.	Design and Simulation of First Order Sigma-Delta Modulator Using LT spice Tool Design and Simulation of First Order Sigma-Delta Modulator Using LT spice Tool Abstract: A switched-capacitor single-stage Sigma-Delta ADC with a first-order modulator is proposed. Efficient low power first Order 1-Bit Sigma-Delta ADC designed which accepts input signal bandwidth of 10 MHz. This circuitry performs the function of an analog-to-digital converter. A first-order 1-Bit Sigma-Delta (Σ-Δ) modulator is designed, simulated and analyzed using LTspice standard 250nm CMOS technology power supply of 1.8V. The modulator is proved to be robustness, the high performance in stability. The simulations are compared with those from a traditional analog-to-digital converter to prove that Sigma-Delta is performing better with low power and area. Key words: 1-Bit Sigma-Delta ADC, CMOS Technology, LTspice Tool. Reference [1] L. Yin, S.H.K. Embadi and E. Sanchez- Sinencio, "A floating gate MOSFET D/A converter", Proc. of IEEE International symposium on Circuits and Systems, vol. 1, June 1997, pp. 409-412. [2] Y. Ke, S. Radiom, H. R. Rezaee, G. Vandenbosch, J. Craninckx, and G. Gielen, "Optimal design methodology for high-order continuous-time wideband Delta-Sigma converters," in Proceedings of the 14th IEEE International Conference on Electronics, Circuits and Systems (ICECS ‟07), Marrakech,Morocco, December 2007, pp. 743–746. [3] Anup G. Dakre, Prof. A.M.Chopde, "Design and Simulation of 1-Bit Sigma-Delta ADC using NGSPICE Tool", ISSN: 2277-9043 International Journal of advanced research in computer science and electronics engineering Vol.1, Issue 2, April 2012, pp. 124-128. [4] Neil H. E. Weste, David Money Harris, "CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective", Pearson Education, Inc.,Addison-Wesley, 2011. [5] Roubik Gregorian, "Interoduction to CMOS Op-amps and Comparators", Wiley Eastern, 1999. Prince Kumar Pandey, Madhuraj, Ravendra Singh	16-19
5.	Computational Design and Analysis of Core Material of Single-Phase Capacitor Run Induction Motor Computational Design and Analysis of Core Material of Single-Phase Capacitor Run Induction Motor Abstract: A Single-phase induction motor (SPIM) has very crucial role in industrial, domestic and commercial sectors. So, the efficient SPIM is a foremost requirement of today's market. For efficient motors, many research methodologies and propositions have been given by researchers in past. Various parameters like as stator/rotor slot variation, size and shape of stator/rotor slots, stator/rotor winding configuration, choice of core material etc. have momentous impact on machine design. Core material influences the motor performance to a degree. Magnetic flux linkage and leakage preliminary depends upon the magnetic properties of core material and air gap. The analysis of effects of core material on the magnetic flux distribution and the performance of induction motor is of immense importance to meet out the desirable performance. An increase in the air gap length will result in the air gap performance characteristics deterioration and decrease in air gap length will lead to serious mechanical balancing concern. So possibility of much variation in air gap beyond the limits on both sides is not feasible. For the optimized performance of the induction motor the core material plays a significant role. Using higher magnetic flux density, reduction on a magnetizing reactance and leakage of flux can be achieved. In this thesis work the analysis of single phase induction motor has been carried out with different core materials. The four models have been simulated using Ansys Maxwell 15.0. Higher flux density selection for same machine dimensions result into huge amount of reduction in iron core losses and thereby improve the efficiency. In this paper 2% higher efficiency has been achieved with Steel_1010 as compared to the machine using conventional D23 material. Out of four models result reflected by the machine using steel_1010 and steel_1008 are found to be better. Key words: Single-Phase induction motor, core material, Maxwell 15.0 Reference [1] G. Lee et al. "Optimal Shape Design of Rotor Slot in Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor Considering Torque-Characteristics", IEEE Trans. on magnetics, Vol. 49, No. 5, 2013, pp. 2197-2200. [2] S. Sobhani et al. "Optimize efficiency and torque in the single-phase induction motor by adjusting the design parameters", International conference on Environment and Electrical Engineering (EEEIC-2013), pp. 237-241. [3] M.S. Alshamasin, "Optimization of the Performance of Single-Phase Capacitor-Run Induction Motor" American-Journal of Applied Sciences, 2009, pp. 745-751. [4] Z. Rui et al. "Optimal Design of Single-Phase Induction Motor Based on MAXWELL-2D Rmxprt", International conference on Electrical machines and Systems (ICEMS-2010), pp. 1367-1370. [5] Claudia A. da Silva et al. "Analysis of Single-Phase Induction Motors with Centrifuged Rotors", International Electric Machines & Drives Conference (IEMDC-2013), pp. 1305-1309. Gurmeet Singh, Gurlad Singh, Mohd. Afaque Iqbal	20-25
6.	New Approach of Preprocessing For Numeral Recognition New Approach of Preprocessing For Numeral Recognition Abstract: The present paper proposes a new approach of preprocessing for handwritten, printed and isolated numeral characters. The new approach reduces the size of the input image of each numeral by discarding the redundant information. This method reduces also the number of features of the attribute vector provided by the extraction features method. Numeral recognition is carried out in this work through k nearest neighbors and multilayer perceptron techniques. The simulations have obtained a good rate of recognition in fewer running time. Key words: features extraction, handwritten and printed numeral recognition, k nearest neighbors, multilayer perceptron , preprocessing. Reference [1] R.G.1. Benne, B.V.1. Dhandra and M. Hangarge, "Tri-scripts handwritten numeral recognition: a novel approach". Advances in Computational Research, ISSN: 0975–3273, Vol 1, Issue 2, pp: 47-51,2009. [2] Anuja P. Nagare. "License Plate Character Recognition System using Neural Network". International Journal of Computer Applications (0975-8887), Vol.25, N°.10, July 2011. [3] N. Abu Bakar, S. Shamsuddin, and A. Ali. "An integrated formulation of zernike representation in character images". In Nicolás García-Pedrajas, Francisco Herrera, Colin Fyfe, José Benítez, and Moonis Ali, editors, Trends in Applied Intelligent Systems, volume 6098 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 359–368. Springer Berlin / Heidelberg, 2010. [4] X. Dupré, "Contributions à la reconnaissance de l'écriture cursive à l'aide de modèles de Markov". Thèse, Université René Descartes-Paris 5, 2003. [5] R.Ebrahim, M.R.Moradian, A.Esmkhani, F.M.Jafarlou. "Recognition of Persian handwritten digits using characterization Loci and mixture of experts". International Journal of Digital Content.Technology and its Applications, Vol.3,N°.3, 2009 . S. Benchaou, M. Nasri, O. El Melhaoui, B. Bouali	26-30
7.	A Single Phase to Three Phase PFC Half-Bridge Converter Using BLDC Drive with SPWM Technique A Single Phase to Three Phase PFC Half-Bridge Converter Using BLDC Drive with SPWM Technique Abstract: In this paper, a buck half-bridge DC-DC converter is used as a single-stage power factor correction (PFC) converter for feeding a voltage source inverter (VSI) based permanent magnet brushless DC motor (BLDC) drive. The front end of this PFC converter is a diode bridge rectifier (DBR) fed from single-phase AC mains. The BLDC is used to drive a compressor load of an air conditioner through a three-phase VSI fed from a controlled DC link voltage. The speed of the compressor is controlled to achieve energy conservation using a concept of the voltage control at DC link proportional to the desired speed of the BLDC. Therefore the VSI is operated only as an electronic commutator of the BLDC. The stator current of the BLDC during step change of reference speed is controlled by a rate limiter for the reference voltage at DC link. The proposed BLDC drive with voltage control based PFC converter is designed, modeled and its performance is simulated in Matlab-Simulink environment for an air conditioner compressor driven through a 1.5 kW, 1500 rpm BLDC motor. The evaluation results of the proposed speed control scheme are presented to demonstrate an improved efficiency of the proposed drive system with PFC feature in wide range of the speed and an input AC voltage. Index Terms: PFC, BLDC, Air conditioner, Buck Half- bridge converter, Voltage control, VSI. Reference [1] T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori, Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors, Clarendon Press, oxford, 1985. [2] T. J. Sokira and W. Jaffe, Brushless DC Motors: Electronic Commutation and Control, Tab Books USA, 1989. [3] J. R. Hendershort and T. J. E. Miller, Design of Brushless Permanent- Magnet Motors, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1994. [4] J. F. Gieras and M. Wing, Permanent Magnet Motor Technology – Design and Application, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 2002. [5] Limits for Harmonic Current Emissions (Equipment input current ≤16 A per phase), International Standard IEC 61000-3-2, 2000. Srinu Duvvada, Manmadha Kumar B	31-38
8.	Design & Performances of Coconut De-Shelling Machine Design & Performances of Coconut De-Shelling Machine Abstract: The traditional method used in India, for the separation of copra and shell from partially-dried split coconuts, is labour intensive. To overcome this problem, a power operated coconut de-shelling machine was designed and developed. A coconut de-shelling machine comprising of cutter with belt drive. Performances test analysis conducted show that the machine de-shelled the fruits without nut breakage and also that its average de-shelling efficiency and capacity are 90% and 195 coconut per hour. All materials used in the fabrication of this machine are of standard specification and locally sourced. The estimated cost of producing one unit of the machine is twenty five thousand six hundred (Rs.25, 600). The machine also eliminated dependency on the epileptic public electric power supply in our rural areas which constitutes the major obstacle in the use of other mechanized coconut de-shelling equipment in the rural area. Key words: Coconut De-shelling machine, de-shelling efficiency, capacity, small scale farmers Reference [1] Foale, M.A. The Coconut Palm. In: Chopra, V.L. and Peter K.V. edited Handbook of Industrial Crops. Haworth Press, New York, 2005. [2] APCC. Coconut Food Process – Coconut Processing Technology. Information Document. Arancon, Jr, R.N., ed. Asian and Pacific Coconut Community. Jakarta, Indonesia,1996. [3] Brandis, C. and Glaser, F. (1973). Specification for separations of kernels from coconuts. Philippine patent No: 9865. [4] Madhavan, K. (1985). Design and development of copra moisture meter. J. Planta. Crops. 16: 113-116. [5] Tilledaratne, H.A. Processing of Coconut Products inSri Lanka. Asian and Pacific Coconut Informantion Document. Arancon, Jr., R.N., ed. Asian and Pacific Coconut Community. Jakarta, Indonesia. Mr. Ketan K.Tonpe, Mr. Vinod P. Sakhare, Dr. C. N. Sakhale	39-44
9.	Comparative Study for Adsorptive Removal of Coralene Blue BGFS Dye from Aqueous Solution by MgO and Fe2O3 as an Adsorbent Comparative Study for Adsorptive Removal of Coralene Blue BGFS Dye from Aqueous Solution by MgO and Fe2O3 as an Adsorbent Abstract: Textile industries represent biggest impact on the environment due to high water consumption and waste water discharge as government control water pollution by setting strength regulation for waste water discharge, removal of color from waste water becomes more and more essential and attractive. Adsorption technology is very efficient in treatment of textile effluent. In this paper comparison of adsorption phenomena of textile dye Anthraquinone blue onto two different adsorbents MgO nano powder and Fe2O3 amorphous powder has been studied for removal of said dye from aqueous solutions. The adsorption of Anthraquinone blue on adsorbents occurs by studying the effects of adsorbent amount, dye concentration, contact time and pH of solution. All results found that MgO nano powder and Fe2O3 provide a fairly high dye adsorption capacity, which combined with their fulfilment of pollution control board's standards, lack of pollution, lower environmental hazard and low-cost makes them promising for future applications. The present work also provides information on optimum value of different operating parameter for dye removal by two adsorbent. Key words: Textile industries, dye removal, MgO nano powder, Fe2O3 amorphous powder, Adsorption, Anthraquinone blue dye. Reference [1] A. Dabrowski, "Adsorption from theory to practice". Adv Colloid Interface Sci. 2001 Oct 8; 93(1-3):135-224. [2] A. Mahapatra, B.G. Mishra. G.Hotan, "Adsorptive removal of Congo red dye from wastewater by mixed iron oxide–alumina nano composites", Department of Chemistry, NIT Rourkela, Orissa 769008, India. [3] A. Afkhami and R. Mcosavi, "Adsorptive removal of Congo red, a carcinogenic textile dye, from aqueous solutions by maghemite nanoparticles", Journal of Hazardous Materials, 19 September 2009, pp 398-403. [4] A. Bizuneh (2012) "Chemistry: textile effluent treatment and decolourisation techniques—a review", Bul J Sci Educ 21(3):434–456 [5] A. Dorthy C. , R. Sivaraj and R. Venckatesh, "Decolorization of Reactive Violet – 2RL Dye by Aspergillus Flavus and Aspergillus Fumigatus from Textile Sludge", International Research Journal of Environment Sciences, ISSN 2319–1414,Vol. 1(2), 8-12, September (2012) Parth Desai, Kartik Gonawala, Mehali Mehta	45-56
10.	An Efficient Data Communication Using Conventional Codes An Efficient Data Communication Using Conventional Codes Abstract: The BER performance of conventional FFT-OFDM system is compared with DWT-OFDM system and DCT-OFDM system in an AWGN environment and Saleh-Valenzuela (SV) channel model at 60 GHz. Several wavelets such as Haar, Daubechies, Symlet, biorthogonal are considered. The BER is calculated for signaling format BPSK and the performance is analyzed at 60 GHz. Simulation results show that DCT based scheme yields the lowest average bit error rate. While out of all wavelet mother used Haar and Daubechies wavelet based scheme yields lower BER than FFT-OFDM for an AWGN channel. But it may include the implementation of forward error correction techniques such as convolution codes. An efficient channel estimation algorithm may be included for performance evaluation of DCT-OFDM and DWT- OFDM working at 60 GHz band. We introduce the Interfacing Techniques for Accessing data transfer data delivery. By using our approach we are increasing the efficiency of the data communication. Index Terms: orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM), Fourier-based OFDM (FFT-OFDM), discrete cosine transform (DCT), DCT, FPGA, OFDMA, QAM, VHDL. Reference [1] Achala Deshmukh1 and Shrikant Bodhe "Comparison of DCT and Wavelet Based OFDM System Working in 60 GHz Band", International Journal of Advancements in Technology http://ijict.org/ ISSN 0976-4860. [2] Haleh Hosseini," Wavelet Packet based Multicarrier Modulation for Cognitive UWB Systems", Signal Processing – An International Journal (SPIJ), Volume (4): Issue (2) [3] Syed Mohammed Sajid, Lakshmi C R," DCT Based Improved OFDM Communication", International Journal of Engineering and Innovative Technology (IJEIT) Volume 2, Issue 12, June 2013. [4] Ramjee Prasad, OFDM for Wireless Communications Systems, Artech House, Inc. Boston, London, 2004. [5] Peng Tan, Norman C. Beaulieu, "A Comparison of DCT-Based OFDM and DFT-Based OFDM in Frequency Offset and Fading Channels", IEEE Trans. Commun, vol 54, NO.11, Nov. 2006. Mrs. Nikam Pratibha Madhavrao, Mr. B.G.Hogade	57-59
11.	Background Subtraction Algorithm Based Human Behavior Detection Background Subtraction Algorithm Based Human Behavior Detection Abstract: Phase shifter is a key component in phase array antenna for the Radar application and the wireless communication system. This paper presents a novel design of miniaturised 2bits phase shifter using Koch fractal shapes of one iteration orders. The 3-section branch line coupler is used to extend the bandwidth of the phase shifter,this type of coupler is characterised by a low cost and simplicity of fabrication.Using the Koch fractal geometry the circuit size of the coupler is reduced to 6.36cm ×2.14cm at 2.4GHz. The simulation results show a good performance. So, over 2.1GHz-2.7GHzThe novel design of 2bits fractal reflection phase shifter based on the 3section show a return loss less than -20dB and the phase error varied between 0.1° and 0.4°for the four output phases . The circuit size of the phase shifter is reduced to9.5cm×2.1cm. Index Terms: Digital phase shifter, phased antenna array, Directional coupler, Koch fractal geometry Reference [1] V K Manoharan, S. Sindhja, S Deepak Ram Prasath, S Raju and V Abhaikumar, ―A novel miniaturized loaded line phase shifter,‖ Journal of Scientific & Industrial Research, vol. 69, pp. 823–829,November2010 [2] Mercy.J1, Muthukumaran.P2,―Design and implementation of 2-bit loaded line phase shifter ‖, Proceedings of the 8th National Conference on Advances in Electronic Communications (ADELCO' 12), 24th Feb, 2012, [3] Nagaveni D. Doddamanil, Harishchandra2 and Anil V. Nandi―Design of SPDT Switch, 6 Bit Digital Attenuator, 6 Bit Digital Phase Shifter for L-Band T/R Module using 0.7 p.M GaAs MMIC Technology‖,IEEE - ICSCN 2007, MIT Campus, Anna University, Chennai, India, pp.302-307, Feb. 22-24, 2007 [4] Hong-Teuk Kim, Jae-Hyoung Park, Sanghyo Lee, Seongho Kim, Jung-Mu Kim, Yong-Kweon Kim, and Youngwoo Kwon, ―V -Band 2-b and 4-b Low-Loss and Low-Voltage Distributed MEMS Digital Phase Shifter Using Metal–Air–Metal Capacitors‖, IEEE transactions on microwave theory and techniques, vol. 50, no. 12, December 2002 [5] R. K. Mongia, I. J. Bahl, P. Bhartia, J. Hong, ―RF and Microwave Coupled-Line Circuits ,‖ book,2007 Prof. D. D. Dighe, Patil Kalpana Vishwas	60-64
12.	Design Approach for Vehicle To Vehicle (V2V) Dissemination of Messages in Vehicular Adhoc Network Design Approach for Vehicle To Vehicle (V2V) Dissemination of Messages in Vehicular Adhoc Network Abstract: Designing a protocol structure which contains the control system, VANET device and the type of communication message structures which will implement the message packets for v2v or v2I infrastructure . The different message packets contain the information required to transfer from one node to another in vehicular network for communication. Design various algorithm required for Control, Alert and Infotainment messages. Time stamping lowering data rate efficient packet delivery and proper communication of required messages. Implementation of proposed algorithms and comparison of them with existing algorithms and study of different factors affecting the working of theses algorithms. Analysis of proposed design approach and improvements in results if required. Key words: v2v Vehicle to Vehicle, v2I Vehicle to Infrastructure Reference [1] Sherali Zeadally ·Ray Hunt · Yuh-Shyan Chen ·Angela Irwin · Aamir Hassan, "Vehicular ad hoc networks (VANETS): status, results, and challenges",,© Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2010. [2] Anthony Busson, Alain Lambert, Dominique Gruyer, and Denis Gingras," Analysis of Intervehicle Communication to Reduce road Crashes". IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 60, no. 9, November 2011 . [3] Yasuharu OHTA, Tomoyuki OHTA, and Yoshiaki KAKUDA . "An Autonomous Clustering-based Data Transfer Scheme Using Positions and Moving Direction of Vehicles for VANETs", IEEE Wireless Communications and Networking Conference: Mobile and Wireless Networks. 2012 [4] G¨ unther Brandner, Student Member, IEEE, UdoSchilcher, member IEEE, Torsten Andre and Christian Bettstetter, "Packet Delivery Performance of Simple Cooperative Relaying in Real-World Car-to-Car Communications ", IEEE Wireless Communications Letters, vol.1, no.3, June 2012 [5] Sadaf Momeni, Mahmood Fathy,"VANET's Communication" Spread Spectrum Techniques and Applications, 2008. ISSSTA '08. IEEE 10th International Symposium on Digital Object Identifier: 10.1109/ISSSTA.2008.115 , Page(s): 608 - 612 Publication Year: 2008 Amita Meshram, Smita Kawade, Nilima Jichkar, Rasika Ingle, Supriya Thombre	65-67
13.	Modelling And Miniaturization of A 2-Bits Phase Shifter Using Koch Fractal Shape Microstripline Modelling And Miniaturization of A 2-Bits Phase Shifter Using Koch Fractal Shape Microstripline Abstract: Phase shifter is a key component in phase array antenna for the Radar application and the wireless communication system. This paper presents a novel design of miniaturised 2bits phase shifter using Koch fractal shapes of one iteration orders. The 3-section branch line coupler is used to extend the bandwidth of the phase shifter,this type of coupler is characterised by a low cost and simplicity of fabrication.Using the Koch fractal geometry the circuit size of the coupler is reduced to 6.36cm ×2.14cm at 2.4GHz. The simulation results show a good performance. So, over 2.1GHz-2.7GHzThe novel design of 2bits fractal reflection phase shifter based on the 3section show a return loss less than -20dB and the phase error varied between 0.1° and 0.4°for the four output phases . The circuit size of the phase shifter is reduced to9.5cm×2.1cm. Index Terms: Digital phase shifter, phased antenna array, Directional coupler, Koch fractal geometry. Reference [1] V K Manoharan, S. Sindhja, S Deepak Ram Prasath, S Raju and V Abhaikumar, ―A novel miniaturized loaded line phase shifter,‖ Journal of Scientific & Industrial Research, vol. 69, pp. 823–829,November2010 [2] Mercy.J1, Muthukumaran.P2,―Design and implementation of 2-bit loaded line phase shifter ‖, Proceedings of the 8th National Conference on Advances in Electronic Communications (ADELCO' 12), 24th Feb, 2012, [3] Nagaveni D. Doddamanil, Harishchandra2 and Anil V. Nandi―Design of SPDT Switch, 6 Bit Digital Attenuator, 6 Bit Digital Phase Shifter for L-Band T/R Module using 0.7 p.M GaAs MMIC Technology‖,IEEE - ICSCN 2007, MIT Campus, Anna University, Chennai, India, pp.302-307, Feb. 22-24, 2007 [4] Hong-Teuk Kim, Jae-Hyoung Park, Sanghyo Lee, Seongho Kim, Jung-Mu Kim, Yong-Kweon Kim, and Youngwoo Kwon, ―V -Band 2-b and 4-b Low-Loss and Low-Voltage Distributed MEMS Digital Phase Shifter Using Metal–Air–Metal Capacitors‖, IEEE transactions on microwave theory and techniques, vol. 50, no. 12, December 2002 [5] R. K. Mongia, I. J. Bahl, P. Bhartia, J. Hong, ―RF and Microwave Coupled-Line Circuits ,‖ book,2007 Mariem. Mabrouki, Lassaad.Latrach, Ridha.Ghayoula And Ali.Gharsallah	68-73
14.	A cloud solution for medical image processing A cloud solution for medical image processing Abstract: The rapid growth in the use of Electronic Health Records across the globe along with the rich mix of multimedia held within an EHR combined with the increasing level of detail due to advances in diagnostic medical imaging means increasing amounts of data can be stored for each patient. Also lack of image processing and analysis tools for handling the large image datasets has compromised researchers and practitioner‟s outcome. Migrating medical imaging applications and data to the Cloud can allow healthcare organizations to realize significant cost savings relating to hardware, software, buildings, power and staff, in addition to greater scalability, higher performance and resilience. This paper reviews medical image processing and its challenges, states cloud computing and cloud computing benefits due to medical image processing. Also, this paper introduces tools and methods for medical images processing using the cloud. Finally a method is provided for medical images processing based on Eucalyptus cloud infrastructure with image processing software "ImageJ" and using improved genetic algorithm for the allocation and distribution of resources. Based on conducted simulations and experimental results, the proposed method brings high scalability, simplicity, flexibility and fully customizability in addition to 40% cost reduction and twice increase in speed. Key words: Medical Image Processing, Cloud Computing, Eucalyptus, ImageJ, Improved Genetic Algorithm. Reference [1] Sh. Hallett, G. Parr, S. McClean1, A. McConnell, B. Majeed, "Cloud-based Healthcare: Towards a SLA Compliant Network Aware Solution for Medical Image Processing," CLOUD COMPUTING 2012 : The Third International Conference on Cloud Computing, GRIDs, and Virtualization, pp. 219–223, 2012. [2] ZH. Tiecheng, T. Robert James, L. Gang, W. Junnan, J. Chunguang, "Cloud-based medical image processing system with access control," Pub. No.: WO/2013/123086, Publication Date: 22.08.2013,. [3] T. Bednarz, D. Wang, Y. Arzhaeva, P. Szul, S. Chen, A. Khassapov, N. Burdett, T. Gureyev, J. Taylor, "Cloud-Based Image Analysis and Processing Toolbox for Biomedical Applications," CSIRO, Australia, 2012. [4] B. Li, B.S. Caffo, A.S. Gokhale, B.A. Landman, "Medical Image Processing in the Cloud," 9th International Imaging Genetics Conference, 2013. [5] Eucalyptus official site: https://www.eucal yptus.com. Ali Mirarab, Najmeh Ghasemi Fard and Mahboubeh Shamsi	74-82
15.	A Decision tree and Conditional Median Filter Based Denoising for impulse noise in images A Decision tree and Conditional Median Filter Based Denoising for impulse noise in images Abstract: Impulse noise is often introduced into images during acquisition and transmission. Even though so many denoising techniques are existing for the removal of impulse noise in images, most of them are high complexity methods and have only low image quality. Here a low cost, low complexity VLSI architecture for the removal of random valued impulse noise in highly corrupted images is introduced. In this technique a decision- tree- based impulse noise detector is used to detect the noisy pixels and an efficient conditional median filter is used to reconstruct the intensity values of noisy pixels. The proposed technique can improve the signal to noise ratio than any other technique. Reference [1] P.-Y. Chen, C.-Y. Lien, and H.-M. Chuang, "A Low-Cost VLSI Implementation for Efficient Removal of Impulse Noise," IEEE Trans. Very Large Scale Integration Systems, vol. 18, no. 3, 2010 [2] R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing. Pearson Education, 2007 . [3] W.K. Pratt, Digital Image Processing. Wiley-Inter science, 1991. [4] I. Aizenberg and C. Butakoff, "Effective Impulse Detector Based on Rank-Order Criteria," IEEE Signal Processing Letters, vol. 11,no. 3, pp. 363-366, Mar. 2004. [5] S.-J. Ko and Y.-H. Lee, "Center Weighted Median Filters and Their Applications to Image Enhancement," IEEE Trans. Circuits Systems, vol. 38, no. 9, pp. 984-993, Sept. 1991. Shiby. S, Asha Sunil	83-88
16.	Human Segmentation Using Haar-Classifier Human Segmentation Using Haar-Classifier Abstract: Segmentation is an important process in many aspects of multimedia applications. Fast and perfect segmentation of moving objects in video sequences is a basic task in many computer visions and video investigation applications. Particularly Human detection is an active research area in computer vision applications. Segmentation is very useful for tracking and recognition the object in a moving clip. The motion segmentation problem is studied and reviewed the most important techniques. We illustrate some common methods for segmenting the moving objects including background subtraction, temporal segmentation and edge detection. Contour and threshold are common methods for segmenting the objects in moving clip. These methods are widely exploited for moving object segmentation in many video surveillance applications, such as traffic monitoring, human motion capture. In this paper, Haar Classifier is used to detect humans in a moving video clip some features like face detection, eye detection, full body, upper body and lower body detection. Key words: Object Segmentation, background subtraction, temporal, Tracking, Haar Classifier and object detection Reference [1]. http://www.merl.com/areas/video-segmen tation. [2]. "Background Subtraction Techniques" Alan M. [3]. "Temporal video segmentation: A survey"Irena Koprinska!, Sergio Carrato. [4]. http://www.slideshare.net/ravi5raj_88/bac kground-subtraction. [5] "Occlusion Tolerant Object Recognition Methods For Video Surveillance And Tracking Of Moving Civilian Vehicles" Nishikanta Pati Dharani S, Gowri S, Ramya S	89-93
17.	Behavior Analysis Of Malicious Web Pages Through Client Honeypot For Detection Of Drive-By-Download Malwares Behavior Analysis Of Malicious Web Pages Through Client Honeypot For Detection Of Drive-By-Download Malwares Abstract: Malwares which is also known as malicious software's is spreading through the exploiting the client side applications such as browsers, plug-ins etc. Attackers implant the malware codes in the user's computer through web pages; thereby they are also known malicious web pages. Here in the paper, we present the usefulness of controlled environment in the form of client honeypots in detection of malicious web pages through collections of malicious intent in web pages and then perform detailed analysis for validation and confirmation of malicious web pages. First phase is collection of malicious infections through high interaction client honeypot, second phase is validations of the malicious infections embedded into web pages through behavior based analysis. Malwares which infect the client side applications and drop the malwares into user's computers sometimes overrides the signature based detection techniques; thereby there is a need to study the behavior of the complete malicious web pages. Key words: Malwares, Network Security, Intrusion Detection System, Client Honeypot Reference [1] http://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepap ers/detection/intrusion-detection-systems-de finition-challenges-343 [2] Van Lam Le, Two-Stage Classification Model to Detect Malicious Web Pages, 2011 International Conference on Advanced Information Networking and Applications. [3] K. Wang, "Honeyclient," vol. 2007, no. 1/2/2007, 2005, p. available from http://www.honeyclient.org/trac; accessed on 2 Janurary 2007. [4] Y.-M. Wang, D. Beck, X. Jiang, R. Roussev, C. Verbowski, S. Chen, and S. King, "Automated web patrol with strider honeymonkeys: Findingweb sites that exploit browser vulnerabilities," in 13th Annual Networkand Distributed System Security Symposium. San Diego: Internet Society, 2006. [5] A. Moshchuk, T. Bragin, S. D. Gribble, and H. M. Levy, "A crawlerbased study of spyware on the web," in 13th Annual Network and Distributed System Security Symposium. San Diego: The Internet Society, 2006. Supinder Kaur, Harpreet Kaur	94-101
19.	Fabrication, Designing & Performance Analysis of Solar Parabolic Trough Fabrication, Designing & Performance Analysis of Solar Parabolic Trough Abstract: A parabolic trough solar collector uses a parabolic cylinder to reflect and concentrate sun radiations towards a receiver tube located at the focus line of the parabolic cylinder. The receiver absorbs the incoming radiations and transforms them into thermal energy, the latter being transported and collected by a fluid medium circulating within the receiver tube.This method of concentrated solar collection has the advantage of high efficiency and low cost, and can be used either for thermal energy collection, for generating electricity or for both, This paper focused on the fabrication and designing of solar parabolic trough, The designing of trough is depend upon the following parameters : Aperture of the concentrator , Inner diameter of absorber tube, Outer diameter of absorber tube, Inner diameter of glass tube, Outer diameter of glass tube, Length of parabolic trough, Concentration ratio, Collector aperture area, Specular reflectivity of concentrator, Glass cover transitivity for solar radiation, Absorber tube emissivity/emissivity, Intercept factor, Emissivity of absorber tube surface and Emissivity of glass. The performance analysis will be based on the Experimental data collection and calculations with reference to: Thermal performance calculations, Overall loss coefficient and heat correlations. Heat transfer coefficient on the inside surface of the absorber tube and Heat transfer coefficient between the absorber tube and the Cover. Key words: absorber tube, aperture, receiver, solar parabolic trough Reference [1]. Sukhatme S.P. (2007) principles of thermal collection and storage. McGraw Hill, New Delhi [2]. Administration, U. E. I., 2010. International energy outlook. Tech. Rep. DOE/EIA-0484(2010), Office of Integrated Analysis and Forecasting, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, DC. [3]. Kalogirou S. The potential of solar industrial process heat application. Appl Energy 2003;76:337-61 [4]. Sagade et al., "Performance evaluation of low-cost FRP parabolic trough reflector with mild steel receiver", International Journal of Energy and Environmental Engineering, pp 3-8, 2013 [5]. Ruby, Steve (American Energy Assets, California L.P.). 2012. Industrial Process Steam Generation Using Parabolic Trough Solar Collection. California Energy Commission. Publication number: CEC-500-2011-040. Mayur G. Tayade, R. E. Thombre, Subroto Dutt	107-112
20.	Under Water Wireless Control Using Zigbee For Transmissions Systems Under Water Wireless Control Using Zigbee For Transmissions Systems Abstract: The aim of this project is to develop under water communication system using the zigbee protocol stack. A robot can be defined as a programmable, self-controlled device consisting of electronic, electrical, or mechanical units. An industrial robot is officially defined by as an automatically controlled, reprogrammable, multipurpose, manipulator, programmable in three or more axes. Robots are especially desirable for certain work functions because, unlike humans, they never get tired. They can endure physical conditions that are uncomfortable or even dangerous; they can operate in airless conditions. Reference [1] Ciardiello, T. "Wireless communications for industrial control and monitoring", Computing & Control Engineering Journal Volume 16, Issue 2, April-May 2005 Page(s):12-13 [2] Geer, D., "Users make a Beeline for ZigBee sensor technology", Computer Volume 38, Issue 12, Dec. 2005 Page(s):16-19 [3] Ville Särkimäki, R. Tiainen, T. Lindh, J. Ahola, "Applicability of ZigBee Technology to Electric Motor Rotor Measurements". International Symposium on Power Electronics, Electrical Drives, Automation and Motion, Italy 2006 Sreenivsa Reddy P, R Koteswara Rao	113-115
21.	MoO3 Nanoparticles: Synthesis, Characterization and Its Hindering Effect on Germination of Vigna Unguiculata Seeds MoO3 Nanoparticles: Synthesis, Characterization and Its Hindering Effect on Germination of Vigna Unguiculata Seeds Abstract: Molybdenum trioxide nanoparticles have been synthesized by sol-gel method. The X-ray diffraction analysis was done to confirm that the obtained product was MoO3. The scanning electron microscopy was done to study the shape, size distribution and surface morphology of nanoparticles; they had a hexagonal shape with smooth surface and uniform size distribution. The functional groups were studied using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. The effect of MoO3 nanoparticles on seed germination of vigna unguiculata was studied for 6 days from the day of sowing, by comparing the time taken for seeds to germinate and length of shoot with respect to time of the seeds sowed in heavy black soil whose nutrient composition was known with seeds sowed in the same heavy black soil but which was made rich with MoO3 nanoparticles. It was observed that the MoO3 nanoparticles hampered the germination of vigna unguiculata seeds and this restraint continued in the shoot growth also. Key words: Heavy black soil, MoO3 nanoparticles, Seed germination, Shoot growth, Vigna unguiculata Reference [1] ARNAB GANGULY and RAJI GEORGE "Synthesis, characterization and gas sensitivity of MoO3 nanoparticles" Bull. Mater. Sci., Vol. 0, No. 2, April (2007), pp. 183–185. © Indian Academy of Sciences. [2] F.A. Deorsola a, N. Russo a, G.A. Blengini b, D. Fino "Synthesis, characterization and environmental assessment of nanosized MoS2 particles for lubricants applications" Chemical Engineering Journal 195–196 (2012) 1–6. [3] J. Sivakumar, C. Premkumar, P. Santhanam and N. Saraswathi (2011)," Biosynthesis of Silver Nanoparticles Using Calotropis gigantean Leaf", African Journal of Basic & Applied Sciences, Vol. 3, No.6, pp. 265-270. [4] Ravindra P. Singh, Vineet K. Shukla, Raghvendra, S. Yadav, Prashant K. Sharma, Prashant K. Singh, Avinash C. Pandey (2011), "Biological approach of zinc oxide nanoparticles formation and its characterization", Advanced Materials Letters, Vol. 2 No.4, pp.313-317. [5] M. Zheng, F. Davidson, and X. Huang, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 125, 7790 (2003). Abhimanyu Kanneganti, Mounica Talasila	116-120
22.	Transient Stability Enhancement of a Multi-Machine System using Particle Swarm Optimization based Unified Power Flow Controller Transient Stability Enhancement of a Multi-Machine System using Particle Swarm Optimization based Unified Power Flow Controller Abstract: In this paper an attempt has beenmade to investigate the transient stability enhancement of both SMIB and Multi-machine system using UPFC controller tuned by Particle Swarm Optimization. Power injection modelfor a series voltage source of UPFC has been implemented to replace UPFC by equivalent admittance. The admittance matrix of the power system is then modified according to the power injection model of UPFC. To mitigate the power oscillations in the system, the required amount of series voltage injected by UPFC controller has been computed in order to damp inter area & local mode of oscillations in multi-machine system. Key words: UPFC, Transient Stability, Converters, SMIB, Multi-machine modeling, Capacitor Dynamics,UPFC(Unified Power Flow Controller), FACTS (Flexible AC Transmission System), Power injection model. Particle Swarm Optimization. Reference [1] N. G. Hingorani, L. Gyugyi, "Understanding FACTS", IEEE Press, 2001. [2] P. Kundur, "Power System Stability and Control", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006. [3] Y. H. Song, A. T. Johns, "Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS)", IET, 2009. [4] Power System control & Stability by P.M Anderson & A.A. Foaud. [5] Ali Ajami, S H Hosseini, G B Gharehpetian, "Modelling and Controlling of UPFC for power system transient studies", ECTI Transations on Electrical Eng., Electronics, And Communications Vol.5, No.2, August 2007. Poonam Singhal, S. K. Agarwal, Narender Kumar	121-133
23.	Use of Hidden Markov Mobility Model for Location Based Services Use of Hidden Markov Mobility Model for Location Based Services Abstract: These days people prefer to use portable and wireless devices such as laptops, mobile phones, They are connected through satellites. As user moves from one point to other, task of updating stored information becomes difficult. Provision of Location based services to users, faces some challenges like limited bandwidth and limited client power. To optimize data accessibility and to minimize access cost, we can store frequently accessed data item in cache of client. So small size of cache is introduced in mobile devices. Data fetched from server is stored on cache. So requested data from user is provided from cache and not from remote server. Question arises that which data should be kept in the cache? Performance of cache majorly depends on the cache replacement policies which select data suitable for eviction from cache. This paper presents use of Hidden Markov Models(HMMs) for prediction of user‟s future location. Then data item irrelevant to this predicted location is fetched out from the cache. The proposed approach clusters location histories according to their location characteristics and also it considers each user‟s previous actions. This results in producing high packet delivery ratio and minimum delay. Key words: Cache replacement policy, Hidden Markov Model, Hidden state, Location Based Services, random Variables Reference [1] http://www.personal.psu.edu/sxr360/blogs/ mobileadhoc networkpic [2] http://www.watblog.com/2008/04/16/mobile -positioning-and-location-based-services-an-insight-into-the-future-of-mobile/ [3] Ajey Kumar, Manoj Misra, Anil K. Sarje, "A Predicted Region based Cache Replacement Policy for Location Dependent Data in Mobile Environment",I. J. Communications, Network and System Sciences. 2008; 1: 1-103. [4] D. Barbara, "Mobile Computing and Databases: A Survey," IEEE Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering, Vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 108-117, January/February 1999. [5] D. Barbara and T. Imielinski, "Sleepers and Workaholics: Caching Strategies in Mobile Environments," In the Proceedings of the ACM SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, Minneapolis, USA, pp. 1-12, 1994. Bhakti D. Shelar, Mr. D. K. Chitre	134-138
24.	Memristor Modeling Using PSPICE Memristor Modeling Using PSPICE Abstract: Since conventional CMOS technology is facing the challenges in scaling down the devices beyond 22nm level, there is urgent need of new nanoscale devices. Memristor, known as the fourth basic two-terminal circuit element, has attracted many research interests since the first real device was developed by HP labs in 2008. The concept was originally put forward by Dr. Leon Chua in September 1971. The memristor has a unique capability of carrying a memory of its recent past. The memristor holds the value of previously applied voltage even when the power is switched off, in the form of its resistance level. That's an effect that cannot be duplicated by any circuit combination of resistor, capacitor and inductor, which is why the memristor qualifies as the fourth fundamental circuit element. The research is in progress on the concept of the memristor and its practical implementation. However it has not been commercially manufactured yet. However since memristor is at the experimental level only, the memristance characteristics and its effects in different circuits can only be observed using software simulations only. To study the effect of implementation of memristor in various electronic circuits, there is need of a standard memristor model which can be accepted universally and its results should be mathematically true and should resemble the theoretically proposed concepts. The manuscript describes a new memristor model simulated using PSPICE and its results. Key words: Charge—Flux relationship, I-V plot, Mathematical modeling, Memristance, Non volatile memory Reference [1] L. O. Chua, (Sep. 1971), "Memristors - the missing circuit element", IEEE Trans. Circuit Theory, vol. CT-18, no. 5, pp. 507-519. [2] D. B. Strukov, G. S. Snider, D. R. Stewart & R. S. Williams, (2008), ―the missing Memristor found,‖ Nature, 453, Pp.80–83. [3] Alon Ascoli, Fernando Corinto, Vanessa Senger, Ronald Tetzlaff, (May 2013) ―Memristor Model Comparison‖, IEEE Circuits and Systems Magazine, Digital Object Identifier 10.1109/MCAS.2013.225 6272, Pp-89-105. [4] Z. Biolek, D. Biolek, and V. Biolkov´a. SPICE model of memristor with nonlinear dopant drift. Radio engineering J., 18(2):211, 2009b. [5] Ahmad Fuad Adzmi, Azman Nasrudin, Wan Fazlida Hanim Abdullah, Sukreen Hana Herman, (July 2012), ―Memristor Spice Model for Designing Analog Circuit‖, 2012 IEEE Student Conference on Research and Development, S3-1, Pp-78-83. Ketaki Bhave, Dr. Nisha Sarwade	139-143
25.	Multi-Objective Optimization ( Surface Roughness & Material Removal Rate) of Aisi 202 Grade Stainless Steel in Cnc Turning Using Extended Taguchi Method And Grey Analysis Multi-Objective Optimization ( Surface Roughness & Material Removal Rate) of Aisi 202 Grade Stainless Steel in Cnc Turning Using Extended Taguchi Method And Grey Analysis Abstract: The present study applied Taguchi method through a case study in straight turning of AISI 202 stainless steel bar on CNC Machine ( Mfd by ACE DESIGNERS) using Titanium Carbide tool for the optimization of Material removal rate, Surface Roughness and tool wear process parameter.The study aimed at evaluating the best process environment which could simultaneously satisfy requirements of both quality as well as productivity with special emphasis on maximizing material removal rate and minimizing surface roughness and tool flank wear at various combination of cutting speed, feed, depth of cut. The predicted optimal setting ensured maximum MRR and minimum surface roughness and tool wear. Since optimum material removal rate is desired, so higher the better criteria of Taguchi signal to noise ratio is used for MRR – SNs = -10 log(Sy2/n) For surface roughness and tool wear – SNL = -10 log(S(1/y2)/n) The results have been verified with the help of S/N Ratios calculation and various graphs have been plotted to show the below mentioned observations. a) MRR first increases with increase in cutting speed and then decreases. b) With the increase in feed, MRR increases. c) With the increase in depth of cut, MRR first increases and then decreases. d) With the increase in cutting speed, Surface Roughness first decreases and then increases. e) With the increase in feed, Surface Roughness increases. f) With the increase in depth of cut, Surface Roughness first increases and then decreases. Key words: CNC turning machine, Grey relational analysis, Material removal rate, Surface roughness. Reference [1] Optimization of process parameter of AISI 202 austenetic stainless steel in CNC Turning. ARPN Journal of engineering and applied sciences.Vol 5, No 9, sept 2010.M. Kaladhar, dept of Mech engineering, Neerukonda Institute of Technology, email-kaladhar2k@gmail.com. [2] Computer Numerical Control Turning on AISI410 with Single and Nano Multilayered Coated Carbide Tools under Dry Conditions. Kamaraj Chandrasekaran, Perumal Marimuthu1,-- K. Raja, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Anna University of Technology Madurai, and Syed Ammal Engineering College. [3] International Journal of Scientific Engineering and Technology (ISSN : 2277-1581) Volume 2 Issue 4, PP : 263-267,1 April IJSET@2013 Page 263-Optimization of Turning Process Parameters Using Multivariate Statistical Method- Ananthakumar.P1, Dr.Ramesh.M2, Parameshwari3Department of Mechanical Engineering, SACS MAVMM Engineering College, Madurai-625301.Email address: 1ananthresearch@yahoo.co.in, 2 mramesh.sacs@gmail.com. [4] Journal of Engineering, Computers & Applied Sciences (JEC&AS) ISSN No: 2319 Volume 1, No.1, October 2012 Optimization of Process Parameters of Turning Parts:A Taguchi Approach-Neeraj Sharma, Renu Sharma. [5] International Journal of Engineering Research and applications-IJERA (ISSN : 2248-9622) Volume 2 Issue 5, PP : 1594-1602, Optimization of Turning Process Parameters of H13 using Taguchi method and grey analysis – Pankaj Sharma, Kamaljeet Bhambri Department of Mechanical Engineering, MM Engineering College, Mullana. Ankush Aggarwal, Shanti Prakash, Brijbhushan	144-150
26.	Implementation of Face Recognition in Cloud Vision Using Eigen Faces Implementation of Face Recognition in Cloud Vision Using Eigen Faces Abstract: Cloud computing comes in several different forms and this article documents how service, Face is a complex multidimensional visual model and developing a computational model for face recognition is difficult. The papers discuss a methodology for face recognition based on information theory approach of coding and decoding the face image. Proposed System is connection of two stages – Feature extraction using principle component analysis and recognition using the back propagation Network. This paper also discusses our work with the design and implementation of face recognition applications using our mobile-cloudlet-cloud architecture named MOCHA and its initial performance results. The dispute lies with how to performance task partitioning from mobile devices to cloud and distribute compute load among cloud servers to minimize the response time given diverse communication latencies and server compute powers Key words: Face recognition, Principal component analysis (PCA), Artificial Neural network (ANN), Eigenvector, Eigenfaces. Reference [1] Yuille, A. L., Cohen, D. S., and Hallinan, P. W.,"Feature extraction from faces using deformable templates", Proc. of CVPR, (1989) [2] Mayank Agarwal, Nikunj Jain, Mr. Manish Kumar and Himanshu Agrawal"Face Recognition Using Eigen Faces and Artificial Neural Network" International Journal of Computer Theory and Engineering, Vol. 2, No. 4, August, 2010 1793-8201 [3] Victor-Emil and Luliana-Florentina, "Face Rcognition using a fuzzy – Gaussian ANN", IEEE 2002. Proceedings, Aug. 2002 Page(s):361 –368 [4] [Howard Demuth,Mark Bele,Martin Hagan, "Neural Network Toolbox" [5] Kirby, M., and Sirovich, L., "Application of theKarhunen-Loeve procedure for thecharacterization of human faces", IEEE PAMI, Vol. 12, pp. 103-108, (1990). Suguna M K, Shrihari M R, Mahesh M R	151-155
27.	Moocs Impact in Higher Education Institution: A Pilot Study In Indian Context Moocs Impact in Higher Education Institution: A Pilot Study In Indian Context Abstract: Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) was developed in 2008 in US. Soon after that in 2011 MOOCs introduced at Stanford University. Year 2011 was a turning point in e-learning methodologies. MOOCs have given an open challenge to all current methods of higher education system such as on-line training, open learning methods, distance education system etc. MOOCs have high potential of acceptability among all kind of learners. MOOCs have become a label for many recent course initiatives from higher education institution. In the present paper the authors have made a through study on MOOCs methods and its impact on higher education institution. The authors have also tried to explore the impact of MOOCs in Indian higher education institution. Key words: MOOCs, e-learning, distance education, higher education institution Reference [1] Asoke Nath, Shalabh Agarwal, "Massive Open Online Courses(MOOCs)- A Comprehensive study and its Application to Green Computing in Higher Education Institution", International Journal of Emerging Trends in Engineering Research, Vol 2, No 2, Page 7-14(February 2014). [2] I. Maria Joseph, Asoke Nath, "Some issuesand Challenges in E-learning Methodologies and E-assessment System", Proceedings of International Conference Worldcomp 2013 held Las Vegas, USA in Jul 22-25,2013. Proceedings page138-143(2013). [3] I.Maria Joseph, Asoke Nath, "Integration of Massive Open Online Education(MOOC) System with in_Class Room Interaction and Assessment and Accreditation: An extensive report from a pilot study", Proceedings of International conference Worldcomp 2013 held at Las Vegas, USA in Jul 22-25, 2013. Proceedings Page 103-111(2013). [4] Shalabh Agarwal, Archana Vimal, Saima Ghosh, Asoke Nath, "Green Computing Endeavor in Higher Educational Institutes – a noble initiative towards Sustainable IT Infrastructure", Journal of Computing(USA), Vol 4, issues 5, May, ISSN- 9617, Page-217-222, 2012 [5] Shalab Agarwal, Asoke Nath, "Green Computing - a new Horizon of Energy Efficiency and Electronic waste minimization": a Global Perspective", Proceedings of IEEE CSNT-2011 held at SMVDU(Jammu) 03-06 June 2011, Page 688-693(2011). Asoke Nath, Abhijit Karmakar, Totan Karmakar	156-163
28.	Detecting Aspect Intertype Declaration Interference at Aspect Oriented Design Models: A Database Approach Detecting Aspect Intertype Declaration Interference at Aspect Oriented Design Models: A Database Approach Abstract: Implementing crosscutting concerns requires aspect oriented developers to be enabled to introduce some mem-bers to core concerns modules along with other. This may lead to a problem of interference among modules, either between classes and aspects or among aspects themselves. Such conflicts may cause program to crash at runtime. Interference problem is addressed but with complex solutions that become more complicated propor-tionally with the project size. In this work a relational database approach and relational algebra is used to detect intertype declaration interferences in aspect oriented design models in order to capture conflicts in an early stage before having it as runtime error. Detection is done in an approach not that complex as the previous ones. Key words: Aspect Oriented Programming, Databases, Interference Detection, Intertype Declaration, Rela-tional Algebra. Reference [1] Berg, Klaas van den, Conejero, Jose Maria and Chitchyan, Ruzanna. AOSD ontology 1.0 public ontology of aspect orientation. s.l. : Common Foundation for AOSD, 2005. p. 90, Report. [2] J.D. Meier, David Hill, Alex Homer, Jason Taylor, Prashant Bansode, Lonnie Wall, Rob Boucher Jr., Akshay Bogawat. .NET Application Architecture Guide,. 2nd Edtion. s.l. : Microsoft Corporation., 2009. [3] Harbulot, Bruno. SEPARATING CONCERNS IN SCIENTIFIC SOFTWARE USING ASPECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING. Computer Science, Manchester University. Manchester : Center of Novel Computing, 2006. p. 194, PhD Thesis. [4] Dessì, Massimiliano. Spring 2.5 Aspect-Oriented Programming. [ed.] Sneha Kulkarni. Olton : Packt Publishing Ltd., 2009. pp. 13-16. 978-1-847194-02-2. [5] Aspect-Oriented Programming. Gregor Kiczales, John Lamping, Anurag Mendhekar, Chris Maeda, Cristina Videira Lopes,. Finland : Springer-Verlag, 1997. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming (ECOOP). pp. 220-242. Ahmed Sharaf Eldin, Maha Hana, Shady Mohammed Elsaid	164-171
29.	Performance Analysis of Acoustic Echo Cancellation Techniques Performance Analysis of Acoustic Echo Cancellation Techniques Abstract: Mainly, the adaptive filters are implemented in time domain which works efficiently in most of the applications. But in many applications the impulse response becomes too large, which increases the complexity of the adaptive filter beyond a level where it can no longer be implemented efficiently in time domain. An example of where this can happen would be acoustic echo cancellation (AEC) applications. So, there exists an alternative solution i.e. to implement the filters in frequency domain. AEC has so many applications in wide variety of problems in industrial operations, manufacturing and consumer products. Here in this paper, a comparative analysis of different acoustic echo cancellation techniques i.e. Frequency domain adaptive filter (FDAF), Least mean square (LMS), Normalized least mean square (NLMS) &Sign error (SE) is presented. The results are compared with different values of step sizes and the performance of these techniques is measured in terms of Error rate loss enhancement (ERLE), Mean square error (MSE)& Peak signal to noise ratio (PSNR). Key words: Acoustic echo cancellation, Error rate loss enhancement, Frequency domain adaptive filtering, Least mean square, Mean square error, Normalized least mean square, Peak signal to noise ratio, Sign error. Reference [1] M. M. Sondhi, "The history of echo cancellation," IEEE Signal Process Mag., Vol. 23, No.5, Sep. 2006, 95-98. [2] Gerald Enzner, Peter Vary, "A soft-partitioned frequency-domain adaptive filter for acoustic echo cancellation,"Proc. IEEE Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing, (ICASSP 2003),Vol. 5, 2003, 393-396. [3] Shynk, J.J., "Frequency-domain and multirate adaptive filtering," IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, Vol. 9, No. 1, Jan. 1992, 14-37. [4] KoenEneman and Marc Moonen, "Iterated partitioned block frequency-domain adaptive filter for acoustic echo cancellation," IEEE Transaction on Speech and Audio Processing, Vol. 11, No.2, March 2003. [5] S.Haykin, Adaptive Filter Theory, Prentice Hall, 3rd edition, 1996. Rajeshwar Dass, Sandeep	172-180
30.	Dual Authentication For Bluetooth Connection Dual Authentication For Bluetooth Connection Abstract: Recently, Bluetooth technology is widely used by organizations and individuals to provide wireless personal area network (WPAN). This is because the radio frequency (RF) waves can easily penetrate obstacles and can propagate without direct line-of-sight (LoS). These two characteristics have led to replace wired communication by wireless systems. However, there are serious security challenges associated with wireless communication systems because they are easier to eavesdrop, disrupt and jam than the wired systems. Bluetooth technology started with a form of pairing called legacy pairing prior to any communication. However, due to the serious security issues found in the legacy pairing, a secure and simple pairing called SPP was announced with Bluetooth 2.1 and later since 2007. SPP has solved the main security issue which is the weaknesses of the PIN code in the legacy pairing, however it has been found with some vulnerabilities such as eavesdropping and man-in-the-middle (MITM) attacks. Since the discovery of these vulnerabilities, some enhancements have been proposed to the Bluetooth Specification Interest Group (SIG) which is the regulatory body of Bluetooth technology; nevertheless, some proposed enhancements are ineffective or are not yet implemented by Manufacturers. Therefore, an improvement of the security authentication in Bluetooth connection is highly required to overcome the existing drawbacks. This proposed protocol uses Hash-based Message Authentication Code (HMAC) algorithm with Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-256). The implementation of this proposal is based on the Arduino Integrated Development Environment (IDE) as software and a Bluetooth (BT) Shield connected to an Arduino Uno R3 boards as hardware. The result was verified on a Graphical User Interface (GUI) built in Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 with C sharp as default environment. It has shown that the proposed scheme works perfectly with the used hardware and software. In addition, the protocol thwarts the passive and active eavesdropping attacks which exist during SSP. These attacks are defeated by avoiding the exchange of passwords and public keys in plain text between the Master and the Slave. Therefore, this protocol is expected to be implemented by the SIG to enhance the security in Bluetooth connection. Key words: Authentication, Bluetooth Security, HMAC Algorithm, Legacy Pairing, Secure and Simple Pairing. Reference [1] V. Garg, Wireless Personal Area Network-Bluetooth, in Wireless Communications & Networking: Series Editor, David Clark, M.I.T. (Amsterdam, the Morgan Kaufmann series in networking, 2010) pp. 653-674. [2] C. Gehrmann, J. Persson, and B. Smeets, Bluetooth security: Artech house, 2004. [3] K. Saravanan and D. Yuvaraj, "An new secure mechanism for bluetooth network," in Computer and Automation Engineering (ICCAE), 2010 The 2nd International Conference on, 2010, pp. 202-205. [4] J. Padgette, K. Scarfone, and L. Chen, "Guide to Bluetooth security," NIST Special Publication, vol. 800, p. 121, 2012. [5] J. Barnickel, J. Wang, and U. Meyer, "Implementing an attack on bluetooth 2.1+ secure simple pairing in passkey entry mode," in Trust, Security and Privacy in Computing and Communications (TrustCom), 2012 IEEE 11th International Conference on, 2012, pp. 17-24. Diallo Alhassane Saliou, Wajdi Fawzi Mohammed Al-Khateeb, Rashidah Funke Olanrewaju and Sado Fatai	181-191
31.	Leveraging the Power of Smartphones: Real Time Monitoring of Water Points Leveraging the Power of Smartphones: Real Time Monitoring of Water Points Abstract: In recent years, the world has become more sophisticated. Different aspects of today's life has been digitized, this include; business, education, health, communication and numerous community services. With the existing extended coverage of cellular networks, most services are constantly deployed to be accessed via mobile phones, as they are also the most pervasive pocket carried devices. Though, both regular and smartphone can be used to convey the basics of mobile based services such as mobile banking, calling and text messaging, smartphone goes extra mile. While regular phones are still the better choice for some, smartphones are tremendously taking over the cellphone market. Smartphones are powered by the vast amount of mobile apps available today which offer unprecedented features and functionalities and as well more advanced internet connectivity. To ensure reliable, sufficient and safe water supply to public, the installed water points need to be well monitored. Quality and quantity parameters of water produced from the water points are constantly tracked to determine if they are within the acceptable range. In case of acute condition, the identified parameters need to be instantly communicated to the District Water Engineer (DWE) for prompt intervention. In this paper we explore the popularity and advantages of smartphones and present a proposed prototype that exploit the power of smartphones in real time monitoring of water points. Key words: Cellular Network, Mobile app, Smartphone, WAMIS Reference [1] Iftode, L, Borcea, C, Ravi N, Kang P, Zhou P. Smart Phone: an embedded system for universal interactions. Accessed from (cs.njit.edu/borcea/papers/ftdcs04.pdf) on 27th June 2014. [2] Ericsson White Paper. 2013. App Coverage. Rethinking Network Performance for Smartphones. [3] eMarketer. 2014. Smart Phone Users Worldwide. accessed from (http://www.emarketer.com/Article/) on 27th June 2014. [4] GSMA. 2013. The Mobile Economy 2013. Accesses from (www.gsma.com) on 28th June 2014. [5] Seja Patel, Priyadarshani Raskar, Pragati Badhe and Archana Lomte. 2014. Remote Control of Android Phones Using VNC Int. Journal of Engineering Research and Applications. ISSN : 2248-9622, Vol. 4, Issue 1( Version 3), January 2014, pp.141-144. Ally S. Nyamawe	192-196
32.	Fuzzy Keyword Search Over Encrypted Data in Cloud Computing Fuzzy Keyword Search Over Encrypted Data in Cloud Computing Abstract: As Cloud Computing becomes prevalent, more and more sensitive information are being centralized into the cloud. For the protection of data privacy, sensitive data usually have to be encrypted before outsourcing, which makes effective data utilization a very challenging task. Although traditional searchable encryption schemes allow a user to securely search over encrypted data through keywords and selectively retrieve files of interest, these techniques support only exact keyword search. This significant drawback makes existing techniques unsuitable in cloud computing as it is greatly affect system usability, rendering user searching experiences very frustrating and system efficiency very low. In this paper, for the first time we formalize and solve the problem of effective fuzzy keyword search over encrypted cloud while maintaining keyword privacy. In our solution, we exploit edit distance to quantify keyword similarity and develop new advanced technique on constructing fuzzy keyword sets which greatly reduces the storage and representation overheads. In this way, we show that our proposed solution is secure and privacy preserving, while realizing the goal of fuzzy keyword search. Key words: String Matching Algorithm, System Architecture Reference [1] D. Parkhill, "The challenge of the computer utility,"Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc., US, 1966. [2] P. Mell and T. Grance, "Draft nist working definition of cloud computing," Referenced on June. 3rd, 2009 Online at http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/SNS/cloud-computing/index.html, 2009. [3] M. Armbrust and et.al, "Above the clouds: A berkeley view of cloud computing," Tech. Rep., Feb 2009. [Online]. Available: http://www.eecs.berkeley.edu/Pubs/TechRpts/2009/EECS-2009-28.html [4] Google, "Britney spears spelling correction," Referenced online at http://www.google.com/jobs/ britney.html, June 2009. [5] M. Bellare, A. Boldyreva, and A. O'Neill, "Deterministic and efficiently searchable encryption," in Proceedings of Crypto 2007, volume 4622 of LNCS. Springer-Verlag, 2007. Yogesh K. Gedam, Prof. Mrs. Varshapriya J.N.	197-202
33.	Performance Analysis of Low Power, High Gain Operational Amplifier Using CMOS VLSI Design Performance Analysis of Low Power, High Gain Operational Amplifier Using CMOS VLSI Design Abstract: The operational amplifier is one of the most useful and important component of analog electronics. They are widely used in popular electronics. Their primary limitation is that they are not especially fast. The typical performance degrades rapidly for frequencies greater than about 1 MHz, although some models are designed specifically to handle higher frequencies. The primary use of op-amps in amplifier and related circuits is closely connected to the concept of negative feedback. The operational amplifier has high gain, high input impedance and low output impedance. Here the operational amplifier designed by using CMOS VLSI technology having low power consumption and high gain. Key words: Cascode Amplifier, , CMRR, Gain, Slew rate, Topology. Reference [1] R.J. Baker, H.W. Li, D.E. Boyce, CMOS circuit design layout and Simulation [2] P. E. Allen and D. R. Holberg, CMOS analog circuit design, 2nd edition [3] Roubik, G., "Introduction to CMOS op-amps and comparators", John Willy & Sons Inc, Vol. 189, (1999). [4] You Zheng and Carlos E. Saavedra, "Feedforward-Regulated Cascode OTA for Gigahertz Applications ",IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, 2008 [5] The International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRS), 2006 [Online]. Available:http://www.itrs.net/Links/2006Update/2006UpdateFinal.htm Ankush S. Patharkar, Dr. Shirish M. Deshmukh	203-207
34.	Reliability Analysis of a 3-Machine Power Station Using State Space Approach Reliability Analysis of a 3-Machine Power Station Using State Space Approach Abstract: With the advent of high-integrity fault-tolerant systems, the ability to account for repairs of partially failed (but still operational) systems become increasingly important. This paper presents a systemic method of determining the reliability of a 3-machine electric power station, taking into consideration the failure rates and repair rates of the individual component (machine) that make up the system. A state-space transition process for a 3-machine with 23 states was developed and consequently, steady state equations were generated based on Markov mathematical modeling of the power station. Important reliability components were deduced from this analysis. This research simulation was achieved with codes written in Excel®-VBA programming environment. System reliability using state space approach proofs to be a viable and efficient technique of reliability prediction as it is able to predict the state of the system under consideration. For the purpose of neatness and easy entry of data, Graphic User Interface (GUI) was designed. Key words: Failure Probability, Markov model, Reliability, Repair Rate and State Space Reference [1] Energy Commission of Nigeria, National energy policy report, Federal Republic of Nigeria, 2003, 8. [2] O. I.Okoro,Conventional energy sources in Nigeria: A Statistical Approach,Seminar paper, 2008 pp1. [3] S. Hadi,Power System Analysis, (New York, McGraw Hill, 2004) 11 [4] Z. F, Ayman, S. Sahra and M. M. Bruce, Reliability Modeling for the Advanced Electric Power Grid, (SAFECOMP, 2007) 370-383. [5] Daellenbach, Introduction to Operations Research Techniques", (London, Allyn and Bacon 1983) 261-272 WasiuAkande Ahmed, Olalekan Ogunbiyi	208-217
35.	Seismic Response of R C Building With Different Arrangement of Steel Bracing System Seismic Response of R C Building With Different Arrangement of Steel Bracing System Abstract: In general the most suitable choices in improvement of reinforcement concrete frame against lateral loading is used steel bracing system. The use of steel bracing has potential advantage over other scheme like higher strength and stiffness, economical, occupies less space, adds much less weight to existing structure. In this study, the seismic analysis of reinforced concrete (RC) buildings with different types of bracing (Diagonal, V type, inverted V type, X type) is studied. The bracing is provided for peripheral columns. A seven-storey (G+6) building is situated at seismic zone III. The building models are analyze by equivalent static analysis as per IS 1893:2002 using Staad Pro V8i software. The main parameters consider in this paper to compare the seismic analysis of buildings are lateral displacement, storey drift, axial force, base shear. It is found that the X type of steel bracing significantly contributes to the structural stiffness and reduces the maximum interstorey drift of R.C.C building than other bracing system. Key words: Base Shear, Lateral Displacement, Retrofit, Seismic Analysis, Steel Bracing, Storey Drift, etc. Reference [1] Badoux M., Jirsa J. O., Steel bracing of R.C. frames for seismic retrofitting" J. Struct. Eng., 116, 1990, 55-74. [2] Bush T. D., Jones E. A., Behavior of R.C. frame strengthened using structural steel bracing, Journal Of Structural Engineering, 117, 1191, 1115-1126 [3] Kevadkar M. D. and Kodag P. B., Lateral Load Analysis of R.C.C. Building, International Journal of Modern Engineering Research, 3(3), 2013, 1428-1434. [4] Massumi A. and Absalan M., Interaction between bracing system and moment resisting frame in braced RC frames, Archives Of Civil And Mechanical Engineering, 2013, 260-268 [5] Ozel A. E. , Guneyisi E. M., Effects of eccentric steel bracing systems on seismic fragility curves of mid-rise R/C buildings: A case study, Structural Safety 33, 2011, 82–95 Krishnaraj R. Chavan, H.S.Jadhav	218-222
36.	Ship Detection from SAR Imagery Using CUDA and Performance Analysis of the System Ship Detection from SAR Imagery Using CUDA and Performance Analysis of the System Abstract: Synthetic aperture radar (SAR) Ship Detection System SDS is an important application from the point of view of Maritime Security monitoring. It allows monitoring traffic, fisheries, naval warfare. Since full-resolution SAR images are heavily affected by the presence of speckle, ship detection algorithms generally employ speckle reduced SAR images at the expense of a degradation of the spatial resolution. The proposed Parzen-window-kernel-based algorithm and CFAR algorithm can be considered an alternative to manual inspection for large ocean areas. Promising results and high detection rates for the ships have been achieved. In Parzen-window-kernel-based algorithm for ship detection in synthetic aperture radar (SAR) images, first, the data-driving kernel functions of Parzen window are utilized to approximate the histogram of real SAR image, in order to complete the accurate modeling of SAR images. Then ship detection is implemented using a Constant False Alarm Rate (CFAR). After detecting threshold, the output is added to edge detection algorithm employed on SAR image. Clearer detection of ship candidates is obtained by applying Parzen-window-kernel-based algorithm by changing its window size. Experimental results show that SDS implemented using CUDA is faster than on CPU. Key words: SAR, Parzen Window, CFAR, Ship detection Reference [1] Christina Corbane, Layrent Najman, Emilien Pecoul, A complete processing chain for ship detection using satellite imagery, International Journal of Remote Sensing Vol. 31, No. 22, 20 November 2010, 5837–5854. [2] GUI Gao, A Parzen-Window-Kernel-Based CFAR Algorithm for Ship Detection in SAR Images, IEEE GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING LETTER, VOL. 8, NO. 3, MAY 2011. [3] Changren Zhu, Hui Zhou, Runsheng Wang, Jun Guo, A Novel Hierarchical Method of Ship Detection form Spaceborne Optical Images Based on Shape and Texture Features, IEEE TRANSACTION ON GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING, VOL. 48, NO. 9, SEPTEMBER 2010. [4] http://www.sandia.gov/~sjplimp/sar.html [5] http://developer.nvidia.com Chaitanya P. Chandgude, P. M. Chawan	223-228
37.	Evolution of Modelling Techniques for Service Oriented Architecture Evolution of Modelling Techniques for Service Oriented Architecture Abstract: Service-oriented architecture (SOA) is a software design and architecture design pattern based on independent pieces of software providing functionality as services to other applications. The benefit of SOA in the IT infrastructure is to allow parallel use and data exchange between programs which are services to the enterprise. Unified Modelling Language (UML) is a standardized general-purpose modelling language in the field of software engineering. The UML includes a set of graphic notation techniques to create visual models of object-oriented software systems. We want to make UML available for SOA as well. SoaML (Service oriented architecture Modelling Language) is an open source specification project from the Object Management Group (OMG), describing a UML profile and meta-model for the modelling and design of services within a service-oriented architecture. BPMN was also extended for SOA but there were few pitfalls. There is a need of a modelling framework which dedicated to SOA. Michael Bell authored a framework called Service Oriented Modelling Framework (SOMF) which is dedicated for SOA. Key words: BPMN, Service Oriented Architecture, Service Oriented Modelling Framework, SoaML, UML. Reference [1] David Linthicum, Chapter 1: Service Oriented Architecture (SOA), Msdn.microsoft.com. [2] "IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology," IEEE std 610.12-1990, 1990. [3] Tao Zhang, Shi Ying, Sheng Cao, and Xiangyang Jia , A Modeling Framework for Service-Oriented Architecture , Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on Quality Software. [4] Budan Wu, Zhi Jin, Service-Oriented Modeling: An Extensive Reuse Method, Annual IEEE International Computer Software and Applications Conference. [5] Ken Sunderan, OO-Modelling Tools for Analysis and Design: A First Level Course, Software Engineering: Education & Practice, 1998. Proceedings. 1998 International Conference. Mikit Kanakia, P. M. Chawan	229-232
38.	Tri-State Buffer with Common Data Bus Tri-State Buffer with Common Data Bus Abstract: For the recent CMOS feature sizes power dissipation becomes an overriding concerns for VLSI circuit design. We propose a novel approach named tri-state buffer with common data bus which reduces the total power & delay of elastic buffer. The paper presents a design and implementation of tri-state buffer mechanism. This design offers also the advantage of third state (High Impedance state) of tri-state buffer. The proposed elastic buffer design using tri-state buffer is implemented in Cadence tools. The obtained result shows that our design is effective in terms 20.50 % reduction in total power, 89.67% reduction in delay. Key words: Cadence; Static power; delay; Buffer mechanism; Reference [1] James Balfour and William J. Dally. Design tradeoffs for tiled CMP on-chip networks. In ICS '06: Proceedings of the 20th annual International Conference on Supercomputing, pages 187–198, 2006. [2] Title-CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Authors- Neil H. E. Weste, David Money Harris, Edition-4, Publisher-Addison Wesley, Length-838 pages [3] William J. Dally. Virtual-channel flow control. IEEE Transaction son Parallel and Distributed Systems, 3(2):194– 205, 1992. [4] William J. Dally and Hiromichi Aoki. Deadlock-free adaptive routing in multicomputer networks using virtual channels. IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, 4(4):466–475, 1993. [5] William J. Dally and Brian Towles. Route packets, not wires: On-chip interconnection networks. In DAC '01: roceedingsof the 38th Conference on Design Automation, pages 684–689, 2001. Ravi Ranjan, Saima Ayub	233-235
39.	Design and Simulation of Different Controllers for Stabilizing Inverted Pendulum System Design and Simulation of Different Controllers for Stabilizing Inverted Pendulum System Abstract: The Inverted Pendulum system has been identified for implementing controllers as it is an inherently unstable system having nonlinear dynamics. The system has fewer control inputs than degrees of freedom which makes it fall under the class of under-actuated systems. It makes the control task more challenging making the inverted pendulum system a classical benchmark for the design, testing, evaluating and comparing. The inverted pendulum to be discussed in this paper is an inverted pendulum mounted on a motor driven cart. The aim is to stabilize the system such that the position of the cart on the track is controlled quickly and accurately so that the pendulum is always erected in its vertical position. In this paper the linearized model was obtained by Jacobian matrix method. The Matlab-Simulink models have been developed for simulation for optimal control design of nonlinear inverted pendulum-cart dynamic system using different control methods. The methods discussed in this paper are a double Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) control method, a modern Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) control method and a combination of PID and Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) control methods. The dynamic and steady state performance are investigated and compared for the above controllers. Key words: Inverted pendulum (IP), nonlinear system, double PID control, optimal control, LQR Reference [1] K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 4th ed, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005, chapter 12. [2] K. Ogata, System Dynamics, 4th ed, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. [3] Ajit K. Mandal, Introduction to Control Engineering, New Age International Pub., New Delhi, 2000, Chapter 13. [4] G. Ray, S. K. Das, and B. Tyagi, "Stabilization of Inverted Pendulum via Fuzzy Control", IE(I) Journal-EL, vol. 88, Sept. 2007, pp. 58-62. [5] Debasish Chetergee, Amit Patra, and Harish K. Joglekar, "Swing-up and stabilization of a cart-pendulum system under restricted cart track length", Elsevier Journal: Systems & Control Letters, vol. 47, 2002, pp. 355 -364. Rahul Kr. Rai, Rekha, A.K.Singh	236-242
40.	Secured Data Transmission Using Video Steganographic Scheme Secured Data Transmission Using Video Steganographic Scheme Abstract: Steganography is the art of hiding information in ways that avert the revealing of hiding messages. Video Steganography is focused on spatial and transform domain. Spatial domain algorithm directly embedded information in the cover image with no visual changes. This kind of algorithms has the advantage in Steganography capacity, but the disadvantage is weak robustness. Transform domain algorithm is embedding the secret information in the transform space. This kind of algorithms has the advantage of good stability, but the disadvantage of small capacity. These kinds of algorithms are vulnerable to steganalysis. This paper proposes a new Compressed Video Steganographic scheme. The data is hidden in the horizontal and the vertical components of the motion vectors. The PSNR value is calculated so that the quality of the video after the data hiding is evaluated. Index Terms: Data hiding, least significant bit(LSB), encryption, decryption, PSNR Reference [1] Hussein A. Aly, "Data Hiding in Motion Vectors of Compressed Video Based on Their Associated Prediction Error", Ieee Transactions On Information Forensics And Security, Vol. 6, No. 1, March 2011 [2] J. Zhang, J. Li, and L. Zhang, "Video watermark technique in motion vector," in Proc. XIV Symp. Computer Graphics and Image Processing, Oct. 2001, pp. 179–182. [3] C. Xu, X. Ping, and T. Zhang, "Steganography in compressed video stream," in Proc. Int. Conf. Innovative Computing, Information and Control (ICICIC'06), 2006, vol. II, pp. 803–806. [4] P.Wang, Z. Zheng, and J. Ying, "A novel videowatermark technique in motion vectors," in Int. Conf. Audio, Language and Image Processing (ICALIP), Jul. 2008, pp. 1555–1559. [5] S. K. Kapotas, E. E. Varsaki, and A. N. Skodras, "Data hiding in H.264 encoded video sequences," in IEEE 9th Workshop on Multimedia Signal Processing (MMSP07), Oct. 2007, pp. 373–376. B.suneetha	243-246
41.	Efficient Design of Ripple Carry Adder and Carry Skip Adder with Low Quantum Cost and Low Power Consumption Efficient Design of Ripple Carry Adder and Carry Skip Adder with Low Quantum Cost and Low Power Consumption Abstract: The addition of two binary numbers is the important and most frequently used arithmetic process on microprocessors, digital signal processors (DSP), and data-processing application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC). Therefore, binary adders are critical structure blocks in very large-scale integrated (VLSI) circuits. Their effective application is not trivial because a costly carry spread operation involving all operand bits has to be achieved. Many different circuit constructions for binary addition have been planned over the last decades, covering a wide range of presentation characteristics. In today era, reversibility has become essential part of digital world to make digital circuits more efficient. In this paper, we have proposed a new method to reduce quantum cost for ripple carry adder and carry skip adder. The results are simulated in Xilinx by using VHDL language. Key words: Carry Skip Adder, Ripple Carry Adder, Quantum Cost, Reversible Logic, VLSI Reference [1] R. Landauer, "Irreversibility and Heat Generation in the Computational Process", IBM Journal of Research and Development, 5, pp. 183-191, 1961. [2] R. H. M and T. Kaylani, "VLSI design of a quaternary carry ripple adder." System Theory," in Proceedings., Twenty-First Southeastern Symposium on. IEEE, 1989. [3] C. C. Nez and E. A. Vittoz, "Digital Integrated Circuits: A design Perspective". "Charge-Based MOS Transistor Modeling," 1996. [4] F. Chih-Jen, "Fast and compact dynamic ripple carry adder design," in ASIC, 2002. Proceedings. 2002 IEEE Asia-Pacific Conference on. IEEE, 2002. [5] Md. M. H Azad Khan, "Design of Full-adder With Reversible Gates", International Conference on Computer and Information Technology, Dhaka, Bangladesh, 2002, pp. 515-519. Nidhi, Gurinderpal Singh	247-251
Version 4
1.	Utilisation of RAP (Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement) Material Obtained By Milling Process: With Several Options in Urban Area at Surat, Gujarat, India. Utilisation of RAP (Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement) Material Obtained By Milling Process: With Several Options in Urban Area at Surat, Gujarat, India. Abstract: Some practical options to use the RAP material in urban areas and thereby achieving economy in the construction besides solving the raised level of roads, effective disposal of RAP and above all using the principles of environment friendly Green technology that is: Reduce, Reuse and Recycle. Key words: 1. RAP: Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 2. GSB: Granular Sub Base 3. WMM: Wet Mix Macadam 4. DBM: Dense Bituminous Macadam 5. CBR: California Bearing Ratio 6. MoRTH: Ministry Of Road Transport and Highways (India) Reference [1] Dr. B B Pandey, Pavement Recycling in India, Present and Future, Workshop on Recycling and other Pavements Rehabilitation Methods, 2005, 1-6, IIT Kanpur [2] Dr. B B Pandey, Cold Mix Recycling and Mix Design, Workshop on Recycling and other Pavements Rehabilitation Methods, 2005, 7-11, IIT Kanpur [3] Sunil S, K M Mallesh and T Chnadra sekharaiah, Experimental Investigations on the performance of Bituminous Mixes with Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Material, International Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology, Volume 3, 2004. [4] Mix Design Methods, Asphalt Institute, Manual Series No. 2, Sixth Edition, USA [5] Specification of Road & Bridge Work, Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport & Highway, Revision 4. Maulik Rao, Dr. N C Shah	01-04
2.	Wavelet-Based Fault Location and Distance Protection Method for Transmission Lines Wavelet-Based Fault Location and Distance Protection Method for Transmission Lines Abstract: This paper presents a single-ended traveling wave -based fault location and distance protection method for a hybrid transmission line: an overhead line combined with an underground cable. Dis-crete wavelet transformation (DWT) is used to extract transient information from the measured voltages. Support vector machine (SVM) classifiers are utilized to identify the faulty-section and faulty-half. Bewley diagrams are observed for the traveling wave patterns and the wavelet coeffi cients of the aerial mode voltage are used to locate the fault. The transient simulation for different fault types and locations are obtained by ATP using frequency - de-pendent line and cable models. MATLAB is used to process the simulated transients and apply the proposed method. The perfor-mance of the method is tested for different fault inception angles (FIA), different fault resistances, non-linear high impedance faults (NLHIF), and non-ideal faults with satisfactory results. The impact of cable aging on the proposed method accuracy is also investigated. Index Terms: Alternative transients program (ATP), fault lo-cation, frequency -dependent line model, support vector machine, travelling waves, underground cable, wavelet transformation. Reference [1] M. Kezunovic, "Smart fault location for smart grid," IEEE Trans. Smart Grid, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 11–22, Mar. 2011. [2] P. K. Dash, S. R. Samantaray, and G. Panda, "Fault classification and section identification of an advanced series compensated transmission line using support vector machine," IEEE Trans. Power Del., vol. 22, no. 1, pp. 67–73, Jan. 2007. [3] U. B. Parikh, B. Das, and R. P. Maheshwari, "Combined wavelet-SVM technique for fault zone detection in a series compensated transmission line," IEEE Trans. Power Del., vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 1789–1794, Oct. 2008. [4] A. A. Yusuffa, C. Fei, A. A. Jimoha, and J. L. Munda, "Fault location in a series compensated transmission line based on wavelet packet de-composition and support vector regression," Elect. Power Syst. Res., vol. 81, no. 7, pp. 1258–1265, Apr. 2011. [5] R. Salat and S. Osowski, "Accurate fault location in the power trans-mission line using support vector machine approach," IEEE Trans. Power Syst., vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 979–986, May 2004. K. Prasanna Kumar, K. Durga Syam Prasad, K. Sravanthi	05-16
3.	Recognizing Celebrity Faces in Lot of Web Images Recognizing Celebrity Faces in Lot of Web Images Abstract: Now a dayscelebrityrelatedqueriesrankingconstantlyamong all the image queries.On the other hand celebrity images on web provide a greatopportunity for constructing large scale training datasets to advance face recognition. Collecting and labelingcelebrity faces fromgeneral web images is a challengingtask. In thisproblemwe are using the surroundingtext in web images such as name, location, time etc., then the image isannotedusing image annotation system and nameassignment system thenfinding the near duplicate image and at lastgetting the correct result.In thiswayusercanidentify the person in the web images. Key words: Face Recognition System, Image Annotation System, Image Database, Information Retrieval and name assignment Reference [1] M. Guillaumin, T. Mensink, J. Verbeek, and C. Schmid, "Face recognition fromcaption-based supervision," Int. J. Comput. Vis. 2011 [Online]. Available: http://hal.inria.fr/inria-00585834/en [2] P. Tirilly, V. Claveau, and P. Gros, "News image annotation on a large paralleltext-image corpus," presentedat the LREC, Malta, 2010. [3] P. T. Pham, M.-F. Moens, and T. Tuytelaars, "Cross-media alignment of names and faces," IEEE Trans. Multimedia, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. ,Jan. 2010. [4] Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 1992. Proceedings CVPR '92., 1992 IEEE Computer Society Conference on A featurebasedapproach to face recognition by Manjunath, B.S. ; Dept. ofElectr. & Comput. Eng., CaliforniaUniv., Santa Barbara, CA, USA ; Chellappa, R. ; von der Malsburg, C. [5] G. B. Huang, M. Ramesh, T. Berg, and E. Learned-Miller, "Labeled faces in thewild: A database for studying face recognition in unconstrainedenvironments," Univ. Massachusetts, Amherst, MA, Tech. Rep., 2007. Surekha Naganath Gaikwad, Mr. Chandrakant M. Jadhav	17-19
4.	Efficient Design of Reversible Multiplexers with Low Quantum Cost Efficient Design of Reversible Multiplexers with Low Quantum Cost Abstract: Multiplexing is the generic term used to designate the operation of sending one or more analogue or digital signals over a common transmission line at dissimilar times or speeds and as such, the scheme we use to do just that is called a Multiplexer. In digital electronics, multiplexers are similarly known as data selectors as they can "select" each input line, are made from individual Analogue Switches encased in a single IC package as conflicting to the "mechanical" type selectors such as standard conservative switches and relays. In today era, reversibility has become essential part of digital world to make digital circuits more efficient. In this paper, we have proposed a new method to reduce quantum cost and power for various multiplexers. The results are simulated in Xilinx by using VHDL language. Key words: FRG Gate , MFRG Gate , Multiplexer , Power Consumption , Quantum Cost. Reference [1] R. Landauer, "Irreversibility and Heat Generation in the Computational Process", IBM Journal of Research and Development, 5, 196 , pp. 183-191. [2] R. H. M and T. Kaylani, "VLSI design of a quaternary carry ripple adder." System Theory," in Proceedings., Twenty-First Southeastern Symposium on. IEEE, 1989. [3] C. C. Nez and E. A. Vittoz, Digital Integrated Circuits: A design Perspective. "Charge-Based MOS Transistor Modeling," 1996. [4] M. Vratonjic, B. R. Zeiden and V. G. Oklobdzija, "Low-and Ultra Low-Power Arithmetic Units: Design and Comparison," in Proceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Computer Design: VLSI in computers and processors, 2005. [5] Md. M. H Azad Khan, "Design of Full-adder With Reversible Gates", International Conference on Computer and Information Technology, Dhaka, Bangladesh, 2002, pp. 515-519. Ashima Malhotra, Charanjit Singh, Amandeep Singh	20-23
5.	An Efficient Frame Embedding Using Haar Wavelet Coefficients And Orthogonal Component Analysis An Efficient Frame Embedding Using Haar Wavelet Coefficients And Orthogonal Component Analysis Abstract: Digital media, applications, copyright defense, and multimedia security have become a vital aspect of our daily life. Digital watermarking is a technology used for the copyright security of digital applications. In this work we have dealt with a process able to mark digital pictures with a visible and semi invisible hided information, called watermark. This process may be the basis of a complete copyright protection system. Watermarking is implemented here using Haar Wavelet Coefficients and Principal Component analysis. Experimental results show high imperceptibility where there is no noticeable difference between the watermarked video frames and the original frame in case of invisible watermarking, vice-versa for semi visible implementation. The watermark is embedded in lower frequency band of Wavelet Transformed cover image. The combination of the two transform algorithm has been found to improve performance of the watermark algorithm. The robustness of the watermarking scheme is analyzed by means of two distinct performance measures viz. Peak Signal to Noise Ratio (PSNR) and Normalized Coefficient (NC). Key words: Digital Watermark, Principal Component Analysis, Discrete (Haar) Wavelet Transform, PSNR, NormalizedCoefficient. Reference [1] Saraju P. Mohanty "Digital Watermarking: A Tutorial Review", URL: http:// www. csee. usf. edu/~ smohanty/ research /Reports /WMSurvey1999 Mohanty.pdf & http:// citeseer .ist. psu.edu / mohanty99 digital.htm. [2] W. Bender, D. Gruhl, N. Morimoto, and A. Lu. "Techniques for data hiding". IBM Systems Journal, Vol. 35.(3/4), 1996, pp. 313-336. [3] M. Arnold, M. Schmucker, and S.D. Wolthusen, "Techniques and application of Digital Watermarking and Content Protection", Eds.Northwood ,Artech House, 2003. [4] I.J. Cox, J.Kilian, T.Leighton and T. Shamoon, "Secure Spread Spectrum watermarking for Multimedia," IEEE Tras. on Image Processing , Vol. 6,No12, 1997, pp. 1673-1687. [5] Potdar, Vidysagar and Han, Song and Chang, Elizabeth, "A survey of digital image watermarking techniques", Proceeding of 3rd IEEE-International Conference on Industrial Informatics, Frontier Technologies for the Future of Industry and Business, pp. 709-716, Perth, WA, Aug 10, 2005. Charchika Saraswat, Diwakar Gautam, Anupam Agarwal	24-28
6.	Loss less DNA Solidity Using Huffman and Arithmetic Coding Loss less DNA Solidity Using Huffman and Arithmetic Coding Abstract: DNA Sequences making up any bacterium comprise the blue print of that bacterium so that understanding and analyzing different genes with in sequences has become an exceptionally significant mission. Naturalists are manufacturing huge volumes of DNA Sequences every day that makes genome sequence catalogue emergent exponentially. The data bases such as Gen-bank represents millions of DNA Sequences filling many thousands of gigabytes workstation storing capability. Solidity of Genomic sequences can decrease the storage requirements, and increase the broadcast speed. In this paper we compare two lossless solidity algorithms (Huffman and Arithmetic coding). In Huffman coding, individual bases are coded and assigned a specific binary number. But for Arithmetic coding entire DNA is coded in to a single fraction number and binary word is coded to it. Solidity ratio is compared for both the methods and finally we conclude that arithmetic coding is the best. Key words: DNA, Solidity, Huffman coding, Arithmetic Coding, Solidity Ratio. Reference [1] G. Manzini and M. Rastero "A Simple and Fast DNA Solidity" February 17, 2004. [2] H. Afify, M.Islam and M. Abdel wahedL. "DNA LossLess Differential Solidity Algorithm Based on similarity of genomic sequence data base. (IJCSIT) Vol 3, No4, August 2011. [3] M. Burrows and D.J. Wheeler, "A Block Sorting Lossless Data Solidity Algorithms", Technical report124, Digital System Research center, 1994. [4] P. G. Howard and J. S. Vitter, "Analysis of arithmetic coding for data solidity," Informat. Process. Manag., vol. 28, no. 6, pp. 749-763, 1992. [5] I. H. Witten, R. M. Neal, and J. G. Cleary, "Arithmetic coding for data solidity," Commun. ACM, vol. 30, no. 6, pp. 520-540, June 1987. Lakshmi Mythri Dasari, Ch Srinivasu, Pathipati Srihari	29-31
7.	An Experimental Investigation of Use of Phosphogypsum and Marble Powder for Making Green Concrete An Experimental Investigation of Use of Phosphogypsum and Marble Powder for Making Green Concrete Abstract: In this paper, the detailed experimental investigation was done to study the effect of partial replacement of ce-ment by phosphogypsum (PG) and marble powder (MP) in combine proportion started from 5% PG and 25% MP mix together in concrete by replacement of cement with the gradual increase of PG by 5% upto 15% whe-reas MP is constant at 25%.Last proportion was taken after decreasing PG by 5% and increasing MP by 10%. The tests on hardened concrete were destructive in nature which includes compressive test on cube for size (150 x 150 x 150 mm) at 7, 14 and 28 days of curing as per IS: 516 1959, Flexural strength on beam (150 x 150 x700 mm) at 28 days of curing as per IS: 516 1959 and split tensile strength on cylinder (150 mm ø x 300mm) at 28 days of curing as per IS: 5816 1999. The work presented in this paper reports the effects on the behavior of con-crete produced from cement with combination of PG and MP at different proportions on the mechanical proper-ties of concrete such as compressive strength, flexural strength, and split tensile strength. Investigation reported that compressive strength decreases by 16.89% in compared with targeted strength and decreases by 12.78% compared with control concrete at 28 days, flexural strength decreases by 26.46% compared with control con-crete at 28 days, split tensile strength increases by 10.833% compared with conventional concrete at 28 days, were obtained at combination of (5% PG and 25% MP). Partial replacement of PG and MP reduces the envi-ronmental effects, produces economical and eco-friendly concrete. Key words: Phosphogypsum, marble powder, Flexural Strength, Compressive Strength, Split Tensile Strength Reference [1] IS 10262:1982 Recommended gidelines for concrete mix design. [2] IS 456:2000 Code of practise for plain & reinforced concrete. [3] T. Siva Sankar Reddy, D. Rupesh Kumarb, and H. Sudarsana Rao, Asian Journal Of Civil Engineering, Department of Civil En-gineering, Chaitanya Bharathi Institute of Technology, Hyderabad-500 075, A.P., In-dia. [4] Manjit Singh, Guidelines for Management and Handling of Phosphogypsum Generated from Phosphoric Acid Plants , Central pol-lution control board (Ministry of Environ-ment & Forests) Parivesh Bhawan, East Ar-jun Nagar, DELHI -110 032 [5] Er.Ranjodh Singh, Er.Rohin Kaushik, Er.Gurniwaz Singh / International Journal of Engineering Research and Applications (IJERA) ISSN: 2248-9622 S. R.Satone, Rasika P. Akhare	32-36
8.	An Experimental Investigation of Partial Replacement of Cement by Various Percentage of Phosphogypsum And Flyash In Cement Concrete An Experimental Investigation of Partial Replacement of Cement by Various Percentage of Phosphogypsum And Flyash In Cement Concrete Abstract: Over 15 million tons of fly ash (FA) and 3 million tons of phospho-gypsum (PG) are produced every year. The utilization of these industrial by-product materials is important in terms of environmental and economical issues are concerned. The main purpose of this study is to evaluate the technical possibilities of incorporating FA and PG in production of concrete .In this study Combination of FA and PG is use as a mineral admixture with, phosphogypsum 0%., 5%,10%, 15% and fly ash is constant as 20% , Last proportion was taken PG- 5% and FA- 25%. . The compressive, tensile and flexural strength are studied by casting and testing specimens for 7, 14 and 28 days. It is shown that a part of ordinary Portland cement can be replaced with PG and FA to develop a good and hardened concrete to achieve economy; above 10% replacement of phosphogypsum and 20% replacement of F in concrete lead to drastic reduction not only in the compressive strength but also in Flexural and split tensile strength of concrete. Key words: Phosphogypsum, Fly ash, Flexural Strength, Compressive Strength, Split Tensile Strength Reference [1] IS 10262:1982 Recommended gidelines for concrete mix design. IS 456:2000 Code of practise for plain & reinforced concrete. [2] IS12269 -1987, Indian Standard, Specification for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland cement. [3] IS: 383 - 1970, Specification for coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete, Second Revision, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi. 1970 [4] IS 12679:1989, Specification for By-product gypsum for use in plaster, blocks and boards, Suchita R Saikhede, S. R. Satone	37-40
9.	Accuracy Assessment for Multi-Channel ECG Waveforms Using Soft Computing Methodologies Accuracy Assessment for Multi-Channel ECG Waveforms Using Soft Computing Methodologies Abstract: ECG waveform rhythmic analysis is very important. In recent trends, analysis processes of ECG waveform applications are available in smart devices. Still, existing methods are not able to accomplish the complete accuracy assessment while classify the multi-channel ECG waveforms. In this paper, proposed analysis of accuracy assessment of the classification of multi-channel ECG waveforms using most popular Soft Computing algorithms. In this research, main focus is on the better rule generation to analyze the multi-channel ECG waveforms. Analysis is mainly done inSoft Computing methods like the Decision Trees with different pruning analysis, Logistic Model Trees with different regression process and Support Vector Machine with Particle Swarm Optimization (SVM-PSO). All these analysis methods are trained and tested with MIT-BIH 12 channel ECG waveforms. Before trained these methods, MSO-FIR filter should be used as data preprocessing for removal of noise from original multi-channel ECG waveforms. MSO technique is used for automatically finding out the cutoff frequency of multichannel ECG waveforms which is used in low-pass filtering process. The classification performance is discussed using mean squared error, member function, classification accuracy, complexity of design, and area under curve on MIT-BIH data. Additionally, this research work is extended for the samples of multi-channel ECG waveforms from the Scope diagnostic center, Hyderabad. Our study assets the best process using the Soft Computing methods for analysis of multi-channel ECG waveforms. Key words: Multi-swarm optimization, Decision Trees,Logistic Model Trees and SVM with Particle Swarm Optimization (SVM-PSO). Reference [1]. Jenkins,Peggy, "Nurse to Nurse ECG Interpretation" McGraw-Hill Professional, Published in 2009. [2]. Menta Srinivasulu, K. Chennakeshava Reddy "Novel Method To Find The Parameter For Noise Removal From Multi-Channel ECG Waveforms" IJRET, Volume: 03 Issue: 02, 2014 PP 395-401. [3]. GintautasGarsva, PauliusDanenas"Particle Swarm Optimization For Linear Support VectorMachines Based Classifier Selection" Nonlinear Analysis: Modelling and Control, 2014, Vol. 19, No. 1 PP 26–42. [4]. Bhumika Chandrakar1, O.P.Yadav2, V.K.Chandra, "ASurvey Of Noise Removal Techniques For ECG Signals"International Journal of Advanced Research inComputerand Communication Engineering Vol. 2,Issue 3, March 2013, pp, 1354-1357. [5]. Jukka A Lipponen, Mika P Tarvainen "AdvancedMaternal ECG Removal and Noise Reduction forApplication of Fetal QRS Detection" Computing inCardiology 2013 PP. 161-164. Menta Srinivasulu, Dr. K Chennakeshava Reddy	41-49
10.	Global System for Mobile Communication Based Smart Home Security System Global System for Mobile Communication Based Smart Home Security System Abstract: Home security system is needed for occupants' convenience and safety. In this paper, we present the design and implementation of an affordable, low power consumption, and GSM (Global System for Mobile Communication) based wireless home security system. In existing system, the home network is engaged with non-wireless technology, where the installation and maintenance is difficult. So the system cost is very high. In our proposed system, these difficulties are overcome by introducing a wireless home network which contains a GPRS Gateway and three kinds of security nodes namely door security node, anti intrusion node and SMS node to inform the user. The nodes are easy installing. All the three nodes are connected to the microcontroller. Key words: Affordable, GSM, Microcontroller, Security, SMS, Wireless. Reference [1] Miller, S.K.,"GSM Based Security integrated system based on wireless access protocol for industrial applications with SMS alert system" IEEE Trans. Consumer Electron., vol. 34, no. 4, pp. 1083-1120, Nov. 2001. [2] K. C. Lee, "Network-based fire-detection system via controller area network for smart home automation," IEEE Trans. Consumer Electron., vol. 50, no. 4, pp. 1093-1100, Nov. 2004. [3] Y. Zhao and Z. Ye, "A Low Cost GSM/GPRS Based Wireless Home Security System", IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics, vol. 54, no. 2, (2008). [4] Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (Prentice-Hall, November 11th 1999) [5] Douglas Brooks, Signal Integrity Issues and Printed Circuit Board Design (Prentice-Hall, July 4th 2003) Amrit Zoad, Nadeem Sheikh	50-55
11.	BIM-Based Cost Estimation/ Monitoring For Building Construction BIM-Based Cost Estimation/ Monitoring For Building Construction Abstract: Proper Cost Estimate, Monitor and Control (CEM&C) are vital for the success of construction projects. Starting from preliminary design to project closing, CEM&C progressively becomes more complex and challenging. Visualization can add another dimension to monitor and control where major deviations can be visually detected and analyzed. However, literature related to visualization in construction and integrating it with cost control is still in its early stages. Building Information Modeling (BIM) can have promising impact in that domain. In this paper, a comprehensive cost estimating and monitoring model is presented. The model is integrated with BIM to provide the user with the capability of visualizing actual cost expended in different building elements and compare it with that budgeted at different time intervals. It provides construction practitioners with vital data that help them in taking appropriate corrective actions in case of any deviation from the budget. An example application is presented to demonstrate the capability and applicability of the model. Key words: Cost monitoring and Control, Cost Variances, Cost Estimate, BIM, Visualization. Reference [1] AACE International (2011). "Supporting Skills and Knowledge of a Cost Engineer". Based Upon AACE® International Recommended Practice 11R-88, Required Skills and Knowledge of Cost Engineering. [2] Aaron, A. Larry (1997). "Part 1: In The Engineer's Cost handbook," edited by Richard E. Westney. New York: Marcel Decker, Inc. [3] Abudayyeh, O., Temel, B., and Al-Tabtabai,H. (2001). "An Internet-Based Cost Control System." Advances in Engineering Software, 32, 87-94. [4] Al-Jibouri, S. (2003). "Monitoring Systems and Their Effectiveness for Project Cost Control in Construction." International Journal of Project Management, 21, 145-154. [5] Al-Mashta, S. (2010). "Integrated Cost Budgeting and Cost Estimation Model for Building Projects." M.Sc Thesis, Concordia University, Canada. Emad Elbeltagi, Ossama Hosny, Mahmoud Dawood and Ahmed Elhakeem	56-66
12.	Design &Implementation of I2C Master Controller Interfaced With RAM Using VHDL Design &Implementation of I2C Master Controller Interfaced With RAM Using VHDL Abstract: In most of the applications, the physical systems require a real-time operation to interface high speed constraints. In most of the applications, the physical systems require a real-time operation to interface high speed constraints. The Inter Integrated Circuits (I2C) is a 2-wireed communication bus. Physically, it consists of 2 active wires: SDA (Serial Data), SCL (Serial Clock) and a ground connection. All I2C-bus compatible devices incorporate an on-chip interface which allows them to communicate directly with each other via the I2C-bus. This paper focuses on the software implementation for I2C Driver and its interfacing with RAM. Specifically, this paper describes in detail an I2C Master connected to I 2C Slave using an I2C bus. The I2C protocol was given by Philips Semiconductors for faster devices to communicate with slower devices and each other without data loss. The complete module is designed in VHDL and simulated in Xilinx ISE 14.5. Key words: SCL, SDA, I2C Bus, RAM Reference [1] The I2C -Bus specifications version 2.1 January,2000http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/buses/i2c. [2] UM10204 I2C -bus specification and user manual Rev. 03 — 19 June 2007 [3] I2C bus Inter Integrated Circuits bus by Philips Semiconductors. [4] Embedded Platform Excalibur Altera, http://www.altera.com. [5] PCF 8584, I2C bus controller datasheet,http://www.semiconductor.philips.com Sansar Chand Sankhyan	67-70
13.	Biological Activity of Essential Oil of Eucalyptus Camendulensis on Some Fungi and Bacteria Biological Activity of Essential Oil of Eucalyptus Camendulensis on Some Fungi and Bacteria Abstract: Eucalyptus camaldulensis is a tree of the genus Eucalyptus widely distributed in Algeria and in the world. The value of its aromatic secondary metabolites offers new perspectives in the pharmaceutical industry. This strategy can contribute to the sustainable development of our country. These Eucalyptus camendulensis: has been selected for screening antibacterial. Preliminary tests performed on the essential oil of Eucalyptus camendulensis showed that this oil has antibacterial activity vis-à-vis the bacterial strains (Enterococcus feacalis, Enterobacter cloaceai, Proteus microsilis, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and Pseudomonas aeruginosa) and antifungic (Fusarium sporotrichioide and Fusarium graminearum). The culture medium used was nutrient broth Muller Hinton. The interaction between the bacteria and the essential oil is expressed by a zone of inhibition with diameters of MIC indirectly expression of. And we used the PDA medium to determin the fungic activity. The extraction of the aromatic fraction (essentially oil- hydrolat) of the fresh aerian part of the Eucalyptus camendulensis was performed by hydrodistillation. The average essential oil yield is 0.99%. The antimicrobial and fungal study of the essential oil and hydrosol showed a high inhibitory effect on the growth of pathogens. Key words: Essential oil, Eucalyptus camendulensis, bacteria and Fungi. Reference [1] A. F. BARRÉRO, M.M. HERRADOR, P. ARTEAGA, J. QUITZ, M. AKSIRA, F. MELLOUKI AND S. AKKAD "CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF ESSENTIAL OILS OF LEAVES AND WOOD OF TETRACLINIS ARTICULATA" (VAHL) MASTERS; J. ESSENT. OIL RES., 2005, 17, PP. 166-167. [2] J .F. Clevenger, "Determination of volatile oil". J .Ann. Pharm. Assoc, 1928, 17(4), pp. 346-351. [3] B. Benjilali, A. Tantaoui-elarki and M. Ismaili-alaoui, " Méthode d'étude des propriétés antiseptiques des huiles essentielles par contact direct en milieu gélosé ". Plant. Méd. Phytothér. 1986, 20, pp. 155-167. [4] B. Satrani, H. Fougrach, B. Bourkhiss, D. Bousta, and M. Talbi,. " Composition chimique et activité antimicrobienne de l'huile essentielle de Cladanthus mixtus ". Bull. Soc. Pharm. Bordeaux, 2007, 146, pp. 85-96. [5] V.G. De Billerbeck, C. Roques, P. Vaniere and P. Marquier, "Activité antibactérienne et antifongique de produits à base d'huiles essentielles". HYGIENES - 2002 - Vol X – n°3, pp. 248-251. Mehani Mouna, Ladjel Segni	71-73
14.	Human Emotion Recognition From Speech Human Emotion Recognition From Speech Abstract: Speech Emotion Recognition is a recent research topic in the Human Computer Interaction (HCI) field. The need has risen for a more natural communication interface between humans and computer, as computers have become an integral part of our lives. A lot of work currently going on to improve the interaction between humans and computers. To achieve this goal, a computer would have to be able to distinguish its present situation and respond differently depending on that observation. Part of this process involves understanding a user‟s emotional state. To make the human computer interaction more natural, the objective is that computer should be able to recognize emotional states in the same as human does. The efficiency of emotion recognition system depends on type of features extracted and classifier used for detection of emotions. The proposed system aims at identification of basic emotional states such as anger, joy, neutral and sadness from human speech. While classifying different emotions, features like MFCC (Mel Frequency Cepstral Coefficient) and Energy is used. In this paper, Standard Emotional Database i.e. English Database is used which gives the satisfactory detection of emotions than recorded samples of emotions. This methodology describes and compares the performances of Learning Vector Quantization Neural Network (LVQ NN), Multiclass Support Vector Machine (SVM) and their combination for emotion recognition. Key words: Emotion recognition; Feature extraction; Mel-scale Frequency Cepstral Coefficients; Neural Network; Support Vector Machines; Reference [1] Prof. Sujata Pathak, Prof. Arun Kulkarni, "Recognizing Emotions from Speech", 3rd International conference, Vol.:6, pp.107-109, IEEE 2011. [2] Vaishali M. Chavan, V. V. Gohokar, "Speech Emotion Recognition by using SVM-Classifier", International Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology (IJEAT), Vol: 1, Issue: 5, pp.11-15, ISSN: 2249-8958, June 2012. [3] Dipti D. Joshi1, Prof. M. B. Zalte, "Speech Emotion Recognition: A Review" IOSR Journal of Electronics and Communication Engineering (IOSR-JECE), Volume 4, Issue 4 ,Pp 34-37, ISSN: 2278-2834, (Jan. - Feb. 2013) [4] Bhoomika Panda, Debananda Padhi, Kshamamayee Dash, Prof. Sanghamitra Mohanty, "Use of SVM Classifier & MFCC in Speech Emotion Recognition System", International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering, Vol.2, Issue 3, pp.226-230, ISSN:2277-128X, March 2012. [5] Sujata B. Wankhade, Pritish Tijare, Yashpalsing Chavhan, "Speech Emotion Recognition System Using SVM AND LIBSVM", International Journal of Computer Science And Applications Vol. 4, No. 2, pp.89-96, ISSN: 0974-1003, July 2011. Miss. Aparna P. Wanare, Prof. Shankar N. Dandare	74-78
15.	Performance Analysis of 802.lln MIMO OFDM Transceiver Performance Analysis of 802.lln MIMO OFDM Transceiver Abstract: The increasing demand on real time application to achieve high throughput, reliable wireless system and network capacity for fourth generation wireless local area networks is to combine MIMO wireless technology with OFDM. Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), which offers reliable high bit rate wireless system with reasonable low complexity. OFDM does provide large data rates with sufficient robustness to radio channel impairments. OFDM is a combination of modulation and multiplexing and are able to maximize spectral efficiency without causing adjacent channel interference. This paper first focuses on 802.11n standard, MIMO-OFDM system. This paper further reviews different work done on implementation of MIMO-OFDM transceiver for 802.11n standard. Index Terms: Multiple Input Multiple Output, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, Spatial Multiplexing, Space Time Block Code, Field Programmable Gate Array, Matlab Simulink, System Generator and Xilinx. Reference [1] Zoha Pajoudi, et. al., ―Hardware Implementation of a 802.11n MIMO OFDM Transceiver,"in IEEE Jour. 978-1-4244-2750-5. (2008), 414-419. [2] Xin Xu, "IEEE 802.11n MIMO Modeling and Channel Estimation Implementation" Tekniska Högskolan Linköpings Universitet, 2012. NO. 6, (2008),877-889. [3] Richard Van Nee, et. al., ―The 802.11n MIMO-OFDM Standard for Wireless LAN and Beyond", Wireless Personal Communications (2006) 37: 445–453. [4] Helmut Bölcskei, Eth Zurich, ―MIMO-OFDM Wireless Systems:Basics, Perspectives, And Challenges MIMO-OFDM Wireless Systems:Basics, Perspectives, And Challenges‖, IEEE Wireless Communications,( August 2006)), 31-37. [5] Perahia, E. , ―IEEE 802.11n Development: History, Process, and Technology‖, Communications Magazine, IEEE, pp. 48-55, July 2008 Allan Lopes, Zahir Aalam	79-83
16.	Design Optimization and Development in Air Pollution Control Device Design Optimization and Development in Air Pollution Control Device Abstract: Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) is the device used to remove the dust particles from the processed gases coming out of boilers in cement industries, and iron core industries. There are many governing factors that affect the efficiency from that one major reason is to fully filled hopper. When hopper fills 70 % of its full limit the precipitation process stopped of that particular hopper. For remedy dust removal efficiency is increased by hopper vibrator at the time of emptying bagasse ash from the hopper. The maximum displacement is getting by using different hopper wall thicknesses, stiffener spacing as well as different configuration vibrators. Due to minimum time to complete project there are many difficulties to test at every stage to improve the design and this results in increased project cost. For this situation there is one simple way to improve the design of equipment's through simulation in ANSYS and validation by actual physical measurements. This project presents FEA approach for modeling and analysis the hopper of electrostatic precipitator using Static, Modal and Harmonic analysis. Actual model testing is done for the validation of results. The results coming out from the FEA analysis and testing are discussed. Key words: Hopper, Hopper vibrator, Electrostatic Precipitator, Experimental testing, FEA, Harmonic analysis Reference [1] M. L. Hunt, R. C. Weathers, A. T. Lee, and C. E. Brennen, "Effects of horizontal vibration on hopper flows of granular materials" , PHYSICS OF FLUIDS, Volume 11(1), January 1999, pp no.68-75. [2] "Influence of vibrations on particle flow behavior", Otto-von-Guericke, Delft University of Technology DelftChem Tech Nano Structured Materials Julianalaan 136, 2628 BL Delft, the Netherlands Master final thesis CH3901 February 2008 – September 2008. [3] Carl R. wassgrenl, Melany L.unta, C hristopher E. rennen, "Effects of Vertical Vibration on Hopper Flows of Granular Material", Particulate Materials, pp no.335-348 [4] Zeljko V. Despotovic and Aleksandar I. Ribic, "The control of electromagnetic vibratory actuator for efficient flow of dust particulate from the collecting hoppers of electrostatic precipitators", Institute Mihajlo Pupin, University of Belgrade, Serbia. [5] G. Kache, D. Pötsch, A. Haack and J. Tomas, "Silo Discharge of An Ultrafine Cohesive Powder By Vibrating Hoppers". Rahul Ligade, Nitin Pagar, Pankaj More	84-88
17.	Experimental Study of Axially Loaded RC Short Columns Strengthened With Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer (BFRP) Sheets Experimental Study of Axially Loaded RC Short Columns Strengthened With Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer (BFRP) Sheets Abstract: This paper presents the results of experimental study related to the strengthening of R C short columns strengthened with BFRP wrap under axial loading. For strengthening of reinforced concrete columns, total fourteen columns were cast and tested up to failure of the columns under axial loading. The columns were bonded with BFRP sheets in single layer and double layers with various configurations. Out of the fourteen columns two columns were control columns and remaining columns were strengthened with BFRP. The experimental results show that the columns strengthened with BFRP show high load carrying capacity and ductility index. Key words: Basalt Fiber Reinforced Polymer, Short Columns, Strengthened Columns, Ultimate Load, Ductility Index. Reference [1] Gang W., Zhi-shen W., Zhi-tao L., Hong-changW., Xian-qi H. "The Outstanding Advantages of Applying Basalt Fiber Polymer (BFRP) in Structure Post-earthquake Strengthening and Rehabilitation". [2] Gang W., Yang W., Jianbiao J., Dongsheng G., Xianqi. (2010) "Comparative Study on Seismic Performance of Rectangular Concrete Columns Strengthened with BFRP and CFRP Composites". [3] Garcia D., Alonso P., Jose S. T., Garmendia L., Perlot C. (2010) "Confinement of medium strength concrete cylinders with basalt Textile Reinforced Mortar". 13th International Congress on Polymers in Concrete. [4] Jiang S., Dia T., Fu D., Wu Z., Li N. (2012) "Experimental Study on Concrete Columns Confined byBFRP-PVC Tubes Under Uniaxial Loading". Journal of Shenyang Jianzhu University (Natural Science) Vol. 28(1), pp. 23-29 [5] Ludovico M. D., Prota A., Manfredi G. (2010) "Structural Upgrade Using Basalt Fibersfor Concrete Confinement". Journal of Composites for Construction Vol. 14(5), pp. 541-552. Akshay P. Mote, H. S. Jadhav	89-92
18.	Interestingness Measures In Rule Mining: A Valuation Interestingness Measures In Rule Mining: A Valuation Abstract: In data mining it is normally desirable that discovered knowledge should possess characteristics such as accuracy, comprehensibility and interestingness. The vast majority of data mining algorithms generate patterns that are accurate and reliable but they might not be interesting. Interestingness measures are used to find the truly interesting rules which will help the user in decision making in exceptional state of affairs. A variety of interestingness measures for rule mining have been suggested by researchers in the field of data mining. In this paper we are going to carry out a valuation of these interestingness measures and classify them from numerous perspectives. Key words: Accuracy, Comprehensible, Data Mining, Interestingness Measures Reference [1] J. Han, M. Kamber, and J. Pei, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques Third Edition, 3rd ed. (Morgan Kaufmann 2011). [2] Fayyad, Usama M., et al. "Advances in knowledge discovery and data mining." (1996). [3] Geng, Liqiang, and Howard J. Hamilton, Interestingness measures for data mining: A survey, ACM Computing Surveys (CSUR) 38.3 (2006): 9. [4] Vashishtha, Jyoti, Dharminder Kumar, and Saroj Ratnoo, Revisiting Interestingness Measures for Knowledge Discovery in Databases, Advanced Computing & Communication Technologies (ACCT), 2012 Second International Conference on. IEEE, 2012. [5] Gopalan, Janaki, Reda Alhajj, and Ken Barker, Discovering Accurate and Interesting Classification Rules Using Genetic Algorithm, DMIN. 2006. Garima, Jyoti Vashishtha	93-100
19.	Soft Computing Technique Based Enhancement of Transmission System Lodability Incorporating Facts Soft Computing Technique Based Enhancement of Transmission System Lodability Incorporating Facts Abstract: Due to the growth of electricity demands and transactions in power markets, existing power networks need to be enhanced in order to increase their loadability. The problem of determining the best locations for network reinforcement can be formulated as a mixed discrete-continuous nonlinear optimization problem (MDCP). The complexity of the problem makes extensive simulations necessary and the computational requirement is high. This paper compares the effectiveness of Evolutionary Programming (EP) and an ordinal optimization (OO) technique is proposed in this paper to solve the MDCP involving two types of flexible ac transmission systems (FACTS) devices, namely static var compensator (SVC) and thyristor controlled series compensator (TCSC), for system loadability enhancement. In this approach, crude models are proposed to cope with the complexity of the problem and speed up the simulations with high alignment confidence. The test and Validation of the proposed algorithm are conducted on IEEE 14–bus system and 22-bus Indian system.Simulation results shows that the proposed models permit the use of OO-based approach for finding good enough solutions with less computational efforts. Index Terms: Flexible ac transmission systems (FACTS), network congestion, Ordinal Optimization, particle swarm optimization, tangent vector, transmission system loadability. Reference [1] M. Santiago-Luna and J. R. Cedeno-Maldonado, "Optimal placement of FACTS controllers in power systems via evolution strategies," in Proc. IEEE/PES Transmission and Distribution Conf. Expo.: Latin America (TDC'06) , Aug. 15–18, 2006, pp. 1–6. [2] R. Rajaramanet al., "Determination of location and amount of series compensation to increase power transfer capability," IEEE Trans Power Syst., vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 294–299, May 1998. [3] A. R. Messina, M. A. Per`ez, and E. Hernan`dez, "Coordinated application of FACTS devices to enhance steady-state voltage stability," Int. J. Elect. Power Energy Syst., vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 259–267, 2003. [4] A. C. Z. de Souza, L. M. Honório, G. L. Torres, and G. Lambert-Torres, "Increasing the loadability of power systems through optimal-localcontrol actions," IEEE Trans. Power Syst., vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 188–204, Feb. 2004. [5] G. Li, M. Zhou, and Y. Gao, "Determination of total transfer capability incorporating FACTS devices in power markets," in Proc. Int. Conf. Power Electronics and Drives Systems (PEDS), 2005, pp. 1327–1332. T. Vara Prasad, E. Sujatha	101-110
20.	Limit Strength Prediction of Light Gauge Steel I Section by Finite Element Method Limit Strength Prediction of Light Gauge Steel I Section by Finite Element Method Abstract: IS 800 in 2007, follows Limit State Design method for general construction for steel but provision for limit state design of light gauge cold form steel has not been made in it. IS 801-1975 provides the guild lines for use of cold formed light gauge steel structural members in general building construction which follows working stress design. This code is under revision. In this paper, in order to understand limit strength of light gauge cold form steel section in flexure a finite element analyses has been carried out on light gauge cold form built up I sections with different heights and thicknesses to asses limit load and modes of failure. Elastic and inelastic flexural strength and deformation behavior have been studied and finally a parametric study was undertaken to understand the influence of height, thickness on its structural behavior. It has been observed that light gauge cold form section with low H/t aspect ratio posses higher ratios of limiting load to elastic load. Key words: finite element analyses, flexure, H/t aspect ratio, Limit strength, light gauge. Reference [1] Cilmar Basaglia and Dinar Camotim," Buckling, Post buckling, Strength, and DSM Design of Cold-Formed Steel Continuous Lipped Channel Beams", Journal of structural engineering, ASCE Vol. 139, May 2013.Page No. 657-668. [2] Luis Laim, Joao Paulo C. Rodrigues and Luis Simoes da Silva," Experimental and numerical analysis on the structural behavior of cold-formed steel beams", Journal of thin walled structures, Elsevier,2013,Vol. 72, Page No. 1-13 [3] M. Macdonald, M.A. Heiyantuduwa and J. Rhodes," Recent developments in the design of cold-formed steel members and structures" Journal of thin walled structures, Elsevier,2008,Vol. 46, Page No. 1047-1053. [4] Mohammad Reza Haidarali and David A. Nethercot," Finite element modeling of cold-formed steel beams under local buckling or combined local/distortional buckling" Journal of thin walled structures, Elsevier,2011,Vol. 49, Page No. 1554-1562 [5] Mohammad Reza Haidarali and David A. Nethercot," Local and distortional buckling of cold-formed steel beams with both edge and intermediate stiffeners in their compression flanges" Journal of thin walled structures, Elsevier, 2012, Vol. 54, Page No. 106-112. P. P. Desai, M. R. Shiyekar	111-114
21.	Dynamic Communication of Wireless Sensor Network Dynamic Communication of Wireless Sensor Network Abstract: The aim of present this paper is to the describes the design of a wireless sensor network and RFID communication based on ZigBee technology. It is mainly used for dynamic communication with various nodes. For communication and connected coverage here used various algorithms which improves the efficiency of the system. Here temperature sensor are used for sensor nodes for observation and analysis of node communication with real time application. Verifying the dynamic communication between the nodes and overcome the collision problems between master and slaves. To demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method in terms of balancing energy consumption and maximization of network lifetime, it compare approach with the shortest path and RANDOM algorithm with nearest neighbor approach. Simulation results demonstrate that the network lifetime achieved by the proposed method could be increased by nearly Twenty five percent more than that obtained by the RANDOM and by nearly Twenty percent more than that obtained by the Local Connect Then Cover (LCTC) Index Terms: RFID, ZigBee, ARM 7, Temperature Sensor. Reference [1] Ahmed Jedda, Mazen Khair, Hussein T. Mouftah "Connected Coverage for RFID and Wireless Sensor Networks" Science Direct 2012 [2] Luo Wuming, Neer Han Pingyang , Zhao ruilin "Study on Design and Application of Wireless Sensor Network Based on Communication of Radio Frequency Identification System" IEEE 2009 [3] Tatsuya Shimokawa and Akihiro Fujiwara "Centralized algorithms for the connected target coverage in wireless sensor networks IEEE 2012 [4] Mohammad ali Jamali, Navid Bakhshivand "An Energy-Efficient Algorithm for Connected Target Coverage Problem in Wireless Sensor Networks" IEEE 2010 [5] Habib M. Ammari, and Sajal K. Das, "Centralized and Clustered k-Coverage Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, IEEE 2012 Ms. Vaishali M. Patil, Dr. S. S. Sonavane	115-119
22.	Performance Comparision of Coded and Un-Coded OFDM for Different Fic Code Performance Comparision of Coded and Un-Coded OFDM for Different Fic Code Abstract: Error correction and detection in digital communication is used to compensate the bit error rate introduced during transmission of data. In this paper the investigation has been made to the performance of some error detecting and correcting coding algorithm for OFDM system. Convolution code, RS code and linear block code based OFDM system has been implemented, studied and analyzed. Simulation is performed in MATLAB environment. Key words: Convolution code, Reed Solomon code, SNR, BER, AWGN ,QPSK Reference [1] Available at: http://science.opposingviews. com/advantages-wireless-communication-11 21.html [2] C. Efthymiou, G. Kalogridis, Z. Fan ," The new frontier of communications research: smart grid and smart metering", 1st International Conference on Energy-Efficient Computing and Networking, USA,2010. [3] C. M. Nicola, "Decoding of LDPC Codes Over Channels with Binary Additive Markov Noise," Queen's University Kingston, Ontario, Canada, 2005. [4] Wikipedia, Fading [Online] (Last modified on 22 Feb 2014). http://en.wikipedia.org/wi ki/Fading [5] Wikipedia. Fading Channels [online] (Last modified on February 2013) http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Communication_Systems/Fading_Channels. Saroj Singh, Sagar Singh Rathore	120-124
23.	Formation and Characterization of Mixed Crystals Based on Bis (Thiourea)Cadmium Chloride and Bis (Thiourea)Cadmium Iodide Formation and Characterization of Mixed Crystals Based on Bis (Thiourea)Cadmium Chloride and Bis (Thiourea)Cadmium Iodide Abstract: Bis(thiourea)cadmium chloride(BTCC) and bis(thiourea)cadmium iodide (BTCI) are metal complexes of thiourea having better nonlinear optical properties than KH2PO4. An attempt has been made in the present study to form mixed crystals based on BTCC and BTCI (even though their crystal lattices mismatch) from aqueous solutions, the precursors mixed in proper proportions. A total of seven (including the end members) crystals were formed by the free evaporation method and characterized chemically, structurally, thermally, optically and electrically. The X-ray diffraction measurements indicate that (BTCC)X(BTCI)1-X crystals with x=1.0,0.8 and 0.6 are orthorhombic in structure with space group Pmn21 and that with x=0.5, 0.4, 0.2 and 0.0 are monoclinic in structure with space group P21/c. All the grown crystals are found to be thermally stable up to 215 °C and possessing wide optical transmission window (300-900 nm) which is suitable for NLO applications. The electrical measurements indicate that the grown crystals exhibit a normal dielectric behavior. The results obtained in the present study indicate that mixed crystals can be formed from the isomorphous precursors directly even though the end member's crystals have lattice mismatching. Key words: Optical materials, Crystal growth, Electrical transport, Optical properties, Nonlinear optics, X-ray diffraction Reference [1] C.K. Lakshman aperumal, A. Arulchakkaravarthi, N.P. Rajesh, P. Santhanaraghavan, Y. C. Huang, M. Ichimura, P. Ramasmamy, Synthesis, Crystal growth and FTIR, NMR, SHG studies of 4- MethoxyBenzaldihyde-Nmethyl-4-Stilbazolium Tosylate(MBST), J. Cryst. Growth. 240(2002) 212-217. [2] M. Lydia Caroline, S. Vasudevan, Growth and characterization of bis(thiourea)cadmium iodide: A Semiorganic single crystal, Mater. Chem. Phys. 113(2009)670-674. [3] V. Venkataramanan, C.K. Subramanian and H.L. Bhat, Laser induced damage in zinctris(thiourea) sulfate and bis(thiourea)cadmium chloride, J. Appl. Phys. 77(1995) 6049-6051. [4] V. Venkattaramanan, H.L. Bhat, M.R. Sreenivasan, P. Ayub and M.S. Multani, Vibrational Spectroscopic Study of the Semiorganic Nonlinear Optical Bis(thiourea)cadmium chloride, J. Raman Specrosc. 28(1997) 779-784. [5] V. Venkataramanan, S. Maheswaran, J.N. Sherwood, H.L. Bhat , Crystal growth and physical characterization of the semiorganic bis(thiourea)cadmium chloride, J.Cryst.Growth 179(1997) 605-610. I.S. Prameela Kumari and C.K. Mahadevan	125-144
24.	Investigation on the Growth and Physio-Chemical Properties of L-Alanine Mixed BTCBC Single Crystals Investigation on the Growth and Physio-Chemical Properties of L-Alanine Mixed BTCBC Single Crystals Abstract: Pure and L-alanine an aminoacid mixed bisthiourea cadmium bromide chloride single crystals were grown by slow evaporation technique. A drastic change in morphology was inferred with the concentration of L-alanine. Mixed crystals have better optical transparency as well as NLO efficiency than the pure BTCBC which were imperative for nonlinear applications. Also L-alanine mixing increases the hardness. The AC conductivity of the grown crystals increases with increasing concentration of L-alanine. Reference [1] Franken P.A., Hill A., Peters C.W. and Weinrich G. (1961), Phys. Rev. Lett., Vol. 7, pp. 118. [2] Newmann , L. F. Warren, P. Cunningham, T. Y. Chang, Materials Research Society Symposium Proceedings (1990) 557. [3] G. Xing, M. Jiang, Z. Shao and D. Xu, Chin. (1987) J. Lasers 14, 302 [4] M. Quassaid, P. Becker, C. Carabatos Nedelec, (1998) Phys. Stat. Sol. 207(b) ,499. [5] H.O.Marcy, L.F.Warren, M.S.Hebb, C.A.Ebbers, S.P.Visko, C.G.Kennedy, (1992) J. Appl.Opt. 31 , 5051. P. Sivakala, N. Joseph John and S. Perumal	145-151
25.	Efficient and Secure Single Sign on Mechanism for Distributed Network Efficient and Secure Single Sign on Mechanism for Distributed Network Abstract: Distributed network act as core part to access the various services which are available in the network. But the security related to distributed network is main concern. In this paper single sign-on SSO mechanism is introduced which gives access to all services by allowing to sign on only once by users. In this mechanism once user logs in to the Trusted Authority Center TAC then application or services which are register to trusted center will automatically verifies the user's credentials details and these credentials like password or digital signature will be only one for all applications or services. Unlike all other previous mechanisms where in, if user wants to have access multiple services then for every service distinct user credentials (username, password) must be required. SSO act as single authentication window to user for admittance multiple service providers in networks. Previously introduced technique based SSO technology proved to be secure over well-designed SSO system, but fails to provide security during communication. So here emphasis is given on authentication as open problem and on to refining the already proposed SSO process. And to do this along with RSA algorithm which was used in previous SSO process, we will be using MAC algorithm, which is intended to provide secured pathway for communication over distributed network.TAC i.e. Trusted Authority Center is used for sending token integrated with private and shared public key to user. Key words: Authentication, Attacks, Distributed network services, Single Sign on mechanism, SSO Reference [1] Guilin Wang, Jiangshan Yu, and Qi Xie "Security Analysis of a Single Sign On Mechanism for Distributed Computer Networks", IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL INFORMATICS, VOL 9 NO 1 FEBRUARY 2013 [2] A. C. Weaver and M. W. Condtry, "Distributing internet services to the network edge" IEEE Transaction Ind. Electron, volume 50 no. 3pp. 402 to 413, June 2003. [3] L. Barolli and F. Xhafa, "JXTA-OVERLAY A P2P platform for distributed, collaborative and ubiquitous computing system" IEEE Transaction Ind. Electron. Volume 58 no. 6 pp. 2160 to 2174 October 2010. [4] L. Lamport, "Password authentication with insecure communication" Communication ACM volume 24 no 11 pp 770 to 774, November 1981. [5] W. B. Lee and C. C. Chang, "User identification and key distribution maintaining anonymity for distributed computer networks" Computation System Science Engineering volume 15 no. 4, pp. 113 to 116, February 2000. Madhavi A. Indalkar, Prof. Ram Joshi	152-156
26.	Error Rate Analysis of MIMO System Using V Blast Detection Technique in Fading Diversity Environment Error Rate Analysis of MIMO System Using V Blast Detection Technique in Fading Diversity Environment Abstract: Wireless communication system with multi- antenna arrays has been a field of intensive analysis on the last years. The appliance of multiple sending antennas and Receiving Antennas either side will considerably enhance the data rate and rate. The review of the performance limitations of MIMO system becomes vital since it will provide lot ideas in understanding and planning the important life MIMO systems. Vertical Bell Laboratories layered space Time (V-BLAST). The thought behind Multiple Input and Multiple Output system is that the signals on the transmitter antennas at one finish and also the receiver antennas at the opposite finish are correlative in such how that the performance (Bit Error Rate or BER) or the info rate (bits/sec) of the wireless communication system for every MIMO subscriber are improved. During this paper we tend to are proposing a technique that evaluates the performance of V-BLAST MIMO system in several thought of Rayleigh attenuation surroundings to urge higher performance of the system. In V- BLAST MIMO system a number of linear detection techniques will be used for interference cancellation. At this point we are using MMSE-IC for the same. Our expected system provide higher error rate performance with the used of matched filter at receiver aspect .The projected system compared within the presence of AWGN. Now matched filter applied on V- BLAST MIMO with MMSE-IC system in fading diversity surroundings. Key words: Bit Error Rate, Fading Diversity, Matched Filter, Multiple Input Multiple Outputs, MMSE-IC, V-BLAST, Symbol Error Rate, and Signal to Noise Ratio. Reference [1] I.E. Telatar, .Capacity of multi-antenna Gaussian channels, European Transactions on Telecommunications, vol. 10, no.6, pp.585-595, November/December 1999. [2] A. Paulraj and R.J. Heath, .Characterization of MIMO Channels for Spatial Multiplexing Systems. IEEE International Conference on Communications, vol.2, no.11-14, pp-591-595, June 2001. [3] G. J. Foschini and M. J. Gans, "On limits of wireless communications in fading environments when using multiple antennas," Wireless Pers. Commun. vol. 6, pp. 311–335, 1998. [4] J. H. Winters, "On the capacity of radio communications systems with diversity in Rayleigh fading environments," IEEE J. Select. Areas Commun. Vol. JSAC-5, pp. 871–878, June 1987. [5] Branka Vucetic, Jinhong Yuan, "Space-Time Coding", John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2003. Sudhanshu Kumar Chourasia, Prof. Rashmi Pandey	157-162
27.	Image Denoising Using Wavelet Transform Image Denoising Using Wavelet Transform Abstract: In this project, we have studied the importance of wavelet theory in image denoising over other traditional methods. We studied the importance of thresholding in wavelet theory and the two basic thresholding method i.e. hard and soft thresholding experimentally. We also studied why soft thresholding is preferred over hard thresholding, three types of soft thresholding (Bayes shrink, Sure shrink, Visu shrink) as well as advantages and disadvantage of each of them. Reference [1] Martin Vetterli S Grace Chang, Bin Yu. Adaptive wavelet thresholding for image denoising and compression. IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 9(9):1532–1546, Sep 2000. [2] Asem Khmag, Abd Rahman Ramli, Syed Abdul Rahman Al-Haddad, Shaiful Jahari Hashim "A Detailed Study on Image Denoising Algorithms by Using the Discrete Wavelet Transformation" IJCST Vol. 5, SPL - 1, Jan - March 2014 [3] Rajesh Kumar Rai, Trimbak R. Sontakke " Implementation of Image Denoising using Thresholding Techniques "International Journal of Computer Technology and Electronics Engineering (IJCTEE) Volume 1 , Issue 2 [4] David L Donoho. Ideal spatial adaptation by wavelet shrinkage. Biometrika, [5] Iain M.Johnstone David L Donoho. Adapting to smoothness via wavelet shrinkage. Journal of the Statistical Association, 90(432):1200–1224, Dec 1995. Mohit Satish, Mujumdar, Sagar More, Sagar Kulkarni	163-166
28.	Evaluation of Antioxidant Phytochemicals in Different Genotypes of Potato Evaluation of Antioxidant Phytochemicals in Different Genotypes of Potato Abstract: Potato (Solanum tuberosum L.) is considered a natural source of phytochemicals that help lower the risk of chronic diseases. Thus, ascorbic acid, total phenolic content and antioxidant activities of Indian potato genotypes were studied. 'Kufri Pukhraj' was the best genotype in terms of nutritional components, since it contained the highest amount of ascorbic acid (19.42 mg/100g), and total phenolic content (68.20 mg GAE/100g). Also 'Kufri Pukhraj' had the highest DPPH radical scavenging activity of 67.30%. On the other hand, genotype 'Kufri Chipsona-1', most commonly used cultivar for processing, displayed the lowest content of total phenolics (31.30 mg GAE/100g) and total antioxidant activity (28.80%). Correlation analysis between total phenolic content and antioxidant activity (r=0.8502) showed a high degree of correlation indicating that these bioactive components contributes to the total antioxidant activity in potato genotypes. Key words: Antioxidants, ascorbic acid, potato, phenols, phytochemicals Reference [1] C Tamuly, B. Saibia, M. Hazarika, J. Bora, M.J. Bordoli and O.P. Sahu, Correlation between phenolic, flavonoid, and mineral contents with antioxidant activity of underutilized vegetables, International Journal of Vegetable Sciences, 19(1), 2013, 34-44. [2] N Babbar, H. S. Oberoi, D.S. Uppal and R.T. Patil, Total phenolic content and antioxidant capacity of extracts obtained from six important fruit residues, Food Research International, 44, 2011, 391-396. [3] S. Kaur, K.S. Sandhu and P. Aggarwal, Chlorpropham affects processing quality of potato during storage, International Journal of Vegetable Science, 18, 328-345. [4] R Ezekiel, N. Singh, S. Sharma and A. Kaur, Beneficial phytochemicals in potato – a review, Food Research International, 50, 2013, 487-496. [5] J Lachman and K. Hamouz, Red and purple colored potatoes as a significant antioxidant source in human nutrition – a review, Plant Soil Environment, 51(11), 2005, 477-482. Sukhpreet Kaur and Poonam Aggarwal	167-172
29.	Different Image Segmentation Techniques for Dental Image Extraction Different Image Segmentation Techniques for Dental Image Extraction Abstract: Image segmentation is the process of partitioning a digital image into multiple segments and often used to locate objects and boundaries (lines, curves etc.). In this paper, we have proposed image segmentation techniques: Region based, Texture based, Edge based. These techniques have been implemented on dental radiographs and gained good results compare to conventional technique known as Thresholding based technique. The quantitative results show the superiority of the image segmentation technique over three proposed techniques and conventional technique. Key words: Thresholding based technique, region based, texture based, edge based techniques. Reference [1] Dental Biometrics: Computer Aided Human Identification System Using the Dental Panoramic Radiograph> [2] Anil K. Jain and Hong Chen "Matching of Dental X-ray images for Human Identification". Pattern Recognition - The Journal of the pattern recognition society, 37:1519 – 1532.> [3] M.Mahoor and M.Abdel,"Classification and Numbering of Teeth in Dental Bitewing Images", Pattern Recognition, vol.38,pp.577-586.> [4] O. Nomir and M. Abdel- Mottaleb, "Human Identification from Dental X-Ray Images Based on the Shape and Appearance of the Teeth", IEEE Transactions on Information Forensics and Security, vol. 2, Issue 2, pp. 188 – 197.> [5] W. Burgern and M. J. Burger. Principles of Digital Image Processing Funda-mental Techniques, Springer, (2009). R. Bala Subramanyam, K. Purushotham Prasad, Dr. B. Anuradha	173-177
30.	Review on Handling Characteristics of Road Vehicles Review on Handling Characteristics of Road Vehicles Abstract: Handling characteristics of vehicles are closely related to driving safety. Handling characteristics of road vehicles refer to its response to steering commands and to environmental inputs, such as wind gust and road disturbances that affect its direction of motion. Many traffic accidents are caused by undesired and unexpected handling behavior of vehicle. Hence it is necessary to understand the handling characteristics of vehicle. In this paper detail study is carried out related to handling characteristics of vehicles. Key words: Steady State Characteristics, Understeer Gradient, Constant Radius Test, Constant Speed Test, Transient response characteristics. Reference [1] Thomas D. Gillespie, "Fundamentals of vehicle dynamics", Society of Automotive Engineers, ISBN-13: 978-1560911999, 195-235, pp: 1-20, [2] J. Y. Wong, "Theory of ground vehicles", John Wiley & Sons Inc, ISBN 0-471-35461-9, Singapore, 2001, pp: 335-369. [3] Yan Chunli and Yu Jianguo, "Transient and steady-state handling characteristics of forest fire patrolling vehicle based on ADAMS", 2010 Second International Conference on Multimedia and Information Technology, pp: 210-212. [4] Robert L. Nisonger and Paul S. Fancher, "Transient Directional Response Test Procedures for Automobiles", Highway Safety Research Institute MVMA Project 1149, July 1981, pp: 1-90. [5] ISO 4138:2012(E) Passenger cars – Steady – state circular driving behavior- Open-loop test methods. D. A. Panke, N. H. Ambhore, R. N. Marathe	178-182
31.	Effect of Milling Time on Al-Fe-Cr-20 Wt. % Al2O3composite Prepared Through Ball Milling Effect of Milling Time on Al-Fe-Cr-20 Wt. % Al2O3composite Prepared Through Ball Milling Abstract: One of the main challenges towards achieving a homogeneous distribution of the ceramic phase in the metal matrix composites is agglomeration of the reinforcement particles. Mechanical alloying is among the most important processing techniques used for manufacturing of metal matrix composites (MMCs).An attempt was made to synthesize Al-Fe-Cr-Al2O3composites synthesized through mechanical alloying. Al2O3 is used as reinforcement. Ethanol (5 wt. %) has been used as a process control agent (PCA). Mechanical alloying is carried out in a conventional ball mill using stainless steel grinding media at 115 rpm in the argon environment for 5h, 10h and 15h. The ball to powder weight ratio was maintained at 20:1. The characterization of the ball milled powder was followed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Showed the formation of a homogeneous phase for all compositions after milling for 15 h. XRD patterns were recorded for the milled powders, and analyzed using Williamson–Hall method and Scherrer's equation to determine the lattice strain and grain size.EDX is performed to check the contamination of composites during the mechanical alloying.XRD is used to study structural evolution of synthesized aluminium composite. Effect of milling time is investigated on synthesized Al-Fe-Cr-20 wt. % Al2O3 composites. Key words: metal matrix composites, agglomeration, mechanical alloying, reinforcement, PCA. Reference [1] S. C. Tjong, Z. Y. Ma, and Y. L. Li, The performance of aluminium-matrix composites with nanometric particulate Si–N–C reinforcement, Composites Science and Technology, 59, 1999, 263–270. [2] A. Rabiei, L. Vendra, and T. Kishi, Fracture behavior of particle reinforced metal matrix composites, Applied Science and Manufacturing, 39, 2008, 294-300. [3] M. Rahimian, N. Ehsani, N. Parvin, and H. R. Baharvandi, The effect of particle size, sintering temperature and sintering time on the properties of Al-Al2O3 composites, Journal of material Processing Technology, 209, 2009, 5387-5393. [4] G. B. V. Kumar, C. S. P. Rao, N. Selvaraj, and M. S. Bhagyashekar, Studies on Al6061-SiC and Al7075-Al2O3 Metal Matrix Composites, Journal of Minerals and Materials Characterization & Engineering, 9, 2010, 43-55. [5] L. A. Dobrzaski, M. Kremzer, and M. Drak, Modern composite materials manufactured by pressure infiltration method, Journal of Achievements in Materials and Manufacturing Engineering, 30, 2008, 121-128. Hameedur Rehman Khan, M. Arif Siddiqui	183-188
32.	Quantitative Modeling Of Formation Damage On The Reservoir During Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery Quantitative Modeling Of Formation Damage On The Reservoir During Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery Abstract: Microbial enhanced oil recovery is an inexpensive, environmentally friendly method of oil recovery, utilizing the potentials of certain microbes to significantly influence oil productionwith wide range of oil recovery mechanisms including oil mobilization, reservoir re-pressurization, permeability alteration, mobility control and a range of other exploitable recovery techniques. This study presents an investigation on the degree of damage to the reservoir as a result of microbial injection. Results from this analysis shows that for a continuous microbial injection process, the pore area of the formation reduces equivalently due to microbial plugging and or as a result of biomass accumulation in the reservoir. The prevailing effects of formation damage (skin) due to these microbes are also presented. Residual fluid flow rates and corresponding velocities were found to reduce in magnitude with deducing pore area after several days of injection. Key words: Damage, MEOR,Microbes, Modeling Pore Area. Reference [1] T.G. Adrian. (1981) "Fundamentals of microbial enhanced hydrocarbon recovery".In Proceedings of the SPE 59th Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition [Paper SPE 12947], pages 1--18. Society of Petroleum Engineers, [2] L.R. Brown, A.A. Vadie, J. O. Stephens (2002): "Sharing production declare and extending the economic life of an Oil: new MEOR technology" (Paper SPE/DOE 75355). In procedure of the 2002 SPE/DOE improved oil recovery conference Tulson, OK, Society of petroleum Engineers, pp. 1-13. [3] Bryant, S.L. and T.P. Lockhart, (2002): "Reservoirs engineering analysis of microbial enhanced oil recovery". SPE reservoirs evaluation and Engineering. 5(5):p.365-374. [4] M.R Islam and A. Gianetto, "Mathematical Modeling and scale up microbial enhanced oil.Recovery".Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology, 1995. 32(4): p.30-36. [5] Lazar et al, I., I.G. Petrisor, and T.E. Yen, (2007) "Microbial enhanced oil recovery (MEOR)". Petroleum science and technology, (11-12):p. 1353-1366. Nmegbu, Chukwuma Godwin Jacob	189-194
33.	Integrated Petrophysical Parameters and Petrographic Analysis Characterizing Khartam Reservoirs of the Permo-Triassic Khuff Formation, Saudi Arabia Integrated Petrophysical Parameters and Petrographic Analysis Characterizing Khartam Reservoirs of the Permo-Triassic Khuff Formation, Saudi Arabia Abstract: Measured porosity and permeability were integrated with thin section petrography and pertophysical attributes derived from mercury intrusion to form an essential outline for Khartam reservoirs of the Permo-Triassic Khuff Formation. Porosity-permeability distribution of thirty two outcrop core samples delineates an existence of five demonstrative pertophysical facies. Thin section petrography reveals dissolution as principal diagenetic feature controlling fluid flow in Khartam reservoirs. Based on dissolution and poro – perm distribution it was found that, better khartam reservoirs quality confined to dolostone facies type (QK1) and tidat flat oolite grainstone facies (QK27) with higher degree of dissolution owing to cement removal. Further supports to dissolution statement come from physical attributes acquired from mercury intrusion including pore size distribution tail and total cumulative intrusion volume. Correspondingly facies with higher pore size distribution tail and higher total cumulative intrusion volume restricted to dolostone facies type (QK1) and oolite grainstone facies type (QK27). Key words: Khartam reservoirs, Khuff Formation, dissolution, cumulative intrusion volume, pore size distribution tail Reference [1] R Powers, L Ramirez, C. Redmon and E. Elberg, Geology of the Arabian Peninsula, sedimentary geology of Saudi Arabia. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper, 560-D, 1966, 147 p. [2] A Al-Laboun, Lexicon of the Paleozoic and Lower Mesozoic of Saudi Arabia ( Part-1 : Lithostratigraphic Units, Nomenclature Review ), Al-Hudhud Publishers, Box 63280 Riyadh 11516, 1993. [3] M. Steineke, and R. Bramkamp , In, W. Arkell (Ed.), Stratigraphical introduction. Jurassic Ammonites from Jebel Tuwaiq, Central Arabia, Royal Society of London Philosophical Transactions, ser. B, v. 236, 1952b, 241-313. [4] H Thralls, and R. Hasson, Geology and oil resources of eastern Saudi Arabia. 20th International Geology Congress, Mexico and Symposium sobre Yacimentos de Petrpleum and Gas, 2, 1956, 9-32. [5] M. Steineke, R. Bramkamp and N. Sander, Stratigraphic relations of Arabian Jurassic oil. In, L.G. Weeks (Ed.), Habitat of Oil. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Symposium, 1958 ,1294-1329. K Al-Khidir, M Benzagouta, A Al-Qurishi, A Al-Laboun	195-203
Version 5
1.	Unmanned Airplane Autopilot Tuning Unmanned Airplane Autopilot Tuning Abstract: This article considers different approaches for autopilot controller gain values adjustment. The correct autopilot performance is tested using modeling methods. A variant of land-based autopilot is considered. Examined are scenarios of UAV airplanes in level flight. The latter are applicable to tasks such as remote sensing, controlled area surveillance, etc. Key words: flight control, autopilot, safety. Reference [1] Mihalev I.A., B.N. Okoemov, I.G. Pavlina, M.S. Chikulaev, N.M. Eidinov. Automatic airplane control systems – methods for analysis and synthesis, "Mashinostroenie" publ., Moscow 1971 Petar Getsov, Dimitar Yordanov, Svetoslav Zabunov	01-07
2.	Development of Wearable Antennas with Different Cotton Textiles Development of Wearable Antennas with Different Cotton Textiles Abstract: Recent advancement in medical applications is wearable antenna. As this is a wearable type it should have low weight, low profile and low cost. In this paper we have designed Microstrip rectangular patch antenna used for this application. Cotton Textiles with different dielectric values are used as substrates for this antenna. The antenna is fed with co-axial feed. Here we have examined the radiation characteristics, return loss and gain which are the critical parameters of wearable antenna for monitoring and diagnosing patient's condition. These are performed by using ANSOFT HFSS. Key words: wearable antenna, cotton textile, dielectric value, Return loss, gain. Reference [1] C.A.Balanis, "Antenna Theory, Analysis and Design,"Johnwiely&sons, New York, 1997. [2] Randy Bancroft,"Microstrip and Printed Antenna Design", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006. [3] S. Sankaralingam and B. Gupta,"Development of Textile Antennas For Body Wearable Applications And Investigation On Their Performance Under Bent Conditions", Progress In Electromagnetics Research B, Vol. 22, 53-71, 2010. [4] S. Daya Murali,"Triple Band Microstrip Rectangular Patch Antenna Mounted On Silk Substrate For Wearable Applications", IJSR, Vol. 3, Issue. 6, Page-8. [5] Marian Wnuk, Marek Bugaj, "Wearable Antenna Constructed in MicrostripTechnology", Progress In Electromagnetics Research Symposium Proceeddings, KL, Malaysia, March 27-30, 2012,67. S. Daya Murali, B. Narada Maha Muni, Y. Dilip Varma, S.V.S.K. Chaitanya	08-14
3.	Improvement of Voltage Quality of Micro Turbine Generator With Matrix Converter & Venturini Technique's Improvement of Voltage Quality of Micro Turbine Generator With Matrix Converter & Venturini Technique's Abstract: In recent years, application of Distributed Generation (DG) sources has increased significantly. Micro turbine-Generator (MTG) is well suitable for different distributed generation applications, because it can be connected in parallel to serve larger loads, can provide reliable power and has low-emission. The main characteristics of MTG can be summarized in low maintenance, capacity of operation with liquid and gas fuels (including natural gas) and small area required for installation [1]. MTGs have the rated power from 30 to 250 kW, generating electricity in ac, and they can be installed in isolated conditions or synchronized with the electrical utility.MTGs are available as single-shaft or split-shaft units. Single-shaft unit is a high-speed synchronous machine with the compressor and turbine mounted on the same shaft. While, the split-shaft design uses a power turbine rotating at 3000 rpm and a conventional generator connected via a synchronous generator-PMSG), frequency converters (interface converters), and protection and control systems (Fig. 1)[1] . The interface converter is used to convert PMSG output voltage frequency (high frequency) to power system (50/60 Hz) frequency. Key words: Micro- turbine Genrator (MTG), Distributed generators, Matrix Converter (MC), Harmonics (H), Reference [1] A. K. Saha, S. Chowdhury, S. P. Chowdhury, and P. A. Crossley, "Modeling and performance analysis of a microturbine as a distributed energy resource", IEEE Trans. Energy Conv., vol. 24, no. 2, pp. 529-538, Jun. 2009. [2] T. Yu, J. Tong, and K. W. Chan, "Study on microturbine as a back-up power supply for power grid black-start", IEEE Int. Conf. 2009. [3] R. Noroozian, M. Abedi, G. B. Gharehpetian, and S. H. Hosseini, "Modelling and simulation of microturbine generation system for on-grid and off-grid operation modes", Int.l Conf. on Renewable Energies and Power Quality (ICREPQ'09), Apr. 2009. [4] A.P. W. Wheeler, J. Rodriguez, J. C. Clare, L.Empringham, and Weinstein, "Matrix Converters: A Technology Review", IEEE Trans. Ind. Elec., vol. 49, no. 2, pp. 276-288, Apr. 2002. [5] G.P. W. Wheeler, J. C. Clare, L. Empringham, M. Bland, and K.G. Kerris, "A vector-controlled MCT matrix converter induction motor drive with minimized commutation time and enhanced waveform quality", IEEE Ind. Appl. Mag., pp. 59-65, Jan./Feb. 2004. C.Himabindu, B.Indiravathi, T.Ranga	15-23
4.	Big Data and Data Analytics: An Action Platform for the Science of Prediction Big Data and Data Analytics: An Action Platform for the Science of Prediction Abstract: Analytics is the detection and communication of meaningful motive in data. Analytics plays a key role in areas rich with recorded information. The role of data is escalating tenaciously in the present day. Analysis of the data is the process of inspecting, removing the obsolete information and transforming the data into useful information. Data analytics approach is pragmatic in nature. Data Analytics uses multiple approaches and techniques, like use of mathematical approach and data analytics is used in multiple domains namely business, technology, automobile and many more. This paper focuses on how data plays a key role in the field of analytics. It deals with the implementation of data analytics in different domains. Data analytics:An action platform for the science of prediction. Key words: Analytics,Data Analytics,Prediction Reference [1] Mechanical Mathematical Models Describing the Dynamic Behaviour of Vehicle with ARM Suspension, Kunchev L ., M. Eng. Pavlov N., Technical University – Sofia, Bulgaria [2] Understanding Parameters Influencing Tire Modeling, Nicholas D. Smith Colorado State University, 2004 Formula SAE Platform [3] Numerical Prediction of the Dynamic Behaviour of Rolling Tyres, C. González Díaz, S. Vercammen, J. Middelberg, P. Kindt, C. Thiry, J. Leyssens Goodyear Innovation Center, Tire Vehicle Mechanics Department [4] Race Car Vehicle Dynamics(William F Milliken and Douglas L. Milliken) [5] Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics(Thomas D. Gillespie) Sahith Rampelli, Sunil Kumar Vadlamani, Surya Phani Krishna Nukala	24-27
5.	Prototypic Gps-Gsm Integration for Enhancing Public Transportation and Management Services. Prototypic Gps-Gsm Integration for Enhancing Public Transportation and Management Services. Abstract: This paper proposes and implements a solution for enhancing public transportation management services based on GPS and GSM. Travel time information is a vital component of many intelligent transportation systems (ITS) applications. In recent years, the number of vehicles in India has increased tremendously, leading to severe traffic congestion and pollution in urban areas, particularly during peak periods. A desirable strategy to deal with such issues is to shift more people from personal vehicles to public transport by providing better service (comfort, convenience and so on). In this proposed system we introduced advanced public transportation systems (APTS) for public service. Advanced public transportation systems (APTS) are one of the most important ITS applications, which can significantly improve the traffic situation in India. One such application will be to provide accurate information about bus arrivals to passengers, leading to reduced waiting times at bus stops. This needs a real-time data collection technique, a quick and reliable prediction technique to calculate the expected travel time based on real-time data and informing the passengers regarding the same. The scope of this proposed system is to use global positioning system data collected from public transportation buses on urban roadways in the city of Chennai, India, to predict travel times. The performance of the proposed system is found to be promising and expected to be valuable in the development of advanced public transportation systems (APTS) in India. The work presented here is one of the first attempts at real-time short-term prediction of travel time for ITS applications in Indian traffic conditions. Key words: GPS, GSM, Public transportation management services, Bus Station Module, In-BUS Module, BASE Station Module, BUS Stop Module, Rush statistical analysis Reference [1] P&D Department Punjab and Dainichi Consultants Inc., "Urban transport policy study for five cities of Punjab Provinc," Nov 2008. Muhammad Imran and Nicholas Low, "Time to change old paradigm. [2] Promoting sustainable urban transport in Lahore Pakistan," International Journal of World Transport Policy and Parctice, vol. 9, pp. 32-39, Nov 2003. [3] Muhammad Imran and Nicholas Low, "Impact of global institutions on urban transport in Pakistan cities," Proc. 39th ISoCaRP Congress, 2003. [4] Available[online]:www.garmin.com/products/gps35 www.dds.nl/fotosnokia/n12i_data sheet_a4_v2.pdf [5] M. A. Mazidi, J. C. Mazidi, R. D. Mckinaly, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson Education, 2006. Ganguri Rakesh	28-33
6.	Analysis and Optimization of an Electro-Thermally and Laterally Driven Poly-Silicon Micro-Actuator Analysis and Optimization of an Electro-Thermally and Laterally Driven Poly-Silicon Micro-Actuator Abstract: A Large displacement at low voltage is generally provided by electro-thermal mechanisms. A 3-D MEMS electro-thermal micro-actuator has been designed and simulated using COMSOL Multiphysics 4.3 which is geometrically optimized to explore the effect of dimensional variation on its performance. Metallic electro-thermal actuators provide large displacements at low voltages but at the same time, the maximum temperature in the device rises very sharply due to their highly conductive nature. To overcome this problem, a semi-conductor material; poly-silicon which is compatible with IC technology is used. For further improvements in terms of displacement and temperature, the geometry of the actuator is optimized. Key words: MEMS, Electro-thermal Actuator, Joule Heat, Thermal Expansion Reference [1] V.S. Selvakumar, M.Siddhartha Goutham, M.Saravanan, S. Suganthi and L.Sujatha, 2011 " Design and analysis of micro-tweezers with alumina as gripper using COMSOL Multiphysics" , COMSOL Conference in Bangalore. [2] Seyed Majid Karbasi, Mahnaz Shamshirsaz, Mahyar Naraghi, Mohammad Maroufi, 2010 "Optimal design analysis of electrothermally driven microactuators", Microsyst Technol, 16:1065–1071. [3] Ang Beng Seng, Zuraini Dahari, Othman Sidek, Muhamad Azman Miskam, 2009 " Design and Analysis of Thermal Microactuator", European Journal of Scientific Research, ISSN 1450-216X Vol.35 No.2, pp 281-292. [4] Shamshirsaz M, Maroufi M, Asgari MB, 2008 " Geometrical variation analysis of an electrothermally driven polysilicon microactuator", Proc. DTIP08, Nice, France, 1:259–261. [5] R.Voicu, R.Muller, L.Eftime, 2008 "Design optimization for an Electro-thermally Actuated Polymeric Microgripper", DTIP of MEMS & MOEMS,9-11 April. Sakshi Pathneja , P. Raja	34-37
7.	Wavelet Based Image Watermarking Wavelet Based Image Watermarking Abstract: here it introduces an efficient multi-resolution watermarking methodology for copyright protection of digital images. By adapting the watermark signal to the wavelet coefficients, the proposed method is highly image adaptive and the watermark signal can be strengthen in the most significant parts of the image. As this property also increases the watermark visibility, usage of the human visual system is incorporated to prevent perceptual visibility of embedded watermark signal. Experimental results show that the proposed system preserves the image quality and is vulnerable against most common image processing distortions. Furthermore, the hierarchical nature of wavelet transform allows for detection of watermark at various resolutions, resulting in reduction of the computational load needed for watermark detection based on the noise level. The performance of the proposed system is shown to be superior to that of other available schemes reported in the literature. Key words: Watermarking, Wavelet transform, embedding algorithm, detection algorithm, human visual system Reference [1] C. I. Podilchuk and E. J. Delp, Digital watermarking: algorithm and application, IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 346, 2001. [2]. I. J. Cox, J. Kilian, F. T. Leighton, and T. Shamoon, Secure spread spectrum watermarking for multimedia, IEEE Transactions on Image proessing, vol. 6, no. 12, pp,16731687, 1997. [3]. H. J. M. Wang, P. C. Su, and C. C. J Kuo, Wavelet- base digital image watermarking, Opt. Express, Vol.3, No.12, pp.491496, Dec.1998. [4]. F. Y. Shih and S. Y. T. Wu, Combinational image watermarking in the spatial and frequency domains, Pattern Recognition, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 969975, 2002. [5]. C.-S. Shieh, H.-C. Huang, F.-H.Wang, and J.-S. Pan, Genetic watermarking based on transform-domain techniques, Pattern Recognition, vol. 37, no. 3, pp. 555565, 2004. Arun Babu	38-42
8.	Stiffness Characteristics of Joshi's External Stabilization System under Axial Compression: a Finite Element Method Based Study Stiffness Characteristics of Joshi's External Stabilization System under Axial Compression: a Finite Element Method Based Study Abstract: A finite element model of fractured tibia with Joshi's External Stabilizing System (JESS) mounted on it was developed using 3D beam elements in the ANSYS software. The model was loaded in axial compression and the average axial stiffness of the model was calculated. The analytical value of axial stiffness was compared with reported experimental value to validate the finite element model. The validated model was used to carry out parametric studies on the model to determine the axial properties of JESS. It was observed that axial stiffness of JESS increased by 58% when k-wire diameter was varied from 2 mm to 4 mm while keeping other geometric configurations of the device constant; however, the axial stiffness of the device does not show any significant improvement when the diameter of medio-lateral pins in diaphyseal hold were increased. The findings should help in understanding the axial properties of JESS so that it can be used judiciously in clinical applications. Key words: JESS, external fixators, tibial fracture, axial stiffness, k-wires, finite element analysis Reference [1] R. Prabhu, A legend forever-Dr Brij Bhusan Joshi, Indian Journal Orthopedics, 43(3), 2009, 312. [2] S.Thomas, C. John, T. P. Johnny, Intra-articular distal radial fractures – external fixation or conventional closed reduction, Journal of Orthopedics, 4(2), 2007, e39. [3] S. Suresh, A. Ahmed, V. K. Sharma, Role of Joshi's External Stabilisation System fixator in the management of idiopathic clubfoot, Journal of Orthopedic Surgery, 11(2), 2003, pp. 194–201. [4] B. B. Joshi, Joshi's External Stabilization System (JESS): a simple mini external fixator for the management of hand trauma and its sequels, Injury, 28, 1997, 244-244. [5] B. B. Joshi, Ram Prabhu, N. A. Antao, R. Rohira, M. Vaishnav, L. Maratha, Trauma management by Joshi's External Stabilization System (JESS), (JESS Research & Development Society, 2007). Rajeev Kumar, R C Gupta, Sanjay Mishra	43-47
9.	Data Mining Based Skin Pixel Detection Applied On Human Images: A Study Paper Data Mining Based Skin Pixel Detection Applied On Human Images: A Study Paper Abstract: Skin segmentation is the process of the identifying the skin pixels in a image in a particular color model and dividing the images into skin and non-skin pixels. It is the process of find the particular skin of the image or video in a color model. Finding the regions of the images in human images to say these pixel regions are part of the image or videos is typically a preprocessing step in skin detection in computer vision, face detection or multi-view face detection. Skin pixel detection model converts the images into appropriate format in a color space and then classification process is being used for labeling of the skin and non-skin pixels. A skin classifier identifies the boundary of the skin image in a skin color model based on the training dataset. Here in this paper, we present the survey of the skin pixel segmentation using the learning algorithms. Key words: Skin segmentation, Data mining and machine learning, Computer Vision, Color Models, WEKA Reference [1] Bernhard Fink, K.G., Matts, P.J.: Visible skin color distribution plays a role in the perception of age, attractiveness, and health in female faces. Evolution and Human Behavior 27(6) (2006) 433–442 [2] Ahmed Elgammal, Crystal Muang and Dunxu Hu: Skin Detection - a Short Tutorial. [3] R.L. Hsu, M. Abdel-Mottaleb, and A.K. Jain, "Face detection in color images," IEEE Trans. on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 24,. no. 5, pp. 696-706, 2002. [4] W. Hu, O. Wu, Z. Chen, and Z. Fu, Maybank, S., "Recognition of Pornographic Web Pages by Classifying Texts and Images," IEEE Trans. on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 29, no. 6, pp.1019-1034, 2007. [5] M.J. Zhang, and W. Gao, "An adaptive skin color detection algorithm with confusing backgrounds elimination," Proceedings of IEEE International Conference on Image Processing (ICIP 2005), vol.2, pp. 390-393, 2005. Gagandeep Kaur, Seema Pahwa, Kushagra Sharma	48-53
10.	Free Convective Unsteady MHD Flow of Newtonian Fluid in a Channel with Adiabatic Free Convective Unsteady MHD Flow of Newtonian Fluid in a Channel with Adiabatic Abstract: In this paper, we investigated an unsteady free convection MHD flow of an incompressible viscous electrically conducting fluid under the action of transverse uniform magnetic field between two heated vertical plates by keeping one plate is adiabatic. The governing equations of velocity and temperature fields with appropriate boundary conditions are solved by using perturbation technique. The effects of various physical parameters on the velocity and temperature fields are discussed in detail with the help of graphs. Key words: MHD flow, Unsteady Flow, Adiabatic Plate, Heat Transfer Reference [1] Chakrabarty, S. and Borkakati, A. K. (2000): Unsteady free convection MHD flow between two heated vertical parallel plates, Pure and Applied Mathematika Science, 1(1-2). [2] Davidson, P. A. (2001): An Introduction to Magnetohydrodynamics, Cambridge University Press. [3] Gourla, M. G. and Katoch, S. (1991): Unsteady free Convection MHD flow between heated vertical playes, Ganita, 42(2), pp. 143-154. [4] Sharma, P. R. and Kumar, N. (1998): Unsteady Flow and Heat Transfer between two horizontal plates in the presence of transverse magnetic field, Bulletin of Pure and Applied Sciences, 17E (1), pp. 39-49. [5] Sreekant, S. et al. (2001): Unsteady Free Convection Flow of an Incompressible Dissipative Viscous Fluid Past an Infinite Vertical Plate, Indian Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 32 (7), pp. 1051-1058. Dr.G.Prabhakararao, Dr. M. V. Subba Reddy, Dr. N. Ameer Ahmad	54-58
11.	Microbial Stimulation of Growth of Lucerne Microbial Stimulation of Growth of Lucerne Abstract: From the soil samples outside the areas of intensive agriculture, were allocated 145 isolates: 80 cultures growing on medium nutrient agar, 28 – on 79 medium for fixing microorganisms and 37 isolates on MRS medium, by forming zones of hydrolysis of chalk. The influence of selected microorganisms were researched on seed germination and seedling growth of lucerne. Stimulation of the growth of lucerne by some cultures reached 35% (5, R11) - 45% (1, 9, R5, R28) compared with the control. Key words: biopesticide, growth stimulation, lucerne, plant protection Reference [1] A.A. Sinitsyna. Protection against pests of lucerne seed and the preservation of its pollinators in terms of the Krasnodar Territory, PhD., 2000, V.167.> [2] E.A. Akhmetov, N.N. Karmanova, S.R. Karbaeva, B.K. Asubaev. Economic and social geography of Kazakhstan, Methodological guidance, Almaty, 2005, V.93> [3] T.L. Kazanovska. Teleconumicatii and social geography of Kazakhstan: methodological guidance, Methodological guidance, 2013, V.105> [4] M.V. Shternshis, F.S. Jalilov. Biologics in plant protection. Novosibirsk, 2000. – V.128> [5] M.G. Sokolova, G.P. Akimov. Impact on plant phytohormones synthesized rhizosphere bacteria // Applied Biochemistry and Microbiology. 2011. T. 47. № 3. Р. 302-307 Kuznetsova Tatyana, Saubenova Margarita, Kulnazarov Batyr, Khalymbetova Aizhan, Shormanova Marzhan	59-61
12.	Plasma Antenna Plasma Antenna Abstract: The fundamental base of plasma antenna is the use of an ionized medium as a conductor. The plasma antenna is a radiofrequency antenna formed by a plasma columns, Filaments or sheets, which are excited by a surface wave. The relevance of this device is how rapidly it can be turned on and off, only applying an electrical pulse. Besides its wide carrier frequency, the great directivity and controllable antenna shape. Otherwise a disadvantage is that it needs energy to be ionized. There are studies to reduce this power to ionize and maintain the plasma tube with higher plasma densities and frequencies. Reference [1] D.C. Jenn, "Plasma Antennas: Survey of Techniques and the Current State of the Art", September 29, 2003. [2] Huan Qing Ye, Min Gao and Chang Jian Tang, Radiation Theory of the Plasma Antenna in IEEE Transactions on antennas and propagation, vol.59, no.5, may 2011. [3] Frank B. Gross, Frontiers in Antennas: Next Generation Design & Engineering, Mc Graw Hill, chapter 10. [4] Rajneesh and Dhiraj Bora, Wireless communication capability of a reconfigurable plasma antenna, Journal of Applied Physics 109, 063303 (2011). N M Vijay	62-65
14.	Diagnostic Efficiency and Prognostic Value of Troponin T Measurement in Acute Myocardial Infarction Diagnostic Efficiency and Prognostic Value of Troponin T Measurement in Acute Myocardial Infarction Abstract: The diagnosis and prognosis of patients hospitalized with acute myocardial ischemia is quite variable. We examined the value of serum levels of cardiac Troponin T, serum CK-MB levels for detection of ischemic myocardial injury and risk stratification within 40 days in patients with acute myocardial ischemia with one specimen taken 2-8 hours of the onset of symptoms. Methods We studied 141 patients with a diagnosis of acute ischemic myocardial injury. The concentration of TnT and CK-MB is made on Coobas 6000 by a electrochemioluminescence and turbidometric methods. Results The median duration of the ischemic episodes qualifying the patients for the study was 4 hours. Chest pain was continuous in 51.8% and intermittent in 48.2%. Troponin T levels were elevated in 47 % of the patients whose ischemic symptoms had lasted more than seven hours (p= 0.06). 33% of the patients had the elevated troponin T level but CK-MB level was normal. Mortality within 40 days was significantly higher in these patients than in patients with lower levels of troponin T. The troponin T level was variable and most strongly related to 40-day mortality (chi-square=23, p<0,001) followed by CK-MB (chi-square=10, p=0,005). Conclusions The cardiac troponin T level is a powerful, independent risk marker useful in the diagnosis of infarction and in the identification of patients at increased risk of mortality and morbidity. Reference [1] Califf RM, Mark DB, et al. Importance of clinical measures of ischemia in the prognosis of patients with documented coronary artery disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 1988; 11:20-6. [2] Betriu A, Heras M..; Unstable angina: outcome according to clinical presentation. J Am Coll Cardiol 1992; 19:1659-63. [3] Lee TH, Rouan GW,et al. Sensitivity of routine clinical criteria for diagnosing myocardial infarction within 24 hours of hospitalization. Ann Intern Med 1987; 106:181-6. [4] Karlson BW,Herlitz J, ..,et al. Erly prediction of acute myocardial infarction from clinical history, examination and electrocardiogram in the emergency room. Am J Cardiol 1991;68:171-5 [5] Adams JE III,Bodor GS,Davila-Roman,…et al. A marker with high specifity for cardiac injury. Cirkulation 1994;89:1447-8. Merije Elezi, Anila Mitre, Tefta Rexha, Besnik Elezi, Shpresa Memishi	73-75
15.	Word Problem Solver for Probability Word Problem Solver for Probability Abstract: Word Problems are designed to help students to learn the application of mathematical concepts, algebraic identities and formulae in the real world. Variables are assigned the values of "real-world‟ entities and a logical approach in solving them is established. They help the students to bridge the gap between theoretical knowledge and the real world application of it by giving them hypothetical situations about the same. Probability is a measure or estimation of how likely it is that a particular event will happen. Probability concepts need to be properly understood before attempting to solve any problem related to it. In view of this a survey was conducted. Students from various schools and coaching classes were approached for the same. The study shows that majority of the students experience difficulties in identifying and understanding what exactly the word problem signifies and what approach it demands. Also, the process of learning Probability needs to be specialized given the different understanding levels of each and every student in contrast to the generalized education techniques that are being used in traditional classrooms. Keeping in mind these issues, Word Problem Solver for Probability is implemented, which caters to the learning needs of each and every student individually by providing a step-by-step solution to all problems from the Probability domain. Key words: Events, Probability, Problem Solver, Sample Space, Teaching Aid Word. Reference [1] Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach, Second Edition, Pearson Publication, 2013. [2] Wanintorn Supap, Kanlaya Naruedomkul, Nick Cercone, Steps Towards Accurate Word Problem Translation, IEEE, 2009. [3] Algebra Standard Ninth Textbook, Maharashtra State BoarFd of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, 2012. [4] Statistics Glossary - Probability, "http://www.stats.gla.ac.uk/steps/glossary/probability.html", last accessed on 24-04-2014. [5] Mathway, "http://www.mathway.com", last accessed on 15-10-2013. Priyanka Dalvi, Sanjana Oulkar, Siraj Cotecha, Dr. Abhijit R. Joshi, Prof. Harshaldalvi	76-81
16.	An Overview of Workflow Management on Mobile Agent Technology An Overview of Workflow Management on Mobile Agent Technology Abstract: Mobile agent workflow management/plugins is quite appropriate to handle control flows in open distributed system; basically it is the emerging technology which can bring the process oriented tasks to run as a single unit from diverse frameworks. This workflow technology offers organizations the opportunity to reshape business processes beyond the boundaries of their own organizations so that instead of static models, modern era incurring dynamic workflows which can respond the changes during its execution, provide necessary security measures, great degree of adaptivity, troubleshoot the running processes and recovery of lost states through fault tolerance. The prototype that we are planning to design makes sure to hold reliability, security, robustness, scalability without being forced to make tradeoffs the performance. This paper is concerned with design, implementation and evaluation of performance on the improved methods of proposed prototype models based on current research in this domain. Key words: Mobile agent; security; control flows; prototype models Reference [1] I. Chebbi, S. Dustdar and S. Tata, The view-based approach to dynamic inter-organizational workflow cooperation, Data & Knowledge Engineering 56 (2006), pp.139–173. [2] H. Hagras, M. Colley, V. Callaghan, G. Clarke, H. Duman, and A. Holmes, A fuzzy incremental synchronous learning technique for embedded-agents learning and control in intelligent inhabited environments, in: Proc. of the 2002 IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy System, 2002, pp. 139-144. [3] A. Wombacher, and K. Aberer, Requirements for workflow modeling in p2p-workflows derived from collaboration establishment, in: DEXA Workshops, 2004, pp. 1036–1041. [4] A. Wombacher, Overview on decentralized establishment of multi-lateral collaborations, in: From Integrated Publication and Information Systems to Virtual Information and Knowledge Environments, 2005, pp. 11–20. [5] M. Amor, and L. Fuentes, Malaca: A component and aspect-oriented agent architecture, Information and Software Technology 51 (2009), pp. 1052–1065. Anup Patnaik, Lalit Kumar Awasthi, Kamlesh Dutta	82-94
17.	Field-Oriented Control of PMSM Drive Based on SVPWM Using MATLAB Field-Oriented Control of PMSM Drive Based on SVPWM Using MATLAB Abstract: The space vector PWM has the character of wide linear range, little higher harmonic and easy digital realization. The FOC theory and SVPWM technique make the PMSM can achieve the performance as well as DC motor. The mathematical model of PMSM is analyzed and the system model of FOC vector control has been established. The control system has been also simulated by MATLAB/Simulink. The simulation results accord with the real motor's performance and provide the theory basis for the designing of real system. Key words: space vector PWM (SVPWM), permanent magnetic synchronous motor(PMSM), field-oriented control(FOC) Reference [1] XU Jun-Feng, FENG Jiang-Hua, XU Jian-Hua. Control policy of permanent magnetism synchronous motor summery ．The electrical trasimissionof Locomotive, 2005, pp.7-11． [2] CHENG Min-Jun. Research of high performance magnetism synchronous motor vector velocity modulation system.The mster's degree paper in Zhe Jiang Industrial university, 2006, pp.65-67． [3] Li Chuan-Fang, Li Feng , QU Ji-Sheng and so on. Thechnology characteristic and optional method of the space vector polse-duration modulation(SVPWM) .Shan Dong university Journal, 2005, pp.27-31． [4] SUN Ye-Shu, ZHOU Xin-Yun, LI Zheng-Ming. SIMULINK simulation of space vector PWM .Farm machinery reseach, 2003, pp.105-106. [5] TEAXS INSTRUMENTS, Space-Vector PWM with TMS320C24x Using Hardware & Software Determined Switching Patternts, 2000, pp.29-36. [6] Ke Song, Wei guo Liu. Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Field Oriented Control and HIL Simulation. IEEE Vehicle Power and Propulsion Conference, Harbin, 2008, pp.4-6. Naresh Gujjula, G. Laxminarayana	95-99
18.	Comparative Analysis of VSI & 7 Level MLI Fed Induction Motor Drive with IFOC Scheme and Pump Load Comparative Analysis of VSI & 7 Level MLI Fed Induction Motor Drive with IFOC Scheme and Pump Load Abstract: Induction Motor are named as workhouse of Industries. Three phase induction motors are widely used in Industrial drives because of their ruggedness, reliability and simplicity in construction. The Induction Motor is fed by a cascaded H-Bridge 7 Level MLI and is controlled by Indirect Field Oriented Control (IFOC) technique. In the current paper, Multi Carrier PWM techniques like PD, POD and APOD are used for switching of multilevel inverters due to their simplicity, flexibility and reduced computational requirements compared to Space Vector Modulation (SVPWM). Dynamic performance of the Induction Motor is analyzed for various carrier based PWM methods. Mathematical model of Pump Load is designed and the performance of the Induction Motor Drive with Pump Load is analyzed using simulation results obtained. Key words: Centrifugal Pump, CHBMLI-Cascaded H-Bridge Multilevel Inverter, Induction Motor, IFOC-Indirect Field Oriented Control, Multicarrier PWM Technique. Reference [1] K.Vijaya Bhaskhar Reddy, G.V. Siva Krishna Rau, Professor, Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Andhra University, Waltair, A.P, India-" Modeling and Simulation of Modified Sine PWM VSI fed induction motor drive"- International Journal of Electrical Engineering and Technology (IJEET),Volume 3, Issue 2, pp. 343-351, July – September (2012). [2] Ajoy Kumar Mauria, Yogesh K. Chauhan, R. K. Mishra-"Fuel Cell Integrated with Five Level VSI for Industrial Pump Applications"- International Journal of Renewable Energy Research, Vol.3, No.2, 2013. [3] Jianhui Wanegu , Fenglong Shan, and Yongkui Man-"Research on Control System of Three- Level Inverter Based on Indirect Field Orientation"- IEEE 978-1-4577-2074-1/12, 2012. [4] P.Thirumuraugan, R.Preethy-"Closed Loop Control of Multilevel Inverter Using SVPWM for Grid Connected Photovoltaic System"- International Journal of Advanced Research in Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering-Vol. 2, Issue 4, April 2013. [5] Dr.Keith Corzene –"Operation and Design of Multilevel Inverters"- University of Missouri, June 2005. Krishna Prabhakar Lall, Sabah V.S, Charles Baby T, Prof. Chitra A	100-107
19.	Performance Analysis of Wireless Networks With MDQOS Performance Analysis of Wireless Networks With MDQOS Abstract: In Wireless/Mobile networks various kinds of encoding schemes were used for transmission of data over a bandwidth. The desired quality and generated traffic varies with the requirement with this bandwidth. A generic video telephony may require more than 40 kbps whereas a low motion video telephony may require about 25 kbps for data transmission. From the designing point of view these requirements demands for an alternative resource planning, especially for bandwidth allocation in wireless networks. In wireless network where bandwidth is a scare resource, the system may need to block incoming user if all of the bandwidth has been used to provide highest quality of service to existing users. However this bandwidth resource planning may be unacceptable for larger application. A degradable approach to multiple users can be made on bandwidth allocation to reduce the blocking probability without degrading the quality of service to existing users. This work aims towards a realization of a wireless/mobile network using W-CDMA multi access technique supporting multilevel quality of services. The bandwidth allocation to multiple users is adjusted dynamically according to the required network condition so as to increase bandwidth utilization. The work analyze the performance deriving the degradation period ratio, mean degradation time and degradation state for the implemented wireless network.The proposed work is aim to implement on Matlab tool for its functional verification considering various mobility patterns Reference [1] S. Sen, J. Jawanda, K. Basu, and S. Das, "Quality-of Service Degradation Strategies in Multimedia Wireless Network," Proc.IEEE Vehicular Technology Conf., vol. 3, pp. 1884-1888, May 1998. [2] S. Singh, "Quality of Service Guarantees in Mobile Computing," Computer Comm., no. 19, pp. 359-371, 1996. [3] M.R. Sherif, I.W. Habib, M.N. Nagshineh, and P.K. Kermani,"Adaptive Allocation of Resources and Call Admission Control for Wireless ATM Using Generic Algorithm," IEEE J. Selected Areas in Comm., vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 268-282, Feb. 2000. [4] T. Kwon, Y. Choi, C. Bisdikian, and M. Naghshineh, "Call Admission Control for Adaptive Multimedia in Wireless/Mobile Network," Proc. First ACM Int'l Workshop Wireless Mobile Multimedia, pp. 111-116, Oct. 1998 [5] S. Choi and K.G. Shin, "Location/Mobility- Dependent Bandwidth Adaptation in QoSSensitive Cellular Networks," Proc. IEEE Vehicular Technology Conf., vol. 3, pp. 1593-1597, 2001. A. Leelavathi	108-111
20.	Probability-Based Diagnostic Imaging Technique Using Error Functions for Active Structural Health Monitoring Probability-Based Diagnostic Imaging Technique Using Error Functions for Active Structural Health Monitoring Abstract: This study presents a novel probability-based diagnostic imaging (PDI) technique using error functions for active structural health monitoring (SHM). To achieve this, first the changes between baseline and current signals of each sensing path are measured, and by taking the root mean square of such changes, the energy of the scattered signal at different times can be calculated. Then, for different pairs of signal acquisition paths, an error function based on the energy of the scattered signals is introduced. Finally, the resultant error function is fused to the final estimation of the probability of damage presence in the monitoring area. As for applications, developed methods were employed to various damage identification cases, including cracks located in regions among an active sensor network with different configurations (pulse-echo and pitch-catch), and holes located in regions outside active network sensors with pitch-catch configuration. The results identified using experimental Lamb wave signals at different central frequencies corroborated that the developed PDI technique using error functions is capable of monitoring structural damage, regardless of its shape, size and location. The developed method doesn't need direct interpretation of overlaid and dispersed lamb wave components for damage identification and can monitor damage located anywhere in the structure. These bright advantages, qualify the above presented PDI method for online structural health monitoring. Key words: Probability-based diagnostic imaging, Structural health monitoring, Lamb waves, Piezoelectric transducers, Scattered signal energy, Error function Reference [1] J.-B. Ihn and F.-K. Chang, Pitch-catch active sensing methods in structural health monitoring for aircraft structures, Structural Health Monitoring, 7(1), 2008, 5-19. [2] T. Kundu, S. Das and K.V. Jata, Health monitoring of a thermal protection system using lamb waves, Structural Health Monitoring, 8(1), 2009, 29-45. [3] J.-B. Ihn and F.-K. Chang, Detection and monitoring of hidden fatigue crack growth using a built-in piezoelectric sensor/actuator network: I. Diagnostics, Smart Materials and Structures, 13(3), 2004, 609-620. [4] L. Wang and F.G. Yuan, Damage identification in a composite plate using prestack reverse-time migration technique, Structural Health Monitoring, 4(3), 2005, 195-211. [5] Z. Wu and F.-K. Chang, Damage detection for composite laminate plates with a distributed hybrid PZT/FBG sensor network, Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, 20(9), 2009, 1069-1077. Rahim Gorgin, Zhanjun Wu, Yuebin Zheng	112-118
21.	FPGA Based IP Core Initialization for Ps2-Vga Peripherals Using Microblaze Processor FPGA Based IP Core Initialization for Ps2-Vga Peripherals Using Microblaze Processor Abstract: The MICROBLAZE processor is a soft core microprocessor that is used in FPGA with Xilinx EDK (embedded development kit) tool. Embedded Development Kit (EDK) is a suite of tools and Intellectual Property (IP) that enables you to design a complete embedded processor system for implementation in a Xilinx Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) device. Xilinx Platform Studio (XPS) is the development environment used for designing the hardware portion of your embedded processor system based on MICROBLAZE. In this paper the ps2-vga peripherals IP cores are initialized and provided an embedded environment under MICROBLAZE processor using Xilinx Platform Studio (XPS). Reference [1]. "EDK Concepts, Tools, and Techniques" by Xilinx Corporation. [2]. "EDK MICROBLAZE Tutorial" by Xilinx Corporation. [3]. Spartan-3E FPGA Starter Kit Board User Guidehttp://www.xilinx.com/support/docum entation/boards_and_kits/ug230.pdf [4]. "Create or Import Peripheral wizard on EDK" by Xilinx Corporation. [5]. Wikipedia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fpga [6]. www.computerengineering.org/ps2keyboard/scancodes2.html V. Swetha, D. Suresh Kumar, P.Murali Krishnudu	119-122
22.	Performance Comparison between Different Feature Extraction Techniques with SVM Using Gurumukhi Script Performance Comparison between Different Feature Extraction Techniques with SVM Using Gurumukhi Script Abstract: This paper represent the offline handwritten character recognition for Gurumukhi script. It is a major script of india. Many work has been done in many languages such as English , Chinese , Devanagri , Tamil etc. Gurumukhi is a script of Punjabi Language which is widely spoken across the globe. In this paper focus on better character recognition accuracy. The dataset include 7000 samples collected in different writing styles. These dataset divided in two set Training and Test. For Training set collect 5600 samples and 1400 as test set. The evaluated feature extraction include: Distance Profile, Diagonal feature and BDD(Background Direction Distribution). These features were classified by using SVM classifier. The Performance comparison have been made using one classifier with different feature extraction techniques. The experiment show that Diagonal feature extraction method has achieved highest recognition accuracy 95.39% than other features extraction method. Key words: OCR, Isolated Handwritten character recognition , Handwritten Gurumukhi script, Background Directional Distribution, Diagonal feature, Distance Profile, SVM classifier Reference [1] Gita Sinha, Anita Rani, "Zone-Based Feature Extraction Techniques and SVM for Handwritten Gurmukhi Character Recognition" International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering , Vol 2,pp 106-111, June 2012. [2] Kartar Singh Siddharth, "Handwritten Gurumukhi Character Recognition Using Zoning Density and Background Directional Distribution Features", (IJCSIT) International Journal of Computer Science and Information Technologies, Vol. 2 (3) pp 1036-1041, 2011. [3] Anuj Sharma, Rajesh Kumar, R. K. Sharma, "Online Handwritten Gurmukhi Character Recognition Using Elastic Matching," Image and Signal Processing, 2008. CISP'08. Congress on, vol.2, pp.391-396, 27-30 May 2008 [4] Anuj Sharma, R.K. Sharma, Rajesh Kumar, "Online Handwritten Gurmukhi Character Recognition", Ph.D. Thesis, Thapar University, 2009[Online]. [5] Ubeeka Jain, D. Sharma, "Recognition of Isolated Handwritten Characters of Gurumukhi Script using Neocognitron", International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA),Vol. 4, No. 8,pp 10-16, 2010. Sandeep Dangi, Ashish Oberoi, Nishi Goel	123-128
23.	FPGA Implementation of 2-D DCT & DWT Engines for Vision Based Tracking of Dynamic Obstacles FPGA Implementation of 2-D DCT & DWT Engines for Vision Based Tracking of Dynamic Obstacles Abstract: Real time motion estimation for tracking is a challenging task. Several techniques can transform an image into frequency domain, such as DCT, DFT and wavelet transform. Direct implementation of 2-D DCT takes N^4 multiplications for an N x N image which is impractical. The proposed architecture for implementation of 2-D DCT uses look up tables. They are used to store pre-computed vector products that completely eliminate the multiplier. This makes the architecture highly time efficient, and the routing delay and power consumption is also reduced significantly. Another approach, 2-D discrete wavelet transform based motion estimation (DWT-ME) provides substantial improvements in quality and area. The proposed architecture uses Haar wavelet transform for motion estimation. In this paper, we present the comparison of the performance of discrete cosine transform, discrete wavelet transform for implementation in motion estimation. Key words: Discrete Cosine Transform, Discrete Wavelet Transform, Look up tables, Haar wavelet transform Reference [1] Nathan Funk ,"A Study of the Kalman filter applied to Visual Tracking,", University of Alberta, Project for CMPUT 652,Probabilistic Methods in Artificial Intelligence, December 7, 2003 [2] Ut-Va Koc, Member, IEEE, and K. J. Ray Liu, Senior Member, IEEE, "DCT-Based Motion Estimation," IEEE transactions on image processing, Vol. 7, No. 7, July 1998,pp.948-966. [3] Prabhakar Mishra, R. Apoorva, Bhavani B. Parvatikar, Lashmi Nair, "Architectures for FPGA-Based Implementation of Motion Estimation of Dynamic Obstacles for Autonomous Robot Navigation," Proc. Third International Conference on Computational Intelligence, Communication Systems and Networks, (Cicsyn-2011), pp.292-297 [4] Wen- Hsien Fang and Ming- Lu Wu, "An Efficient Unified Systolic Architecture for the Computation of Discrete Trigonometric Transforms", Proc. IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and Systems, 9-12 June 1997, ISCAS '97, Vol 3, pp.2092-2095. [5] W. Chen, C.H. Smith and S. Fralick, "A Fast Computational Algorithm for the Discrete Cosine Transform", IEEE Transactions on Communications, Vol. Com 25, Issue-9, Sep 1977, pp.1004- 1009. Remya Ramesan*, Pavana H**,Radhika G	129-134
24.	Electrochemical Synthesis of MoO3 Nanoparticles Effect of Temperature Convert to MoO3 Nanorods Electrochemical Synthesis of MoO3 Nanoparticles Effect of Temperature Convert to MoO3 Nanorods Abstract: MoO3 nanorods were prepared by electrochemical reduction method using the tetra propyl ammonium bromide (TPAB) was structure directing agent in an organic medium viz. tetra hydro furan (THF) and acetonitrile (ACN) in 4:1 ratio and at current density 14mA &18 mA. The reduction process takes place under atmospheric condition over a period of 2 h. Dried sample was calcinated in muffle furnace at 500ºC. The parameters such as current density and concentration of stabilizers were used to control the size of nanorods. The synthesized MoO3 nanorods were characterized by using UV-Visible, FT-IR, XRD, SEM-EDS and TEM analysis techniques. Key words: Current density, electrochemical method, MoO3 nanoparticles, MoO3 nanorods, tetra propyl ammonium bromide. Reference [1] M. T. Reetz, W. Helbig, Size selective synthesis of nanostructure transition metal clusters, J Am Chem Soc,116, 1994, 7401-7402. [2] M. T. Reetz, W. Helbig, S.A. Quaiser, Electrochemical preparation of nanostructural bimetallic clusters, Chem Mater., 7, 1995, 2227-2228. [3] V. Bhosle, A. Tiwari, J. Narayan, Epitaxial growth and properties of MoOx(2 [4] J. W. Rabalais, R. J. Cotton, A. M. Guaman, Trapped electrons in substoichiometric MoO3 observed by X-ray electron spectroscopy Chem Phys Lett., 29, 1974, 131-133. [5] L. Zheng, Y. Xu, D. Jin, Y. Xie, Novel metastable hexagonal MoO3 nanobelts: synthesis, photocromic and electrocromic properties, Chem Mater. 21, 2009, 5681-5690. <2.75)> N. R. Dighore, S. P. Jadhav, S. T. Gaikwad, A. S. Rajbhoj	135-139
25.	Perishable Inventory Model with Time Dependent Demand and Partial Backlogging Perishable Inventory Model with Time Dependent Demand and Partial Backlogging Abstract: An Inventory Model For Decaying Items Under Inflation Has Been Developed. Demand Rate Is Taken As Linear Time Dependent. Holding Cost Is Also Taken As Time Dependent. We Have Developed The Two Cases: In The First Case Shortages Are Not Allowed And In The Second Case Partially Backlogged Shortages Are Allowed. Cost Minimization Technique Is Used In This Study. Key words: Time dependent demand, partial backlogging, shortages, perishable inventory model. Reference [1] Bierman, H.J. and Thomas, J. (1977). Inventory decisions under inflationary conditions. Decision Sciences, 8(1), 151-155. [2] Bose, S., Goswami, A., Chaudhuri, K.S. (1995). An EOQ model for deteriorating items with linear time dependent demand rate and shortage under inflation and time discounting. J.O.R.S., 46, 777-782. [3] Buzacott, J.A. (1975). Economic order quantities with inflation. Operational Research Quarterly, 26, 553-558. [4] Chang, C.T. (2004). An EOQ model with deteriorating items under inflation when supplier credits linked to order quantity. I.J.P.E., 88, 307-316. [5] Chen. J.M. (1998). An inventory model for deteriorating items with time-proportional demand and shortages under inflation and time discounting. I.J.P.E., 55, (1), 21-30. Kapil Mehrotra, Rajendra Sharma	140-148
26.	A Modified Technique For Performing Data Encryption & Data Decryption A Modified Technique For Performing Data Encryption & Data Decryption Abstract: In this age of universal electronic connectivity of viruses and hackers of electronic eavesdropping and electronic fraud, there is indeed needed to store the information securely. This, in turn, led to a heightened awareness to protect data and resources from disclosure, to guarantee the authenticity of data and messages and to protect systems from network-based attacks. Information security via encryption decryption techniques is a very popular research area for many people's over the years. This paper elaborates the basic concept of the cryptography, specially public and private cryptography. It also contains a review of some popular encryption decryption algorithms. A modified method is also proposed. This method is fast in comparison to the existing methods. Key words: AES, DES, Decryption, Encryption, RSA Reference [1] Dr.Alaa Hussein Al-Hamami, Ibrahem Abdallah Aldariseh, "Enhanced Method for RSA Cryptosystem Algorithm" International Conference on Advanced Computer Science Applications & Technologies, 2012 PP 402- 408 [2] Atul Kahate ―Cryptography and Network Security 3rd edition. [3] William Stallings " Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards)", Pearson Education, 2004 .PP268-275 [4] Simar Preet Singh, and Raman Maini "COMPARISON OF DATA ENCRYPTION ALGORITHMS" International Journal of Computer Science and Communication Vol. 2, No. 1, January-June 2011, pp. 125-127 [5] Challa Narasimham, Jayaram Pradhan," EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF CRYPTOSYSTEM USING TEXT FILES" Journal of Theoretical and Applied Information Technology,pp55- 59 2008. Prabhat Kumar Singh, Gajendra Singh Chandel	149-152
27.	Modification of Recycled Al-332 Alloy Using Manganese Dioxide Modification of Recycled Al-332 Alloy Using Manganese Dioxide Abstract: Aluminum and its alloys are commercially available materials for both domestic (cooking utensils, beverages can) and industrial applications (automobile and aircraft structural parts). This study presented the effect of the use of manganese dioxide (MnO2), obtained from discarded dry cell batteries on the features and formation of pores in recycled pistons (Al-332 alloy). 3kg of recycled Al-332 alloy was obtained in form of ingot. 150 g of the ingot was re-melted and the molten alloy was treated with 2 to 12g of MnO2. The molten alloy was stirred gently for 1 minute, sand cast and normalized. Parts of the cast samples were used for microstructural analysis, tensile strength and hardness test following standard test procedures in accordance with ASTM E8M-91 standards (1992). The distribution of pores present in the cast alloys were studied using fractal analysis and spatial point pattern method (SPP). The hardness, tensile strength, average fractal dimensions and sphericities were related to the amount of MnO2. The micrographs revealed an absolute reduction in pores at 8gram addition of MnO2. Maximum hardness and tensile values of 50.8BHN and 65.01MN/m2 were obtained at 8 g addition of MnO2, above which there is decrease in properties of the material. The weighted average fractal dimension and sphericity for as-cast and sample treated with 8 g of MnO2 are 1.3276 and 0.3357; 1.0050 and 0.9918 respectively. Spatial point pattern revealed that the pores in the samples are randomly distributed. The study has established that manganese dioxide is a good modify for recycled Al-332 alloy. It improved the mechanical properties of the alloy and reduce the pores in the cast sample to the barest minimum. Key words: Recycled Al-332 Alloy, MnO2, Fractal Analysis, Spatial Point Pattern Reference [1] Compbell, J. (2003), "The new metallurgy of casting metals", 2nd edition, New York. [2] Durowoju, M.O., (2013); "Numerical Characterization of the Pores and the Determination of the Point Of Crack Initiation in Some Cast Aluminum Alloys", International Journal of Modern Engineering Research, Vol.3, Issue.2, Pp. 1229-1237. [3] Durowoju, M.O., Oladosu, K.O., and Akintan, A.L. (2013); "Fractal Analysis of the Platelets in Al-Si Eutectic Cast Alloy", International Journal of Engineering Science and Technology, Vol. 5, Issue 5, Pp.1111-1119. [4] Hussein A. A., Haidar, A.H. and Nabil, L. A., (2013); "Use of waste for the manufacture of Electric Power Transmission Wires", International Journal of Engineering and Technology, Vol. 3, No. 9. [5] Farahany, S., Ourdjini, A., Idris, M. H., Thai, L. T. (2011), "Effect of bismuth on microstructure of unmodified and Sr-modified Al-7Si-0.4Mg alloys", Transaction of Nonferrous Metal Society of China, Vol. 2, Pp. 1455 – 1464. Durowoju M.O. and Babatunde I.A.	153-162
28.	Mitigation of Voltage Fluctuations in Power System Using STATCOM Mitigation of Voltage Fluctuations in Power System Using STATCOM Abstract: Wind energy being a renewable source of energy is enjoying a rapid growth globally. However, wind energy being an uncontrollable source of energy coupled with the fact that it uses distributed induction generators for power conversion poses a challenge in integrating a large scale wind-farm into a weak power system. An actual weak power system with two large Wind-Farms (WFs) coupled to it is introduced as part of this study. A model of this integrated system along with a STATCOM for steady state and dynamic impact study is developed in the MATLAB/Simulink environment. The power quality issues are highlighted and a centralized STATCOM is proposed to solve the issue of the voltage fluctuations in particular in addition to addressing the other issues. Based on the results obtained from the simulation, the system voltage control issues are analyzed and the location of STATCOM is assessed. Finally, a STATCOM control strategy for suppression of voltage fluctuations is presented. Index Terms: Static synchronous compensator (STATCOM), voltage fluctuation, voltage stability, wind farm (WF). Reference [1] Wind Power Today and Tomorrow: An Overview of the Wind and Hydropower Technologies Program, (2004), U.S. DOE and NREL [Online]. Available: http://www.nrel.gov/wind/ [2] T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power Systems. New York:Wiley, 2005. [3] J.W. Smith and D. L. Brooks, ―Voltage impacts of distributed wind generation on rural distribution feeders,‖ in Proc. IEEE PES Transmiss. Distrib.Conf. Exhib., Oct. 28–Nov. 2, 2001, vol. 1, pp. 492–497. [4] A. Kehrli and M. Ross, ―Understanding grid integration issues at wind farms and solutions using voltage source converter FACTS technology,‖ in Proc. IEEE PES Gen. Meeting, Jul. 13–17, 2003, vol. 3, pp. 1822–1827. [5] Z. Saad-Saoud, M. L. Lisboa, J. B. Ekanayake, N. Jenkins, and G. Strbac, ―Application of STATCOMs towind farms,‖ Inst. Elect. Eng. Proc.Gener. Transmiss. Distrib., vol. 145, no. 5, pp. 511–516, Sep. 1998. M. Venkatesh & Ramakrishna Raghutu	163-167
29.	Multi-View Algorithm for Face, Eyes and Eye State Detection in Human Image- Study Paper Multi-View Algorithm for Face, Eyes and Eye State Detection in Human Image- Study Paper Abstract: For fatigue detection such as in the application of driver‟s fatigue monitoring system, the eye state analysis is one of the important and deciding steps to determine the fatigue of driver‟s eyes. In this study, algorithms for face detection, eye detection and eye state analysis have been studied and presented as well as an efficient algorithm for detection of face, eyes have been proposed. Firstly the efficient algorithm for face detection method has been presented which find the face area in the human images. Then, novel algorithms for detection of eye region and eye state are introduced. In this paper we propose a multi-view based eye state detection to determine the state of the eye. With the help of skin color model, the algorithm detects the face regions in an YCbCr color model. By applying the skin segmentation which normally separates the skin and non-skin pixels of the images, it detects the face regions of the image under various lighting and noise conditions. Then from these face regions, the eye regions are extracted within those extracted face regions. Our proposed algorithms are fast and robust as there is not pattern match. Key words: Image Processing, Skin Detection, Face Detection, Eye detection, Color Models Reference [1] Research on Drowsy Driving, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, [online] Available: http://www.nhtsa.gov/Driving+Safety/Distracted+Driving/Research+on +Drowsy+Driving [2] [M. Kutila, "Methods for Machine Vision Based Driver Monitoring. [3] S. G. Kong, J. Heo, B. R. Abidi, J. Paik, and M. A. Abidi, "Recent advances in visual and infrared face recognition: a review," Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 97, pp. 103–135, 2005. [4] W. Zhao, R. Chellappa, A. Ronsenfeld, and P. J. Phillips, "Face recognition: A literature survey," ACM Computing Surveys, pp. 399–458, 2003. [5] C. C. Han, H. Y. M. Liao, G. J. Yu, and L. H.Chen, "Fast face detection via morphologybased pre-processing," Pattern Recognition, vol. 33, pp. 1701–1712, 2000. Latesh Kumari, Er. Sonia Jangra, Er. Rakesh Sharma	168-173
Version 6
1.	Estimation of the Influence of Rainfall on the Groundnut yield in India - a Data Mining Approach Estimation of the Influence of Rainfall on the Groundnut yield in India - a Data Mining Approach Abstract: In Indian agriculture, particularly, rainfall shows a vivid effect on agriculture. Rain is essential to agriculture because without water no plants will be survived. A regular rainfall is essential for healthy plants, too much or very little rainfall can harm plants and agriculture. Drought can destroy crops and increase corrosion, while excessively wet weather can help harmful fungus grow. Need of rainfall is varying from plant to plant. Since Indian agriculture is rainfall dependent, in the present paper an attempt is made to predict the influence of rainfall on yield of the groundnut in India. To carry the present research work a dataset is prepared with the annual measurements of the groundnut yield and rainfall for a period of 62 years. The groundnut yield and rainfall data is collected from secondary sources like, the Department of Agriculture and Cooperation, India, and the Directorate of Economics and Statistics, India. Over the dataset prepared, an experiment is conducted to know the fact. The experiment results revealed that the groundnut yield is negligible negatively influenced by the rainfall. Key words: Data mining, prediction, correlation, regression, correlation analysis, regression analysis. Reference [1] Economic survey 2010. [2] Hand book of statistics on Indian Economy 2013. [3] Ananthoju Vijay Kumar, Dr.T.V.Rajini Kanth, "A Data mining approach for the estimation of climate change on the Jowar crop yield in India," International Journal of Emerging Science and Engineering, Dec 25, 2013, Vol/Issue: 2/2, Pages: 16-20. [4] Ananthoju Vijay Kumar, Dr.T.V. Rajini Kanth, "Estimation of the Influence of the fertilizer nutrients consumption on the Wheat crop yield in India – a data mining approach", Vol/Issue:3/2, Pages: 316-320. [5] http://wikipidea.org/wiki/Agriculture_in_India. Ananthoju Vijay Kumar, Dr. T. V. Rajini Kanth	01-09
2.	A Systematic Study on Composition of Low Viscosity Automotive Lube Oils with an Emphasis on Wear and Frictional Characteristics A Systematic Study on Composition of Low Viscosity Automotive Lube Oils with an Emphasis on Wear and Frictional Characteristics Abstract: In this work the performance of three commercial lube oils and two base oils of different viscosities, composition have been studied for their tribo performance using four ball tribo tester as per ASTM D 4172D and IP 239 and at the end of the test run the steel ball surfaces have been examined under scanning electron microscope (SEM) to assess the wear deformities. The tribo-performance results have been co-related with the physico-chemical properties along with quantity and type of the molecules present in these oils by proton nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) studies. It has been observed that the lubricant with higher viscosity, higher aromatic molecules containing CH₂ chains shows lower friction and wear behavior whereas the increasing napthenic type molecules have reverse effect which is evident from the results. Key words: Engine oil, four ball tester, molecular Component, SEM, Tribo-performance, Reference [1] Erdemir A. Review of engineered tribological interfaces for improved boundary lubrication. Tribol. Int. 2005; 38(3): 249- 256. [2] Korcek S, Sorab J, Johnson MD, Jensen RK. Automotive lubricants for the extmillennium. Indus. Lub and Tribol. 2000; 52(5): 209-220. [3] Sasaki S. Environmentally friendly Tribology (eco- tribology): J.Mech. Sci. and Tech. 2010; 24(1): 67-71. [4] Bartz WJ. Ecotribology: environmentally acceptable tribological practices. Tribol. Int.2006; 39(8):728-733. [5] Hartley RJ, Waddoups M Lubricating oil composition.US Patent 6500786 B1, 2002. Nishan Singh, Gananath D. Thakre, A. K. Chaterjee, S. K. Singal	10-16
3.	Corrosion Behaviour of Titanium Anodized Film in Different Corrosive Environments Corrosion Behaviour of Titanium Anodized Film in Different Corrosive Environments Abstract: Anodizing is an electrochemical process in which thickness of the natural oxide layer is increased and converted it into a decorative, durable, corrosion-resistant film. Titanium is used as a biocompatible material in human implants due to its excellent corrosion and wears resistance. Stable, continuous, highly adherent, and protective oxide films can be developed on titanium using various acid or alkaline baths. Anodizing of titanium generates a spectrum of different color without use of dyes. This spectrum of color dependent on the thickness of the oxide, voltage ranges, interference of light reflecting off the oxide surface and reflecting off the underlying metal surface. The anodized film of Titanium is mainly consists of TiO2 or mixtures of TiO2 & Ti2O3 etc. In the present work, Pure Titanium plate has been anodized using bath of Chromic Acid at different voltage range. The anodized film is characterized by visual observation, SEM & EDAX analysis & A.C Impedance Spectroscopy, while the corrosion studies were performed using Potentiodynamic studies were performed in 3.5% NaCl & 0.1N H2SO4. The Results show that the anodized film of Titanium show different spectrum of colors from Brown-Violet-Tea or Peacock. SEM & EDAX analyses show that the anodized film of Titanium is mainly made up of TiO2 and Ti2O3. Potentiodynamic study implies that the film developed on Titanium using the bath of Chromic Acid exhibits good corrosion resistance. The A.C. Impedance study shows that the film is more compact, adherent and more uniform in chromic acid bath. Key words: Anodizing of Titanium, Coloring Effect, Potentiodynamic Test, AC Impedance Test, SEM & EDAX analysis Reference [1] J.-L. Delplancke,M. Degrez, A. Fontanaand R. Winand, Self colouring of Titanium, Surface Technology, 16 (1982) pp 154 -158 [2] A. K. Sharma, Anodizing Titanium For Space Applications, Thin Solid Films. (1992), P 48 [3] Han-Jun Oh,, Jong-Ho Lee, Yongsoo Jeong, Young-Jig Kim, Choong-Soo Chi, Microstructural Characterization Of Biomedical Titanium Oxide Film Fabricated By Electrochemical Method, Surface & Coatings Technology 198 (2005) pp 247– 248 [4] A. Mazzarolo, M. Curioni, A. Vicenzo, P. Skeldon,, G.E. Thompson, Anodic Growth Of Titanium Oxide: Electrochemical Behaviour And Morphological Evolution, Electrochimica\ Acta 75 (2012) pp 289–291 [5] Mr. Sunil D. Kahar, Arpit Macwan, Ms. Riddhi Oza ,Vrund Oza, Smit Shah Characterization and Corrosion Study of Titanium Anodized Film Developed in KOH Bath, Int. Journal of Engineering Research and Application Vol. 3, Issue 5, Sep-Oct2013, pp.441-442, ,www.ijera.com Mr. Sunil D. Kahar	17-21
4.	Performance Monitoring of Vibration in Belt Conveyor System Performance Monitoring of Vibration in Belt Conveyor System Abstract: We are always using some kind of machines in our daily life starting from fan, refrigerator and washing machines at home. In case of industries of industrial machinery items condition monitoring is important to know onset impending defects. There are so many types of indicating phenomenon such as vibration, heat, debris in oil, noise and sounds which emanate from these in efficiently running machines. This paper presents the vibration related fault identification and maintenance of belt conveyor systems (BCS). After analyzing the spectrum and vibration readings, it was observed that a combination of parallel and angular misalignment between motor & gear box was present causing high axial and radial vibration. The defect was rectified by mechanical maintenance activities and latter the vibration was found reduced within limit. Also the vibration readings were taken after rectification. The above results are presented in this paper. Key words: Gear box, Peak amplitude, Vibration Spectrum, Monitoring, Analysis Reference [1] R.K.Biswas "vibration based condition monitoring of rotating machines" national conference on condition monitoring [NCCM-2006] December 2006 pg no 34-40. [2] B. Kiran kumar, G. Diwakar, Dr. M.R.S. Satynarayana, "Determination of Unbalance in Rotating machine using vibration signature analysis" IJMER Vol.2, Issue. 5, Sept-Oct. 2012 pp-3415-3421 [3] Condition monitoring of machinery by Joelle Courrech and Ronald. Eshleman [4] Machine condition monitoring and fault diagnostics by Chris k. Mechefske. S.Ojha, D. Sarangi, B.K. Pal, B.B. Biswal	22-31
5.	Strength Evaluation of Steel-Nylon Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Concrete Strength Evaluation of Steel-Nylon Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Concrete Abstract: When fibres like steel, glass, polypropylene, nylon, carbon, aramid, polyester, jute, etc are mixed with concrete known as fibre reinforced concrete. To overcome the deficiencies of concrete; fibres are added to improve the performance of concrete. In this research hybrid reinforced concrete is made by using steel and nylon 6 fibres. The inclusion of both steel and nylon 6 fibres are used in order to combine the benefits of both fibers; structural improvements provided by steel fibers and the resistance to plastic shrinkage improvements provided by nylon fibers. So the aim of this project is to investigate the mechanical properties (compressive strength, flexure strength and split tensile strength) of hybrid fiber reinforced concrete under compression, flexure & tension. The total volume of fibre was taken 0.75 % of total volume of concrete. In this experimental work, four different concrete mix proportions were casted with fibres and one mix without fibres. Four different mix combinations of steel- nylon 6 fibres were 100-00%, 75-25%, 50-50% and 25-75%. Superplasticizer was used in all mixes to make concrete more workable. The results shown that compressive, split tensile and flexural strength of hybrid fibre reinforced concrete increase by increasing quantity of steel and nylon 6 fibres. The increase in compressive and tensile strength due to incorporation of steel fibre is greater than that of using nylon fibre. For the nylon 6 fibres, adding more fibres into the concrete has a limited improvement on splitting tensile strength. Inclusion of nylon 6 fibres along with steel fibres results in considerable improvement in flexural strength as compared to solo steel fibre. Key words: Hybrid reinforced concrete, steel, nylon 6, Compressive strength, Split tensile strength, flexural strength Reference [1.] Shetty M. S., Concrete Technology-Theory and Practice", S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, (1982), pp 526 & 528 [2.] Ryan Barborak & P.E., Fibre reinforced concrete (FRC) DMS-4550 Tip Sheet, Construction and Bridge Divisions, January 2011 [3.] Pey-Shiuan Song, et al, Investigating mechanical properties of steel- nylon hybrid fiber-reinforced concrete by using experimental design, Journal Of C.C.I.T., Vol.42, No.1, May, 2013 [4.] Dr. Mazin Burhan Adeen et al, Determination of mechanical properties of hybrid steel-nylon fiber reinforced concrete, Modern Applied Science, Vol. 4, No. 12; December 2010. [5.] C. Chandra et al, Flexural behavior of solo and hybrid fibre concrete- a comparative study, International Journal of Engineering Sciences & Research Technology, Vol. 2 Issue7, July 2013 Maniram Kumar, Er. Ankush Khadwal	32-36
6.	New Free Electron Wire for Loss Free Utilization of Electrical Energy and Highly Energy Efficient Electrical Appliances New Free Electron Wire for Loss Free Utilization of Electrical Energy and Highly Energy Efficient Electrical Appliances Abstract: New Free Electrons Wire will enable the use of electrical energy and also energy in various other forms, in a loss free way, at room temperature. Free Electrons confined in vacuum at the order of 10-4 torr or more, at the core of the wire, can move a distance as long as about, to a few kilometers without any collision. The vacuum is maintained in a tube made up of alternate layers of Teflon and Silicon Oxynitride. The columbic repulsion between these free electrons will actually conduct energy without any loss. The free electrons trapped in vacuum tube, should be at a particular density of around 2.02 x 108 electrons per unit area. A metal encapsulation(s) over the wire is there to keep the electromagnetic field remain confined within the free electron wire, to make it harmless to the health of living creatures. Apart from loss free energy transportation, the free electron wire is also capable of generating very high electromagnetic field due to the free electrons, simply by removing the metal encapsulation(s), which can be used for various purposes. The materials and techniques adopted will make New Free Electron Wire producible commercially, at the cost of general copper wires. Key words: Free Electrons, Electron Density, Teflon, Silicon Oxynitride, Columbic Repulsion, Electromagnetic Field Reference N.P. Bublik, Yu.I. Isaenkov, G.D. Kuleshov, A.L. Lisichkin and S.D. Plaksina, Computer simulation and experimental studies of electron beam acceleration, transport and recovery in a depressed collector, Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research A298 (1990) 113-116 Sabyasachi Haldar	37-48
7.	Maximum Power Point Tracking of PV Arrays using Different Techniques Maximum Power Point Tracking of PV Arrays using Different Techniques Abstract: The increasing demand for electricity and depleting fossil fuels made the solar Photovoltaic (PV) systems to be a better alternative for the future power requirements. The fact that the output of the PV system is dependent upon the solar irradiance and temperature demands a means to maximize the output of the PV system by continuously tracking the maximum power point(MPP) under changing atmospheric conditions. This paper presents the design and implementation of various techniques like perturb and observe (P&O) method, incremental conductance method, constant current method and constant voltage method. The performance of the techniques have been analyzed through simulation Key words: Solar Photovoltaic (PV) system, Maximum Power Point(MPP),Maximum Power Point Tracking(MPPT), perturb and observe(P&O) method, incremental conductance method, constant current method, constant voltage method. Reference [1] P.A Lynn, electricity from sunlight: An Introduction to photovoltaics, John Wiley & sons, 2010,p.238. [2] K. Ro and S. Rahman, "Two-loop controller for maximizing performance of a grid-connected photovoltaic-fuel cell hybrid power plant," IEEE Trans. Energy Convers., vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 276–281, Sep. 1998. [3] M. Miyatake, T. Kouno, and M. Nakano, "A simple maximum power tracking control employing fibonacci search algorithm for power conditioners of photovoltaic generators," presented at the 10th Int. EPE-PEMC, Cavtat and Dubrovnik, Croatia, 2002. [4] Z. Salameh and D. Taylor, "Step-up maximum power point tracker for photovoltaic arrays," Solar Energy, vol. 44, pp. 57–61, 1990. [5] M. A. S. Masoum, H. Dehbonei, and E. F. Fuchs, "Theoretical and experimental analyses of photovoltaic systems with voltage- and current-based maximum power-point tracking," IEEE Trans. Energy Convers., vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 514–522, Dec. 2002 N.Bhupesh Kumar, Dr.K.Vijaya Kumar Reddy	49-57
8.	Degradation and Microbiological Validation of Meropenem Antibiotic in Aqueous Solution Using UV, UV/H2O2, UV/TiO2 and UV/TiO2/H2O2 Processes. Degradation and Microbiological Validation of Meropenem Antibiotic in Aqueous Solution Using UV, UV/H2O2, UV/TiO2 and UV/TiO2/H2O2 Processes. Abstract: Aqueous UV, UV/H2O2, UV/TiO2 and UV/TiO2/H2O2 mediateddegradation/oxidation of the carbapenem antibiotic, meropenem (MERO) was experimentally studied. Degussa P-25 titanium dioxide was used as photocatalyst and UV-light source was used for activation of TiO2.The nanosized titanium dioxide was immobilized on the glass support for improving the efficiency and economics of the photocatalytic processes. The immobilized film of titanium dioxide has been characterized, using X-ray diffraction (XRD) andscanning electron microscopy (SEM).The study of antibiotic degradation was conducted in the specific Batch Photocatalytic Reactor. MERO standard solution was used at 500 μg/ml concentration, which degraded up to 99% of antibiotics. Microbiological assay showed that the loss of antibacterial activity is directly proportional to the time of UV-irradiation. The experiment also showed that the UV-irradiation itself causes the degradation of antibiotics, but in very slow manner in comparison to the photocatalysis process. The experimental study showed that UV/TiO2/H2O2 system is effective and efficient for the treatment of antibiotic waste. Key words: Photocatalysis, Meropenem, Antibiotics, TiO2, UV-irradiation Reference [1] E. Gupta, S. Mohanty, S. Sood, B. Dhawan, B.K. Das and A. Kapil, Emerging resistance to carbapenems in a tertiary care hospital in north India, Indian Journal of Medical Research, 124(1), 2006, 95-98. [2] N. Gupta, B.M. Limbago, J.B. Patel and A.J. Kallen, Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae: epidemiology and prevention, Clinical infectious diseases: an official publication of the Infectious Diseases Society of America 53 (1), 2011, 60–67. [3] N. Jaggi, P. Sissodia and L. Sharma, Impact of Antimicrobial Stewardship Programme on Carbapenem Resistance in Gram Negative Isolates in an Indian Tertiary Care Hospital, American Journal of Infectious Diseases, 8(2), 2012, 106-111. [4] A. Al-Ahmad , F.D. Daschner and K. Kümmerer, Biodegradability of cefotiam, ciprofloxacin, meropenem, penicillin G and sulfamethoxazole, and inhibition of wastewater bacteria, Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 37, 1999, 158– 163. [5] K. Kümmerer , A. Al-Ahmad and V. Mersch-Sundermann, Biodegradability of some antibiotics, elimination of their genotoxicity and affection of wastewater bacteria in a simple test, Chemosphere, 40, 2000, 701–710. Priyanshu Verma, Jatinder Kumar	58-65
9.	Synthetic Flow Generation Synthetic Flow Generation Abstract: We are given the historical data of inflow of river observed on Karjan Dam near Vadodara with sampling time interval of a month. We are required to know the inflow of the river in future time using this available historical data. That is to generate inflow of river for future time using the model namely 'Single Site Seasonal Thomas Fiering Model'. Also, we want to find the Statistical Parameters like mean, standard deviation and Correlation coefficient of generated data and compare it with historical data. Once we have the predicted inflow data we may use these prediction of inflow into a storage reservoir for planning the operation of the reservoir to ensure maximum benefit from a limited quantity of stored water. Key words: MATLAB, Thomas Fiering method, etc. Reference [1]. Harms, A.A. & Campbell, T.H. (1967) an extension to the Thomas- fiering model for the sequential generation of stream flow. Wat. Resour. Res. 3, 653-661 [2]. Box, G.E.P. & Jenkins, G.M. (1970) Time Series Analysis Forecasting and Control. Holden Day, San Francisco. [3]. N.T.Kottegoda, Stochastic Water Resources Technology. University of Birmingham [4]. Roesner, L.A. & Yevjevich, V.M. (1966) Mathematical models for time series of monthly precipitation and monthly runoff. Colorado State University, Hydrology Paper 15, Fort Collins, Colorado. [5]. Thomas, H.A. & Fiering, M.B. (1962) Mathematical synthesis of stream flow sequences for the analysis of river basins by simulation. In: Design of Water Resources Systems. Chetansinh R. Vaghela, Ajaysinh R. Vaghela	66-71
10.	Comparative Study of Mutual Exclusion Algorithms in Distributed Systems Comparative Study of Mutual Exclusion Algorithms in Distributed Systems Abstract: Mutual Exclusion is an important phenomenon in distributed systems. In this paper, we analyze and compare various mutual exclusion algorithms in distributed systems. In permission based mutual exclusion process waits for permission from other processes to enter into a critical section. In token based mutual exclusion, a special message called token is passed over the system and process holding the token can enter into the critical section. We present a comparative study of quorum based, token ring token asking and multiple token algorithms for mutual exclusion in distributed systems. Index Terms: distributed mutual exclusion, group mutual exclusion, mutual exclusion Reference [1] Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Maarten Van Steen, "DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS, Principals and Paradigms", Pearson Prentice Hall Pearson Education, Inc. Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458 [2] Ranganath Atreya, Neeraj Mittal, Member, IEEE Computer Society, and Sathya Peri, "A Quorum-Based Group Mutual Exclusion Algorithm for a Distributed System with Dynamic Group Set", IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS, VOL. 18, NO. 10, OCTOBER 2007 [3] Peyman Neamatollahi, Hoda Taheri, Mahmoud Naghibzadeh, "A Distributed Token-based Scheme to Allocate Critical Resources", IEEE 2011 [4] Md. Abdur Razzaque, Choong Seon Hong, "Multi-Token Distributed Mutual Exclusion Algorithm", 22nd International Conference on Advanced Information Networking and Applications [5] Samad Paydar, Mahmoud Naghibzadeh, Abolfazl Yavari, "A Hybrid Distributed Mutual Exclusion Algorithm", IEEE—ICET 2006. Jijnasa Patil, Radhika Naik	72-77
11.	Tree Based Mining for Discovering Patterns of Human Interactions in Meetings Tree Based Mining for Discovering Patterns of Human Interactions in Meetings Abstract: Meetings are an integral part of workplace dynamics also an important communication and coordination activity of teams: statuses are discussed, decisions, alternatives are considered, details are explained and ideas are generated. In this work, data mining techniques to detect and analyze frequent interaction patterns. We look forward to discover various types of new knowledge on interactions. An interaction tree pattern mining algorithms was proposed to analyze tree structures and extract interaction flow patterns. In this paper we propose the tree based mining for human interaction flow in a discussion session is represented as a tree. In this work we extend an interaction tree mining algorithm in three ways. First, we propose a mining method to extract frequent patterns of human interaction. Second, we explore embedded sub tree mining for hidden interaction pattern discovery. Third, we propose temporal data mining techniques for extracting the temporal patterns from the captured content of time series of different meetings in particular time periods such as month or year. Because of the human integration activities varied based on time and experience of events. For extracting temporal pattern mining we use hidden markov model (HMM) along with tree mining algorithm. Index Terms: Human Interaction, Tree-Based Mining, Embedded Subtree Mining, Hidden Markov Model, Temporal Tree Mining Reference [1] Christian Becker, Zhiwen Yu,"Tree-Based Mining for Discovering Patterns of Human Interaction in Meetings", Proc. Eighth IEEE Int'l Conf. Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining (PAKDD'10), pp. 107-115,2012. [2] Z.Yu, Y. Nakamura,"Smart Meeting Systems: A Survey of State-of-the-Art and Open Issues", ACM Computing Surveys, Vol. 42, No. 2, article 8, Feb. 2010 [3] S.Junuzovic, R. Hegde, Z. Zhang, P. Chou, Z. Liu, Zhang,"Requirements and Recommendations for an Enhanced Meeting Viewing Experience", Proc. ACM Int'l Conf. Multimedia, pp -539- 548,2008 [4] K. Otsuka, H. Sawada, J. Yamato,"Automatic Inference of Cross-Modal Nonverbal Interactions in Multiparty Conversations", Proc. Int'l Conf. Multimodal Interfaces (ICMI '07), pp. 255- 262, 2007. [5] I. Mccowan, D. Gatica-Perez, S. Bengio, G. Lathoud, M. Barnard, D. Zhang, "Automatic Analysis of Multimodal Group Actions in Meetings", IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, Vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 305-317, Mar.2005. Asmita Shejale, Vishal Gangawane	78-83
12.	Solar Charged Stand Alone Inverter Solar Charged Stand Alone Inverter Abstract: This paper deals with solar powered stand alone inverter which converts the variable dc output of a photovoltaic solar panel into ac that can be fed to loads. Stand alone inverters are used in systems where the inverter get its energy from batteries charged by photo voltaic arrays. A charge controller limits the rate at which electric current is added to or drawn from electric batteries. This charge discharge controller is needed to prevent the battery from being overcharged or discharged thus prolonging its life. The charge/discharge control is necessary in order to achieve safety and increase the capacity of the battery. The project has been tested according its operational purposes. Maximum power rating of the experimented solar charge controller is 100W according battery capacities. Cost effective solar charge controller has been designed and implemented to have efficient system and much longer battery lifetime. The dc output is given to inverter and then it is supplied to loads. This method is very cheap and cost effective. Key words: C/D Controller, MPPT, Photovoltaics, PWM Inverter, Trickle Charging Reference [1] J.P Dunlop, Batteries and charge control in standalone Photo voltaic systems; Fundamentals and Application, Sandia FSEC- CR-1292-2001, 1997. [2] S.R.Wenham, M.A Green, M.E Watt, R.Corkish, Applied Photovoltaics,2nd Edition,2007,ARC Centre for Advanced Silicon Photovoltaics and Photonics. [3] A.K.Mukherjee, Nivedita Thakur, Photo Voltaic Systems Analysis and Design, 2011, New Delhi. [4] E.Koutroulis, K.kalaitzakis, Novel battery charging regulation system for photovoltaic applications,IEE Proc-Electr.Power Appl., Vol 151,No 2, March 2004,pp.191-197. [5] F.Krim,Design and Implementation of a novel microcontroller-based battery charge controller for maximum – power operation of stand-alone photovoltaic power systems,Can. J. Elect. Comput. Eng., vol.27,No.2, April 2002, pp 55-59. M.Vasugi, Prof R.Jayaraman	84-87
13.	Evaluation of Anaerobic Fluidized Bed Reactor for treating Sugar mill effluent - a Case Study Evaluation of Anaerobic Fluidized Bed Reactor for treating Sugar mill effluent - a Case Study Abstract: Anaerobic treatment processes are credible options for providing sustainable treatment to biodegradable waste streams. The Anaerobic Fluidized Bed Reactor (AFBR) is an evolving process that requires waste specific design methodologies based on kinetics of the specific process. The research was precisely an experimental study on AFBR having23.56 litres of effective volume to evaluate its treatment performance and gas recovery in terms of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Hydraulic Retention Time(HRT)and Organic Loading Rate (OLR). The synthetic sugar influent COD was variedfrom 1500 to 4000 mg/lit. The OLR for the operating flow rates were ranged from 1.36 to 28.8 Kg COD/m3.day for HRT varied from 3.2 to 24 hrs. The maximum COD removal efficiency is 90.06 at an operating OLR of 3.42 Kg COD/m3.day. The maximum biogas yield was observed at 0.28 m3/kg COD removed. Key words: AFBR, COD, HRT, OLR, INFLUENT Reference [1] Biodegradation kinetic during different start-up of the anaerobic tapered fluidized bed reactor.Songklanakarin J. Sci. Technol. 33(5), 539 – 544, Sep. – Oct. 2011 [2] Anaerobic Digestion Technology for Industrial Wastewater TreatmentEighth International Water Technology Conference, IWTC8 2004, Alexandria, Egypt [3] Investigation of Anaerobic Fluidized Bed Reactor/ Aerobic Moving Bed Bio Reactor (AFBR/MMBR) System for Treatment of Currant WastewaterIranian J Publ Health, Vol. 42, No. 8, Aug 2013, pp.860-867 [4] Development of anaerobic Reactor for Industrial Wastewater Treatment an overview, present stage and future prospects.Dahlan et al, J AdvSci Res, 2013, 4(1): 07-12 [5] The Performance Evaluation of Anaerobic Methods for Palm Oil Mill Effluent (POME) Treatment: A Review at 2013 N.H. Abdurahman, Y.M. Rosli and N.H. Azhari R. Mathiyazhagan, Dr. V. Nehru Kumar	88-91
15.	Data Mining Concepts with Customer Relationship Management Data Mining Concepts with Customer Relationship Management Abstract: Data mining is important in creating a great experience at e-business. Data mining is the systematic way of extracting information from data. Many of the companies are developing an online internet presence to sell or promote their products and services. Most of the internet users are aware of on-line shopping concepts and techniques to own a product. The e-commerce landscape is the relation between customer relationship management (sales, marketing & support), internet and suppliers. Key words: e-business, on-line shopping, e-commerce, sales, marketing & support Reference [1] IDC & Cap Gemini. Four elements of customer relationship management. Cap Gemini White Paper. [2] http://www.actuate.com/products/birt-userexperience/ analytics. [3] Shaw M.J., Subramaniam C., Tan G.W. and Welge M.E.,"Knowledge management and data mining for marketing", Decision Support Systems 2001. [4] Song H.S., Kim J.K. and Kim S.H. "Mining the change of customer behavior in an internet shopping mall" Expert Systems with Applications 2001. [5] Alex Sbesbunoff, "Winning CRM Strategies", ABA Banking Journal,1999 Mubeena Shaik, Naseema Shaik, Dhasaratham Meghavath	98-100
16.	A Review Paper on Design of GPS and GSM Based Intelligent Ambulance Monitoring A Review Paper on Design of GPS and GSM Based Intelligent Ambulance Monitoring Abstract: Proposed paper presents design of such a monitoring system for emergency patient transportation employing ARM 7 processor module. The system will be useful for monitoring ambulance location using Google map. It also include biomedical sensors to monitor heart bit rate and temperature of patient through SMS. The front end application at the monitoring system is developed using visual basic software in Personal Computers. It can display location of ambulance and status of heart bit rate and temperature of patient. After receiving SMS hospital can prepare their staff for proper treatment of coming patient. Key words: ARM7processor module, Biomedical sensors, 89C51 Microcontroller. Reference [1]. Charles V. Trappey ,Amy J.C. Trappey ,C.S. Liu "Develop Patient Monitoring and Support System Using Mobile Communication and Intelligent Reasoning", Proceedings of the 2009 IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics San Antonio, TX, USA - October 2009 [2]. Upkar Varshney ,"Patient monitoring using infrastructure-oriented wireless LANs"Department of Computer Information Systems, Georgia State University, Atlanta, GA 30302-4015, USA, Int. J. Electronic Healthcare, Vol. 2, No. 2, 2006. [3]. Tia Gao, Tammara Massey, et al. "The Advanced Health and Disaster Aid Network: A Light-Weight Wireless Medical System for Triage" IEEE Transactions on Biomedical circuits and systems, vol. 1, no. 3, September 2007. [4]. Tia Gao1 et al.,"Improving patient monitoring and tracking in emergency response", The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, USA. [5]. Alexandros Pantelopoulos and Nikolaos G. Bourbakis, "A Survey on Wearable Sensor-Based Systems for Health Monitoring and Prognosis", IEEE Transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics—part c: applications and reviews, vol. 40, no. 1, January 2010. Dr. Shantanu K. Dixit, Miss. Ashwini A. Joshi	101-103
17.	Scheduling By Using Fuzzy Logic in Manufacturing Scheduling By Using Fuzzy Logic in Manufacturing Abstract: This paper represents the scheduling process in furniture manufacturing unit. It gives the fuzzy logic application in flexible manufacturing system. Flexible manufacturing systems are production system in furniture manufacturing unit. FMS consist of same multipurpose numerically controlled machines. Here in this project the scheduling has been done in FMS by using fuzzy logic tool in Matlab software. The fuzzy logic based scheduling model in this paper will deals with the job and best alternative route selection with multi-criteria of machine. Here two criteria for job and sequencing and routing with rules. This model is applicable to the scheduling of any manufacturing industry. Key words: Scheduling, FMS, Fuzzy logic, matlab, sequencing, processes, routing. Reference [1] "Application Of Fuzzy Mrp-ii In Fast Moving Consumer Goods Manufacturing Industry.". Jiping Niu 1,John Dartell2. Faculty of Engineering, University of Technology, Sydney 15 Broadway, Ultimo, NSW, 2007, AUSTRALIA [2] ‟ A Genetic Algorithm For Job Shop Scheduling With Load Balancing." Sanjoy Petrovic1 And Carole Fayad2 [3] "Solving An Aggregate Production Planning Problem By Using Basal Genetic Algorithm Approach". Ripon Kumar Chakraborety1 And Md. Aktar Hassen2. International Journal of Fuzzy Logic Systems (IJFLS) Vol.3, No1, January 2013 [4] "Scheduling Of Flexible Manufacturing Systems Using Fuzzy Logic,‟ Pramot srinoi prof.Ebrahimshayan1, Dr.Fatemehghot2, School Of Mathematical Sciences.2004 [5] "Fuzzy Logic System Transportation". Dusan Teodornic1. 11 may 1998. Miss. Ashwini. A. Mate, Dr. I. P. Keswani	104-111
18.	Finite Element Analysis and Topography Optimization of Lower Arm of Double Wishbone Suspension Using Abacus and Optistruct Finite Element Analysis and Topography Optimization of Lower Arm of Double Wishbone Suspension Using Abacus and Optistruct Abstract: The suspension system is one of the most important components of vehicle, which directly affects the safety, performance, noise level and style of it. The vehicle suspension system is responsible for driving comfort and safety as the suspension carries the vehicle-body and transmits all forces between body and road. Structure optimization techniques under static load conditions have been widely used in automotive industry for lightweight and performance improvement of modern cars. However, these static load conditions could not represent all the severe situations of automobile parts which subjected to complex loads varying with time, especially for lower control arm of front suspension. This paper deals with Finite Element Analysis of the Lower arm suspension of double wishbone suspension which consist the stress optimization under static loadings. Lower arm suspension has been modeled using Unigraphics .In first stage of analysis area of maximum stress was identified. These analysis were carried using Altair Hyperworks and solver used is Abacus. In order to reduce stresses and to improve structural strength Topography optimization approach is carried out in Hyperworks in which a design region for a given part is defined and a pattern of shape variable-based reinforcements within that region is generated to increase Stiffness. Key words: FACTS system stability, three phase fault. Reference [1] Hemin m. Mohyaldeen, "Analysis of an automobile suspension arm using the robust design method" Thesis submitted in fulfillment of the requirements for the award of the degree of Master of Mechanical Engineering Universiti Malaysia Pahang 2011 [2] " Kumar, Nithin, RK, Veeresha, , Visvesvaraya "Analysis of Front Suspension Lower Control Arm of an Automobile Vehicle" Technological University, Department of Mechanical Engineering, NMAMIT, Nitte 547110, [3] V. Veloso a, H.S. Magalhães a, G.I. Bicalho a, E.S. Palma b, a Fiat Automóveis, Rod. Fernão Dias, "Failure investigation and stress analysis of a longitudinal stringer of an automobile chassis", Betim, MG, Brazilb Pontifical Catholic University of Minas Gerais (PUC Minas), Mechanical Engineering, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil article info: Article history: Received 3 December 2008 Accepted 9 December 2008 Available online 1 February 2009 16 (2009) 1696–1702 [4] Y. Nadota, V. Denierb "Fatigue failure of suspension arm: experimental analysis and multiaxial criterion" aLaboratoire de Me´canique et de Physique des, Mate´riaux, UMR CNRS No. 6617, LMPM, ENSMA, Site de Futuroscope, BP 40 109, Futuroscope Cedex 86 961, France bTechnocentre RENAULT, TCR LAB 0 45, Sce 64100, 1 rue du Golf, Guyancourt Cedex 78 288, France Received 18November 2003; accepted 11 December 2003 [5] " J. Yamakawa , K. Watanabe "A spatial motion analysis model of tracked vehicles with torsion bar type suspension" Department of Mechanical Engineering, The National Defense Academy, 1-10-20 Hashirimizu, Yokosuka 239-8686, Japan Available online 19 March 2004 Sagar Darge, S.C. Shilwant, S. R. Patil	112-117
19.	Development of Al-TiC Alloys Using Powder Metallurgy as Grain Refiners for Aluminium and Its Alloys Development of Al-TiC Alloys Using Powder Metallurgy as Grain Refiners for Aluminium and Its Alloys Abstract: Al-Ti-C master alloys have been widely investigated for many years as grain refiner for aluminium and its alloys. In this work, the Al-Ti-C master alloys are synthesized using powder metallurgy technique through the mixing of aluminium and TiC powders with different TiC contents 3.75 (3), 5(4), 6.25(5) and 7.5(6) Wt% TiC(Wt% Ti). The mixing powders with different contents of TiC were pressed in cylinder shape. The pressed specimens were sintered from 450 oC in a tube furnace under argon atmosphere for 2 hrs. The produced alloys before and after sintering are examined using SEM, EDX and XRD. The results indicate that, the Al-TiC alloy containing fine TiC particles dispersed in all matrix was successfully prepared. The prepared Al-TiC alloys with different contents of TiC were evaluated using the KBI test mold as grain refiner for pure aluminum and its alloys. The results indicate that the prepared Al-TiC master alloy is high grain refining efficiency for pure aluminum and its alloys. Key words: Grain refining, Al-TiC, Aluminium alloys, Powder metallurgy Reference [1] Y¨ucelBirol, Journal of Alloys and Compounds 422 (2006) 128–131 [2] Journal of Alloys and Compounds 422 (2006) 128–131 [3] W.C. Setzer, G.W. Boone, Light Metals (1999) 773. [4] Materials Science and Engineering A332 (2002) 70–74 [5] K.B. Lee, H.S. Sim, and H. Kwon, Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A, 36A, (2005) 2519 Abdel-Nasser .M. Omran	118-125
20.	Optimization and Improvisation of Production Assembly Line of Two Valve Engine of Light Commercial Vehicle Optimization and Improvisation of Production Assembly Line of Two Valve Engine of Light Commercial Vehicle Abstract: In automobile engineering terminology a multi-valve engine is one where each cylinder has more than two valves. A multivalve engine has better breathing and can operate at higher revolutions per minute (rpm) than a two valve engine, delivering more power. Nowadays Eicher Motor is generating only two valve engines. But the need of the hour is to develop more efficient, four valve engines, which provide better fuel efficiency. Eicher Motor has started working on four valve engines because two valve engines apart from delivering inferior fuel efficiency compared to four valve engines also fall short on the front of emission norms compliance. To keep the transition two valve to four valve economical, it was proposed that instead of having an entirely new set up for assembling the four valve engines, two valve engine assembly line be use after required modification. For this change were made to engine assembly common line (Block), and cylinder head assembly line conveyors, location of cylinder head assembly line, manpower, machine and tools etc. of Eicher Motor as per the requirement of four valve and two valve assembly line and also engine assembly process was changed. Key words: Engine assembly line & method, lean production & cost cutting, Machines, Tools, Engine assembly line layout etc. Reference [1] Rahani AR, Muhammad al-Ashraf, Production Flow Analysis through Value Stream Mapping: A Lean Manufacturing Process Case Study, Procedia Engineering 41 ( 2012 ) 1727 – 1734. [2] Alireza Anvari, Yusof Ismail and Seyed Mohammad Hossein Hojjati, A Study on Total Quality Management and Lean Manufacturing: Through Lean Thinking Approach, World Applied Sciences Journal 12 (9): 1585-1596, (2011), ISSN 1818-4952. [3] Dilip Roya and Debdip Khanb, Optimum Assembly Line Balancing by Minimizing Balancing Loss and a Range Based Measure for System Loss, Management Science Letters 1(2011) 13–22. [4] G. Michalos, S. Makris, N. Papakostas, D. Mourtzis, G. Chryssolouris, Automotive Assembly Technologies Review: Challenges and Outlook for a Flexible and Adaptive Approach, CIRP Journal of Manufacturing Science and Technology 2 (2010) 81–91. [5] Tarcisio Abreu Saurin, Cle´ ber Fabricio Ferreira, The Impacts of Lean Production on Working Conditions: A Case Study of a Harvester Assembly Line in Brazil, International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics 39 (2009) 403–412. Sumit Bhadouriya, Anand Baghel	126-130
21.	Dynamic Modeling, Control and Simulation of a Wind and PV Hybrid System for Grid Connected Application Using MATLAB Dynamic Modeling, Control and Simulation of a Wind and PV Hybrid System for Grid Connected Application Using MATLAB Abstract: This paper proposes a dynamic modeling and control strategy for a grid connected hybrid wind and photovoltaic (PV) energy system inter-connected to electrical grid through power electronic interface. A gearless permanent magnet synchronous generator (PMSG) is used to capture the maximum wind energy. The PV and wind systems are connected dc-side of the voltage source inverter through a boost converter individually and maintain a fixed dc output at dc link. A proper control scheme is required to operate power converters to match up the grid connection requirements. This study considered the performance of modeled hybrid system under different case scenarios. All simulation models are developed using MATLAB/Simulink. Index Terms: Wind turbine (WT) model,PMSG, Photovoltaic (PV) model, Grid side converter (PWM Inverter), Grid connected hybrid system model. Reference [1] JitendraKasera, AnkitChaplot and Jai Kumar Maherchandani, "Modeling and Simulation of Wind-PV Hybrid Power System using Matlab/Simulink", IEEE Students' Conference on Electrical, Electronics and Computer Science, 2012. [2] SungwooBae, AlexiesKwasinski, "Dynamic Modeling and Operation Strategy for a MicrogridWith Wind and Photovoltaic Resources," IEEE Tran. Smart Grid, Apr. 2012. [3] MukundR.Patel, "Wind and Solar Power Systems," CRC Press, United States of America, 1999. [4] Alejandro Rolan, Alvaro Luna, Gerardo Vazquez and Gustavo Azevedo, "Modeling of a Variable Speed Wind Turbine with a Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generator", IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics, 2009. [5] K. T. Tan, P. L. So, Y. C. Chu, and K. H. Kwan, "Modeling, Control and Simulation of a Photovoltaic Power System for Grid-connected and Stand-alone Applications", IEEE- IPEC, 2010. D. Mahesh Naik, D. Sreenivasulu Reddy, Dr. T. Devaraju	131-139
22.	Natural Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells (NDSSCs) From Opuntia Prickly Pear Dye Using ZnO Doped TiO2 Nanoparticles by Sol-Gel Method Natural Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells (NDSSCs) From Opuntia Prickly Pear Dye Using ZnO Doped TiO2 Nanoparticles by Sol-Gel Method Abstract: Natural dye-sensitized solar cells (NDSSCs) have gained considerable attention in the field of solar energy due to their simple fabrication, good efficiency, and low production cost. Natural dyes are environmentally and economically superior to ruthenium-based dyes because they are nontoxic and cheap. However, the conversion efficiency of dye-sensitized solar cells based on natural dyes is low. One way to improve the DSSC performance is to enhance the absorptivity of extracted natural dyes. We investigated the influence of various factors in the extraction process, such as utilization of different extraction approaches, the acidity of extraction solvent, and different compounds of solvents on the optical absorption spectra. It was found that we could considerably enhance the optical absorptivity of dye and consequently the performance of DSSC by choosing a proper mixture of ethanol, methanol and water. In this study, a photo electrode using ZnO doped TiO2 nanoparticles was prepared by sol-gel method. In this paper we investigate the optical absorption, functional group, surface morphology and elementary composition of pure TiO2, ZnO doped TiO2 nanoparticles and opuntia prickly pear dye extract by using UV-Visible, PL-Studies, FT-IR, FE-SEM and EDS analysis. Finally photocurrent-voltaic characterization of nanocrystaline natural dye solar cell using I-V studies. It was found that the levels of short-circuit current (Jsc), open-circuit voltage (Voc), fill factor (FF) and overall conversion efficiency (η). Key words: ZnO doped TiO2 electrode, sol-gel method and opuntia prickly pear dye. Reference [1] Janne Halme "Dye-sensitized nanostructured and organic photovoltaic cells: technical review and preliminary tests" February 12, 2002 [2] D. Arun Kumar, Francis P. Xavier and J. Merline Shyla "Natural dye sensitization of TiO2 Thin Films using Lawsone dye extracted from Lawsonia Inermis for Solar Cell Applications" Archives of Applied Science Research, 2012, 4 (5):2122-2132 ISSN 0975-508 [3] Adenike. O Boyo & Henry. O. Boyo "Dye Sensitized Nanocrystaline Titania Solar Cell Using Laali Stem Bark (lawsonia inermis)" Transnational Journal of Science and Technology May edition vol. 2, No.4 [4] Sofyan A. Taya, Taher M. El-Agez, Hatem S. El-Ghamri, Monzir S. Abdel-Latif "Dye-sensitized solar cells using fresh and dried natural dyes" ijmsa. 2013; 2(2): 37-42 20130202.11 [5] Angel Ramon Hernandez-Martinez , Miriam Estevez, Susana Vargas , Fracisco Quintanilla and Rogelio Rodriguez "New Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells Obtained from Extracted Bracts of Bougainvillea Glabra and Spectabilis Betalain Pigments by Different Purification Processes" Int. J. Mol. Sci. 2011, 12, 5565-5576; doi:10.3390/ijms12095565 K. M. Prabu, P.M.Anbarasan & S. Ranjitha	140-149
23.	Finite Element Analysis of Damping Performance of VEM Materials Using CLD Technique Finite Element Analysis of Damping Performance of VEM Materials Using CLD Technique Abstract: Most engineering structures experiences vibrational motion, this unwanted vibrations can result in premature structural failure. Many methods are developed which enhances capability of damping such as constrained layer damping. Shear motion is produced in VEM due to constraining layer to resist unwanted vibrational energy. This paper shows theeffect of varying the thickness of viscoelastic materials on damping performance of CLD beam.The damping performance is measured in terms of modal loss factor. Key words: ConstrainingLayer, VEM, PCLD, Modal strain energy method, Modal loss factor. Reference [1] GregoireLepoitten, Gerald Kress, Optimization of Segmented Constrained Layer Damping with Mathematical programming using strain energy analysis and modal data,Elsevier, Material and Design,2009. [2] Marcelo A. Trinade, Optimization of passive constrained layer damping treatments applied to composite beams, Latin American Journal of Solids and Structures, 2007, 19-38. [3] P. Bangarubabu, K. Kishore Kumar, Damping effects of viscoelastic materials on sandwich beams, ICTIME, 2012. [4] RamjiKoona, Ganesh Kumar, M. Lavnya, Optimization of surface damping treatments for random vibration control, https://www.pdfe2ce.org/pdf-1217498/. [5] A. L. Marujo, P. Martins, C.A. Motasores, Damping optimization of viscoelastic sandwich composite structure, Springer-Verag, 569-579, May 2009. Avinashkadam, Prof. Pravinp. Hujare	150-153
24.	Implementation of UART with BIST Technique Using Low Power LFSR Implementation of UART with BIST Technique Using Low Power LFSR Abstract: Asynchronous serial communication is usually implemented by Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART), mostly used for low expense, low speed, short distance data exchange between processor and peripherals. UART allows full duplex serial communication link, and is used in data communication and control system. There is a need for realizing the UART function in a single or a very few chips. Further, design systems without full testability are open to the increased possibility of product failures and missed market opportunities. Also, it is necessary to ensure the data transfer is error proof. This project targets the introduction of Built-in self test (BIST) and Status register to UART. The basic idea is to reduce the switching activity among the test patterns at the most. In this approach, the single input change patterns generated by a counter and a gray code generator are Exclusive-ORed with the seed generated by the low power linear feedback shift register [LP-LFSR]. The 8-bit UART with status register and BIST module is coded in Verilog HDL and synthesized and simulated using Xilinx XST and ISim version 14.4 and realized on FPGA. Reference [1]. J. Norhuzaimin and H.H Maimun , "The design of high speed UART" Asia-Pacific Conference on Applied Electromagnetics (APACE-2005),Dec. 2005 [2]. Fang Yi-yuan and Chen Xue-jun, "Design and Simulation of UART Serial Communication Module Based on VHDL", in the proceedings of3rd International Workshop on Intelligent Systems and Applications (ISA), IEEE, May 2011, DOI: 10.1109/ISA.2011.5873448, pp.1-4. [3]. Mohd Yamani Idna Idris, Mashkuri Yaacob and Zaidi Razak, "A VHDL Implementation of UART Design with BIST Capability", in the proceedings of Malaysian Journal of Computer Science, June 2006, Vol. 19(1), pp. 73-86. [4]. Dr. Garima Bandhawarkar Wakhle, Iti Aggarwal and Shweta Gaba, "Synthesis and Implementation of UART using VHDL Codes", in the proceedings of International Symposium on Computer, Consumer and Control, IEEE June 2012, DOI: 10.1109/IS3C.2012.10. [5]. Norhuzaimin J and Maimun H.H, "The design of high speed UART", in the proceedings of Asia-Pacific Conference on Applied Electromagnetics, APACE 05, IEEE, 20-21st Dec. 2005, DOI: 10.1109/APACE.2005.1607831, pp.5-8. Vishalaxi Godi, Rohini Hongal	154-157
25.	Software Based Traffic Separation at the Access Layer Software Based Traffic Separation at the Access Layer Abstract: Access Network is the subscriber part of the telecommunications network or the network connecting the subscribers to the Internet Service Providers (ISP) [1]. In many countries including Tanzania access network is still predominantly made up of the copper cable based or other point to point wireless connections. This has kept the network in large proportions passive, inflexible and relatively unreliable [2]. This traditional network has long been tailored to the services generally provided i.e. voice, leased lines, Internet, corporate data and video conference, sometimes each provided by separate equipment and networks. This paper presents the study on approaches used by ISP in Tanzania to separate traffic in the access network. The paper also presents the effective way of traffic separation, whereby multiple hardware used to separate traffic currently has been replaced with single hardware. The traffic separation technique is based on creating logical links (software based) for each traffic type inside single physical link, providing a differentiated QoS support for each type of traffic according to its individual QoS requirements. Key words: Access network, ISP, QoS parameters Reference [1] Steven T. Karris, NETWORKS Design and Management, Second Edition, (ISBN 978-1-934404-16-4, Orchard Publications, 2009) [2] Telia AB, Erricsson AB, Studentlitteratur AB, Understanding Telecommunications, 2009. [3] William Stallings (2001), IEEE 802.11: Moving Closer to Practical Wireless LANs, IT Professional, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 17-23. [4] Ericsson Telecom AB, Telia AB, Studentlitteratur AB, Understanding Telecommunications 2, pp. 223-225, 1998. [5] Allan Leinwand and Bruce Pinsky, Cisco Router Configuration, Second Edition (ISBN: 1-57870-241-0, Cisco Press, 2001) Yona Andegelile, Nixon Mtonyole	158-162
26.	Implementation of Full-Bridge Single-Stage Converter with Reduced Auxiliary Components Implementation of Full-Bridge Single-Stage Converter with Reduced Auxiliary Components Abstract: The inclusion of a few additional diodes and passive elements in the high-frequency full-bridge ac–dc converter with galvanic isolation permits one to achieve sinusoidal input-current wave shaping and output-voltage regulation simultaneously without adding any auxiliary transistors. Recently, this procedure, together with an appropriate control process, has been used to obtain low-cost high-efficiency single-stage converters. In an attempt to improve the performance of such converters, this paper introduces three new single-stage full-bridge ac–dc topologies with some optimized characteristics and compares them with the ones of the existing full-bridge single-stage topologies. The approach used consists in the definition of the operating principles identifying the boost function for each topology, their operating limits, and the dependence between the two involved conversion processes. Experimental results for each topology were obtained in 500-W modular voltage disturbances that result from the input-current wave-shaping process. Index Terms: Full-bridge converters, input-current shaping, low-distortion input current, single-stage power-factor correctors. Reference [1] B. Singh, B. N. Singh, A. Chandra, K. Al- Haddad, A. Pandey, and D. P. Kothari, "A review of single-phase improved power quality ac–dc converters," IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 50, no. 5, pp. 962–981, Oct. 2003. [2] E. H. Ismail, A. J. Sabzali, and M. A. Al-Saffar, "Buck-boost-type unity power factor rectifier with extended voltage conversion ratio," IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 55, no. 3, pp. 1123–1132, Mar. 2008. [3] M.M. Jovanovi and Y. Jang, "State-of-the-art, single-phase, active powerfactor- correction techniques for high-power applications—An overview," IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 52, no. 3, pp. 701–708, Jun. 2005. [4] L. Huber, Y. Jang, and M. M. Jovanovi, "Performance evaluation of bridgeless PFC boost rectifiers," IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 1381–1390, May 2008. [5] Y. Jang and M. M. Jovanovi, "A bridgeless PFC boost rectifier with optimized magnetic utilization," IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 85–93, Jan. 2009. G. Devanatha Reddy, P. R. Muralimohan	163-168
27.	The Effect of Some Additives on the Rheological Properties of Engine Lubricating Oil The Effect of Some Additives on the Rheological Properties of Engine Lubricating Oil Abstract: The present work deals with the evaluation of some viscosity index improving additives. Three esters were prepared by esterification of acrylic acid with alcohols having different alkyl chain length. The structures of the prepared compounds were confirmed by Infra Red Spectroscopy. Three polymeric compounds were prepared by free radical polymerization of the different acrylates with vinyl acetate. The molecular weights of the prepared compounds were determined by Gel Permeation Chromatography. The prepared copolymers were evaluated as viscosity index improvers for lube oil and the rheological properties of lube oil were studied. It was found that the efficiency of the prepared additives as viscosity index improvers increases with increasing the molecular weight and concentration of the prepared copolymers and it was found that the apparent viscosity decreases with an increase in temperature. Key words: Lubricating Oil, Lubricating Oil Additives, Viscosity Index, Rheological properties. Reference [1] Bhushan B.; (2001), ʺ Principles and Applications of Tribology", CRC, (1) Page 1. [2] Stachowiak G. W. and Batchelor A. W.; (2005),ʺEngineering Tribology", Third edition, Amsterdam: Elsevier, Pages 2, 12,22, 52, 62-67, 77. [3] Zhao, Liu J. , Zhu B. , Luo Z. and Miao H.; (1996), ʺ Effects of lubricants on friction and wear of Ti(CN)/1045 steel sliding pairs ", Tribology International, Vol. 30, Issue 3, Pages 177-182. [4] Totten G. E.; (2006), ʺ Handbook of Lubrication and Tribology: Application and Maintenance", second Edition, Vol. I, CRC Press, Pages 1-11. [5] Durak E., Kurbanoglu C. and Tunay R. F.; (2006), ʺ Experimental study of effects of oil additives into coefficient of friction in journal bearings at different temperatures", Industrial Lubrication and Tribology, Vol. 58,Issue 6,Pages 288-294. Magdi F. Abadir, Fatma El-ZahraaH. Ashour, Nehal S.Ahmed, Rasha S. Kamal and El-Shimaa M. El-Zahed	169-183
28.	Synthesis and Characterization Studies of Solvothermally Synthesized Undoped and Ag-Doped TiO2 Nanoparticles Using Toluene as a Solvent Synthesis and Characterization Studies of Solvothermally Synthesized Undoped and Ag-Doped TiO2 Nanoparticles Using Toluene as a Solvent Abstract: Nanocrystalline TiO2 was investigated by solvothermal synthetic method using toluene as a solvent. Titanium tetra isopropoxide (TTIP) was used as a precursor, which was decomposed at high temperature and precipitated in toluene. Subsequently, the solution was thermally treated at 250C for five hours in stainless steel autoclave. Amorphous Nano TiO2 was formed. When these amorphous Nano TiO2 was calcinated to 550 C anatase Nano TiO2 crystalline with particle size <20 nm was formed. These amorphous and anatase phase Nano TiO2 was characterized by Powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR), Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy (EDS) and Photoluminescence (PL) studies and the results were discussed. Key words: Solvothermal method, Toluene solvent, TiO2, Ag-doping, SEM. Reference [1] A. Fujishima and K. Honda, Nature 238,1972,37. [2] A. Fujishima, X. Zhang andD.A. Tryk,Surf.Sci.Rep63,2008,515-82. [3] K. Pirakanniemi and M. Sillanpaa, Chemosphere,48,2002,1047-60. [4] C.J. Brinker andG.W.Scherer, Sol-gel Science(Thephysics and chemistry of sol-gel processing,Academic Press, Inc., 1990.) [5] G. Li and K.A. Gray, Preparation of mixed-phasetitanium dioxide nano composites viasolvothermal processing. Chemistry of materials,19,2007,1143-1146. S.Perumal, K.MonikandaPrabu, C.Gnana Sambandam, A. Peer Mohamed	184-187
29.	Influence of Zirconium on the Grain Refinement of Al 6063 alloy Influence of Zirconium on the Grain Refinement of Al 6063 alloy Abstract: The influence of zirconium on the grain refinement of Al 6063 alloy has been experimentally investigated. The microstructure and macrostructure of the refined alloy were investigated. The experimental results reveal that, the coarse dendrites in the microstructure of the alloy are effectively refined with the addition of zirconium to the melt prior to solidification. Grains of Al 6063 alloy can be refined from 256 μm to 95 μm via addition of 0.2 wt. % Zr at holding time 90 seconds. The grain refinement effect of zirconium is found to be due to addition of zirconium to the melt in the form of master alloy introduces Al3Zr particles which are effective nucleating sites for the primary aluminium phase. Reference [1] S.K. Panigrahi, R. Jayaganthan and V. Pancholi "Effect of plastic deformation conditions on microstructural characteristics andmechanical properties of Al 6063 alloy"Mater.Des.,30 (2009) 1894–1901. [2] C.S. Ramesh and A. Ahamed "Friction and wear behaviour of cast Al 6063 based in situ metal matrixcomposites" Wear, 271 (2011) 1928–1939. [3] X. Zuo and Y. Jing "Investigation of the age hardening behaviour of 6063 aluminium alloys refined with Ti, RE and B" journal of Mater.Process. Technol., 209 (2009)360–366. [4] A. Munitz, A. Shtechman, C. Cotler, M. Talianker and S. Dahan"Mechanical properties and microstructure of neutron irradiated cold worked A1-6063 alloy" J. Nucl. Mater., 252 (1998) 79-88. [5] S.K. Panigrahi and R. Jayaganthan "Influence of solutes and second phase particles on work hardening behavior of Al6063 alloy processed by cryorolling" Mater. Sci. Eng.,A528 (2011) 3147–3160. A.E. Mahmoud, M. G. Mahfouz, H. G. Gad- Elrab	188-194
30.	Seasonal Dynamic of Mineral Macronutrients in Three Varieties of Clementine (Citrus Reticulate) Leaves Seasonal Dynamic of Mineral Macronutrients in Three Varieties of Clementine (Citrus Reticulate) Leaves Abstract: The nutrient composition in terms of macronutrients of three different varieties (Early season "Orogrande", season "Nules" and late season "Nour") of clementine leaves (Citrus reticulata) was monitored at monthly intervals during three years in order to provide information for the development of nutrition management guidelines more suited to local conditions of southern Morocco. Nutrient concentrations at the sampled leaves for all the three elements, nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P) and potassium (K), changed seasonally for all tested varieties. Seasonal dynamic of those three elements doesn‟t differ significantly between years, particularly during the spring-summer period. Results of statistical analysis show a significant variability between the tested varieties in term of leaf nitrogen and potassium concentrations. However, no significant differences between tested varieties were recorded in term of the leaf phosphorus concentration. Key words: Macronutrients, Leaf concentration, Seasonal dynamic, Citrus Reference [1] MAPM, 2013. La filière agrumicole, Contrat programme pour la mise à niveau, ministère de l‟agriculture et de la pèche maritime du Maroc, 2009. [2] I. El Honsali. Moroccan citrus annual report. Global agricultural information network, Rabat US embassy, OM1212, 2012. [3] TA. Obreza, AK. Alva, EA. Hanlon & RE. Rouse. Citrus grove leaf tissue and soil testing, sampling, analysis and interpretation. Univ. of Florida. Coop. Ext. Ser. Bull., SL115, 1992, 1- 4. [4] G.I. Moss. The role of potassium in determining fruit quality of sweet orange. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husbandry 12, 1972, 195±202. [5] W.W. Jones, E.R. Parker. Seasonal trends in mineral composition of Valencia orange leaves. Proc. Am. Soc. Hortic. Sci. 57, 1951, 101±103. M. Ayoub, R. Salghi, A. Abouatallah, S. M. Alaoui	195-200
31.	Optimization of Weld Bead Parameters of Nickel Based Overlay Deposited by Plasma Transferred Arc Surfacing with Adequacy Test Optimization of Weld Bead Parameters of Nickel Based Overlay Deposited by Plasma Transferred Arc Surfacing with Adequacy Test Abstract: Plasma Transferred Arc surfacing is a kind of Plasma Transferred Arc Welding process. Plasma Transferred Arc surfacing (PTA) is increasingly used in applications where enhancement of wear, corrosion and heat resistance of materials surface is required. The shape of weld bead geometry affected by the PTA Welding process parameters is an indication of the quality of the weld. In this paper the analysis and optimization of weld bead parameters, during deposition of a Nickel based alloy Colmonoy on stainless steel plate by plasma transferred arc surfacing, are made and values of process parameters to produce optimal weld bead geometry are estimated. The experiments are conducted based on a five input process parameters and mathematical models are developed using multiple regression technique. The direct effects of input process parameters on weld bead geometry are discussed using graphs. Finally, optimization of the weld bead parameters, that is minimization of penetration and maximization of reinforcement and weld bead width, are made with a view to economize the input process parameters to achieve the desirable welding joint. Key words: Adequacy test, Colmonoy; Optimization; Penetration; PTA welding; Reinforcement; Stainless steel 316L; Reference [1] T.T.Allen, R.W.Richardson, D.P.Tagliable, G.P. Maul, Statistical processdesignforrobotic GMAweldingofsheet metal, Welding Journal 81/5(2002)69-172. [2] W.G. Cochran, G.M. Cox, Experimental Designs, John Willy & sons Singapore 1957 [3] C.R. Das, S.K. Albert, A.K., Bhaduri, G. Kempulraj, A novel procedure for fabrication of wearresistantbushes for high temperature application, Journal of Materials Processing Technology141(2003)60-66. [4] H. Eschnauer, Hard material powders and hard alloy powders for plasmas face coating, Thin Solid Films73 1980 pp 1-17. [5] B. Howard, Surfacing for wear resistance, Stephen Helbaet al. (eds.), Modern Welding Technology, Prentice HallInc., New Jersey, 2022pp 721-726 Bhaskarananda Dasgupta, Pinaky Bhadury	201-206
32.	Synthesis and testing of dental ceramic Synthesis and testing of dental ceramic Abstract: Zirconia has been recently introduced in prosthetic dentistry for the fabrication of crowns and fixed partial dentures, in combination with CAD/CAM techniques. Zirconia stabilized with Y2O3 has the best properties for these applications. This project aims at producing cast Zirconia blocks primarily for dental application that is more cost effective and biocompatible in comparison to the commercially available zirconia. A simple co-precipitation method was used to produce the zirconia powder; simple, inexpensive and indigenous method of uniaxial compression was employed to cast the zirconia pellet. Further studies have to be carried out to study and improve the densification behaviour, biocompatibility, aesthetics and resistance to masticatory force. Key words: Zirconia, Zirconium Oxy chloride, Slip casting, compaction pressing, sinterin.g Reference [1] Isabelle Denrya, J. Robert Kelly, State of the art of zirconia for dental applications, Dental Materials 2 4 (2 0 0 8) 299–307 [2] S. Vives,C. Guizard, L. Cot, C. Oberlin, Sol-gel/co-precipitation method for the preparation and characterization of zirconia-tungsten composite powders, Journal of Materials Science, 19990701, Volume 34, Issue 13, pp 3127-3135 [3] Manoj Sadanandan, Beena Bhaskaran, Zirconium(IV) tungstate nanoparticles prepared through chemical co-precipitation method and its function as solid acid catalyst, Applied Nanoscience July 2013, [4]. W. F. M. Groot Zevert, A. J. A. Winnubst, G. S. A. M. Theunissen, A. J. Burggraaf," Powder preparation and compaction behaviour of fine-grained Y-TZP, Journal of Materials Science,August 1990, Volume 25, Issue 8, pp 3449-3455 [5] Declan J. Curran, Thomas J. Fleming, Mark R. Towler,Stuart Hampshire, "Mechanical properties of hydroxyapatite–zirconia compacts sintered by two different sintering methods", Journal of Materials Science: Materials in MedicineApril 2010, Volume 21, Issue 4, pp 1109-1120 Dhirendra Mishra, Divya Padmanabhan	207-209